Loading...
MARSHALL STREET WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION - 09-0024-UT• • • S • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • MARSHALL STREET WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION (09 -0024 -UT) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH CONFORMED DOCUMENTS OCTOBER 2018 • • • ADDENDUM NO. 1 for Marshall St. WRF Digester Demolition Project Clearwater, Florida Project Number 09 -0024 -UT DATE: August 9, 2018 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: Revisions to Contract Documents Addition to Section V,: Include the page entitled "SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES THAT BOYCOTT ISRAEL LIST CERTIFICATION FORM" (See the PDF included with this Addendum) END OF ADDENDUM #1 • • ADDENDUM NO. 2 for Marshall Street WRF Digester Demolition Clearwater, Florida Project Number 09 -0024 -UT DATE: August 27, 2018 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: A. CLARIFICATIONS 1. Question: Can an additional site visit be arranged prior to the bid date? Answer: Yes but please contact the City Project Manager at least 48 hours prior to the desired site visit time for approval. If the Engineer of Record (EOR) is required to be present, please contact the City Project Manager at least 5 business days prior to the desired site visit time for approval. 2. Question: How many copies of the bid form need to be turned in at bid time? Answer: One (1) copy of the bid form needs to be submitted with the Bid. 3. Question: Documents indicate funding determines whether or not E - verify is required. Is this a Federal or State funded project? Is E -verify required? Answer: This project is not funded by Federal or State funds. E -Verify is not required. 4. Question: What is the budget for this project? Answer: The budget for this project cannot be disclosed until the contract has been awarded. The pre -qualification amount for this project is $1,000,000. Please note that this amount was derived using the Engineer's Estimate as a reference. S:\_CITY PROJECTS\2009 PROJECTS\09-0024-UT Marshall St. 100 -foot Diameter Digester Demolition\400 Procurement\404 Addendums\Add-212018-08-30 Addendum No 2.docx 1 of 2 • B. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section IVa, Pg. 01016-3; change Line 13 to read as follows: "...Section, except the Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR), which will be sampled and tested by the City." 2. Section IVa, Pg. 01016-4; change Line 21 to read as follows: "... in Schedule A at the end of this Section, except the Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR), which will be sampled and tested by the City." 3. Section IVa, Pg. 01016-5; change Line 12 to read as follows: "...off-site and the liquid portion discharged to the holding tank and disposed of in accordance..." 4. Section IVa, Pg. 01016-5; change Line 24 to read as follows: "...listed in Schedule A. After the holding tank is no longer needed, it shall be cleaned of all materials." 5. Section IVa, Pg. 01016-6; in Schedule A, add to the Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR) line: "mg/L/min" END OF ADDENDUM #2 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager S:\ CITY PROJECTS\2009 PROJECTS\09-0024-UT Marshall St. 100 -foot Diameter Digester Demolition\400 Procurement\404 Addendums\Add-2\2018-08-30 Addendum No 2.docx 2 of 2 • • ADDENDUM NO. 3 for Marshall Street WRF Digester Demolition Clearwater, Florida Project Number 09 -0024 -UT DATE: September 14, 2018 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 3 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: A. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section IV, Pg. 1; in Section 101 change the Contract Period to 200 Consecutive Calendar Days. END OF ADDENDUM #3 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA Bv: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager \\msb-shares-1\pwa\_CITY PROJECTS\2009 PROJECTS\09-0024-UT Marshall St. 100 -foot Diameter Digester Demolition\400 Procurement\404 Addendums\Add-3\2018-09-14 Addendum No 3.docx 1 of 1 • • • ADDENDUM NO. 4 for Marshall Street WRF Digester Demolition Clearwater, Florida Project Number 09 -0024 -UT DATE: September 18, 2018 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 4 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: A. Revisions to Contract Bid Opening 1. Bid Opening is rescheduled to October 4th, 2018 at 1:30 pm in Conference Room #342 located at the City of Clearwater Municipal Services Building at 100 S. Myrtle Ave Clearwater, FL 33756. END OF ADDENDUM #4 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager S:\_CITY PROJECTS\2009 PROJECTS\09-0024-UT Marshall St. 100 -foot Diameter Digester Demolition WOO Procurement\404 Addendums\Add-4\2018-09-18 Addendum No 4.docx 1 of 1 • • • 1 • • • • • City of Clearwater, Florida • Marshall Street WRF Digester Demolition • • (09 -0024 -UT) • • • TABLE OF CONTENTS • • SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS • SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • lir SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS • SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS • SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS • • APPENDIX OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION • • SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS • • • • • • • Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer • • • • • • • COVER Pagel! Updated 2/11/2016 • r • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • w • •• • • • • • • • SECTION 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS MARSHALL STREET WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Documents and plans for Project #09 -0024 -UT are available at www.myclearwatercom/bid. The work includes: THE DEMOLITION, REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF THE DIGESTER AT THE MARSHALL STREET WRF. Pre -Bid Conference: [Insert Date & Time here] [Insert location here] Pre -qualification DEADLINE: [Insert Date] Category: [Insert Category Type & Amount] Bids DUE: [Insert Date here] City of Clearwater, Project # 09 -0024 -UT Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Issued by: Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager For additional information contact Engineering Dept.: 727-562-4750 SECTION I Page 1 Updated 4/7/2017 • • • SECTION II • • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • • Table of Contents • SECTION II i • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 • 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 • 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 • 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 • 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 • 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 • 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 • 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 3, 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 • 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 • 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 • 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 • 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 • 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 • 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 • 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 • 19. BID PROTEST 7 • 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 • 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL • MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 • • • • • SECTION II i Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www.myclearwater.com/bid. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the DVC Marketing Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non- refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub -bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre -qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre -qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre -qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www.myclearwater.com/government/city-departments/engineering/construction- management. Contractors wanting to pre -qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre -qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre -qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • or • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground • Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the • City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in • the Contract Documents. • 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective • Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, • possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any • additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any • additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, • progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. • 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such • explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former • condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. • 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access 11111 thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by • the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing • structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the • Contract Documents. • 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, • without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required • by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures • of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. • 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA • • 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the • Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy • Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having • received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre-bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only • information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the • City or Engineer. . SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • 411 • • • • • • or • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and • other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom • the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the • City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or • organization against whom he has reasonable objection. • • 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the • Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the • price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or • item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or • item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or 11, should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid • for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the • corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be • shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or . partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the • partnership shall be shown below the signature. • 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS - 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed • in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will • not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and • corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one • SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and two), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person • duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and. Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that ael typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the • requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds • for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that • Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER fib 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists • among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non -Collusion Affidavit 5 contained in the Contract Documents. • 15. OPENING OF BIDS S 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • • S S • • S S S i • S • • S S S • • • • • • • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SECTION II Page 6 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this fine does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed tune. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • 4 lo • di SID• 41 a a a di di S S • S S • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract • may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this ID section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the • opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person - could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request • document itself. • B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of . five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon • telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific flb portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. fit C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be • granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have 11) knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) • work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated • with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. • E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she - may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the • matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the • protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: . In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the 111) solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. • SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction -related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction -related Best Management Practices. SECTION II Page 9 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • t • 1 • t • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • f SECTION III • GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 • 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 • 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING • THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 1111 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 II 3.1. INTENT 6 • 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 • 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL a, CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 • 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 • 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 • 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 • 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 • 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 9 • 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 . 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 • 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 • 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 • 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE 10 • 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 • 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 • 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 • 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 • 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 • 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 le 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14fib - SECTION III i Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III —General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 41 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 - 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 al 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 • 6.8. PERMITS 16 II 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 • 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 • 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 • 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, ANI) SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 • 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 • 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23 • 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 • 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 • 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 • 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 11/ 7. OTHER WORK 25 40 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26 • 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 • 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 • 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 ID 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 40 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 • 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 • 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 • 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 0 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 • 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 • 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 - 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 • 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR 0 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 • 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 ith 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 • SECTION III ii Updated 6/3/2016 • 111 • - . • • SECTION III — General Conditions 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 • 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 • 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD 34 • 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 . 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 • 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 • 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 • 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 • 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 • 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 . 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 39 . 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 • 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 • 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 3111 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 . 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 • 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 • 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 • 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 • 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 42 • 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 fb 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 • 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 • 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 . 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 Ink IMP 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 22.1. GENERAL 44 • SECTION III iii Updated 6/3/2016 11 SECTION III—General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 49 SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016 • • • i •••• • • • • • • • • • • • i• • • • • • • • • • - • i - 411 S • SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent • Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the 40 City. 411 Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; • other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as i provided therein. • Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. • Approve flb The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given 111 in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. 111 Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). • Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. ID City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector i A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The 411111 Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the r SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 411S S SECTION III — General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • i • i S • • i r • • • • 411 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • r r i • • • • - - - • • - - • • • i •• - - • • • - • • • • • • i • ID SECTION III —General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O. T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre -construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • S S •• • • • • • • • • • • • 411 • - 411 • • • • • •- • • • • • ID • • • • I • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • le • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • 110 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SECTION III Page 8 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • ••• • - • • • • • • • • • • - • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••• • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one- hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. • 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE • • 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND • Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida • Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in • effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of • time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also • furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such • sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as • Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in • Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of • such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of • Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner • reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is 30 declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and • surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. • 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS • • The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, • sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be • obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the • right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. • Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance • on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, • then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail • following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: • The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. • • 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE • Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises 311/ operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. • • SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non -owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment -Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • It •• •• • • • SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the • coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or 4111 delivered is as follows: • City of Clearwater - Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 w Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 - 1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non -renewal, . termination, material change or reduction in coverage. • 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor' s negligence. 411 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this • Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor 111 providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation 111 to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 411 The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on 41 and will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured 1111 or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents • for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub -contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured i under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise • payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting 411 SECTION III Page 11 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 11, • SECTION III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SECTION III Page 12 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of • persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise • restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. 1111 Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full 1111 responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, • temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as • otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish • satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and • equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and • conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per • Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of • Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. • 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents • by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or • description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the • specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an • item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment • proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a 411111 proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review • of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. • Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include • advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute SECTION III Page 13 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • 411 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 30SECTION III — General Conditions such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting • from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party II by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in II or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify . and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or II resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant • against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. 41/ . During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the • Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, • rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction III equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. . • 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS • The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging 411 construction storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and Irestoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ID The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the lb Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: 411 • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. 411 • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive II calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. 411• All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is II generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. . Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. . • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the II loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • • Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a . successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be ID watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust . control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. • If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 1 II • SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • - • SECTION III — General Conditions 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E -Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i SECTION III — General Conditions 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions • and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for • the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) ID and persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other • property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, - roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, lb or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, • and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or - injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and • replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident 4111 prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, • avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid • services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. 31/ Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This • provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the • Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all . safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic • materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall • take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. i Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor . shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, • directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other • person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by • Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall • continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. ID 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or • adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or • SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials 'with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of SECTION III Page 18 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • i •• • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3/11SECTION III — General Conditions construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make • corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall . direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. ID Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from • responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless • Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of 411 submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor • will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with • the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. • Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to . achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the • approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge • Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a • substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval • of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is • beyond the control of Contractor. • 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS • The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order • and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and 411 annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the • plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. • The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, • and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for 411 accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not 3110 conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay • • SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. if this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • ic • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional • conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder • diagram. • 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control • . The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of • 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement • shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or • vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. • 6.11.2.6. Standards • The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the • Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that . pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. • • 6.11.2.7. Other • The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Layer Naminc Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk SECTION III Page 21 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle height of .010 times the plot scale. SECTION III a text height of .008 of 22.5°, and a text Page 22 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • so • 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES SECTION III —General Conditions The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all • drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. • Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail • address Thomas .Mahony(a),myClearwater.com. • 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND • GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution • or non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own • expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its - completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom 311 which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by • Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, • which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the • Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Ell Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by • the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review • and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance • by the Engineer. • 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any • disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. • 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, 3111 its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', • witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, • SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor -provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), • specifically to: • a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public II to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public • agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or . copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in • Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. • c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public • records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor • does not transfer the records to the public agency. • d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public • records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to II the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public - records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure • requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public I• records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. SECTION III Page 24 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • . SECTION III — General Conditions e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for . services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not 411 of the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. . f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract 411 provisions in accordance with the contract. • g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a • reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records 4111 relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with • the public records request within a reasonable time; and . 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. . i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or 310 certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. • j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. • • 7. OTHER WORK • 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE • The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and V/ perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether • related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for . these purposes. . The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity 4111 is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with • the Contractor's work or schedule. • 7.2. COORDINATION • If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, eli the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and 411 responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be 311/ identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and • responsibility in respect of such coordination. . SECTION III Page 25 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 311SECTION III — General Conditions 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 0 The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's • Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to i the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. • 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS • In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change • Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract • Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the 310 Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in • accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will • be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and • the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's . Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit 1111 any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's • Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the - opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner I• and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty 11. (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor ED and the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, ao dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. . SECTION In Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION III — General Conditions When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 . . 411 r • • • • • • • • . r r . 41C • • 111 . • • • • r ID•• • • ID • so 1111 4111 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the • Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in • article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments • recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or II correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or ID (iii) agreed to by the parties; • • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions • on Disputes; • • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from 11, any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on • the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing • the Work. 30 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's • responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE • 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE • The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) • payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations • assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice • of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) • after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such • occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the . Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be 111, determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) 41111where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • 41111 • SECTION III —General Conditions a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full -unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • t • i • • • • • • • • SO • • • • • • •• SECTION III—General Conditions include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) fib Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the ID foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by ID allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall lb be correspondingly adjusted. • 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK • Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times • the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and - classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's • Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from • the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred . additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily • complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project • construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract le Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. fib 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written 1111 Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on . written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is ED entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract ID SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • r • • • lo • • • • • • • • r • • • i • ar • • i • • • SECTION III — General Conditions or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase • thereof for incorporation of the Work. • If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by • Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative . and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK • If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and lbreplaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, r Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting IR from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract lb Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK • If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to • any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of • Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ® If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). • or r • 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD • • If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any • Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in 41111accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective 11111 and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of • others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and • all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from • an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK • If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner IR prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. • Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's fill Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating • the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall • be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the • Owner. ID 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III —General Conditions Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In ID exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the 1111 site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, • and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable . the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary • revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to • an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of • Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs • of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the • Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable • to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 310 Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units ✓ completed. 4111 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work Elb completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount A of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of 4111 the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. • The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and • work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. 1111 In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have ✓ SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • f • SECTION III — General Conditions Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. • The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's • Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with • the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to ID secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner • to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay lb in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative • or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when • Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. • 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION • • Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's • Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the • Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference • with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially • complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor • will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial • Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's • Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work lit ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time • after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make • an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's • Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that • part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial • Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and • access thereto. 111 • 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION • Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and • Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. • • SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as SECTION III Page 38 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • r • • •• • • • • • • • • • • to • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 SECTION III — General Conditions to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay • contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. • 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS • The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner • against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing • after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any • special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than • those previously made in writing and still unsettled. • 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION • • 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK • At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion • thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which • will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the • Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an • approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 30 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE • Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails • to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, • failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); • if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; • if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; • • if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this • Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the • Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to • the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or • that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. I• The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, • to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, • appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent • they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), a, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the • Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and • SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • s • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4Ig • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 r • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION • If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for 4111111 resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for • resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any 411 dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. • 17. MISCELLANEOUS • 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS • • The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 4111 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member ID of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 411 • 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the . provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. * 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ill Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in 41111 each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other el professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. • 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT • The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. SECTION III Page 41 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 AM SECTION III — General Conditions 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: Michael. PryorAmyClearwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner -purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • al • - s • 411 • 4111 • • • • • • • • • • w • • • e e SECTION III —General Conditions tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the ID Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract 411 amount shall be used. II Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value • and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner • an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). • • 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK e Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer 41 Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, ID and a copy sent to the Contractor. ID Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's ID possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or 41 delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 4D • 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS I The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and ID obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and 411 acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and • Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The ID Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or • equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. • As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect • all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The - Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This ID documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to - the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The - Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. GI Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. GI The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and 41 determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or lio equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non -conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the ID - SECTION III Page 43 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 ID II 4D SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. • • • • • • • • 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION • The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into • Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The • Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered • into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which • have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, • maintenance, or damage -repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the • appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. • The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. 1:f material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and • durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-1/ by 11 inches in size. Notification (door . hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected • by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, • equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to • maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain . appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. • Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items • provided in the contract proposal. • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • f • ill SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III —General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE CITY LOGO) of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 41: • • • • • f SECTION III — General Conditions after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on • sign at the preconstruction conference. • 23.3. FIXED SIGN 0 Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade III plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2 -inches. Sign shall be attached to a • minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts al in braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24 -inches above the ground. Alternate IIII mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for • approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. • 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 411 Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 -inches by 30 -inches (24"x30") in size and will be • attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080- 116 inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl 11111 lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. II • 23.5. SIGN COLORING I Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative • shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. II • 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT ED project shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either • pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the • signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in II several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and • will remain in place until the request for final payment. • 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE II The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, • removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The • Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. ill 1 II • SECTION III Page 47 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 ill • SECTION III — General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN <PROJECT NAME> <CONTRACT N UMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT CONTRACTOR: { COMPLETION DATE - FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: of ,LYU I- It k ( AA S"{) BE:A x3 ,T 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • or • • • • • • • • • 3111SECTION III—General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each • eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION • FORM • Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies • with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and • may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of • Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or • response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or • engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or • response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or ID Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, all possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. el all certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. • Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City • of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies ID with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed • on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been • placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business ID operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then • the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission • of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case-by-case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of • Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: • A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies • with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must • occur): • 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. • 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. II 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. • SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • e • • • • • • • • 3) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Ith • • • • • SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Content: 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 2 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 2 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 2 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 3 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 3 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 3 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING 3 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING 3 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 3 105-4. EQUIPMENT 4 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 4 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 4 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 4 105-8. LIGHTING 4 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 5 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 5 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE 5 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 5 106. STREET SIGNS 5 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 6 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 6 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 7 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 8 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 8 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 8 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 8 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 9 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 9 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 9 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 9 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 10 SECTION IV i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications • • • i 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 10 • 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 10 109-6. POSTING 10 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 10 - 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 11 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 11 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 12 • 203. DEWATERING 12 ii 203-1. GENERAL 12 . 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 13 ii 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 13 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 13 • 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 13 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 14 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 14 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 14 • 207-1. GENERAL 14 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 14 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 15 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 15 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 15 • 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 15 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 15 207-8. MAINTENANCE 15 207-9. COMPLIANCE 16 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH • EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 16 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 16 • 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 16 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 16 1111208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 16 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 17 208-6. RIP -RAP 17 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 17 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 18 301. CONCRETE 18 - 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 18 302-1. EXCAVATION 18 302-2. FORMS 18 303. REINFORCEMENT 18 SECTION IV ii Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • . • . bSECTION IV -Technical Specifications • 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 • 304. BACKFILL 19 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 19 • 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 19 • 305. RIPRAP 20 • 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 20 • 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 • 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 22 • 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 22 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE 22 . 401-2. PRECAST TYPE 22 • 401-3. DROP MANHOLES 23 • 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS 23 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS 23 • 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 23 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 23 • 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 • 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 403-1. MATERIALS 24 3) 403-2. INSTALLATION 24 403-3. TESTING 25 . 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 • 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26 404-1. INTENT 26 • 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 26 • 404-3. MATERIALS 26 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION 27 • 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 28 • 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION 29 • 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 29 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 29 • 404-9. PAYMENT 29 • 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 30 • 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT 30 405-2. PAYMENT 30 • 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 30 . 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 31 . 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 32 405-6. GROUTING MIX 32 . 405-7. LINER MIX 32 • 405-8. WATER 33 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS 33 405-10. EQUIPMENT 33 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 34 . • SECTION IV iii Updated 2/11/2016 • . SECTION IV -Technical Specifications t 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 35 • 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE ID LINES AND APPURTENANCES 41 • 501. SCOPE 41 • 502. MATERIALS 41 - 502-1. GENERAL 41 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41 . 502-3. GATE VALVES 43 - 502-4. VALVE BOXES 44 • 502-5. HYDRANTS 44 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES 45 . 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 45 - 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 46 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES 46 . 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 46 III 503. CONSTRUCTION 47 ID 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 47 II503-2. PIPE LAYING 47 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 48 0 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 49 504. TESTS 50 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 50 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST 50 . 505. STERILIZATION 50 . 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT 50 • 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 50 ID505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 50 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 51 • 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS 51 • 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 51 • 506-1. GENERAL 51 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 52 . 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 52 - 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND 1111COVERS 52 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 52 5 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 54 0 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 54 111 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 . 602. UNDERDRAINS 54 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 . SECTION IV iv Updated 2/11/2016 . • • 311 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications • 603. STORM SEWERS 55 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 55 • 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 • 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM 0 STRUCTURES 56 • 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 56 604-2. PRECAST TYPE 57 • 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 • 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 57 • 605-1. MATERIAL 57 605-2. PERFORMANCE 58 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 60 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 60 • 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 60 • 702-1. BASE 60 - 702-2. SUBGRADE 62 • 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 63 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 63 310 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 63 • 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 64 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 64 • 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 64 gip 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 64 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 65 • 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 65 0 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 0 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 • 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 66 * 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 67 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 0 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 67 0 706. CONCRETE CURBS 67 w 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 68 49 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 68 • 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 68 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 68 • 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 68 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 68 al 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 69 r S SECTION IV v Updated 2/11/2016 0 S SECTION IV -Technical Specifications • • • s 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 69 • 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 69 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 70 • 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 70 - 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 70 • 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 70 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING 70 - 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 70 • 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 71 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 71 • 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 72 • 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 72 • 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 • 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 72 • 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 - 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 73 • 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 74 • 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 74 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 74 902-1. IRRIGATION 74 902-2. LANDSCAPE 84 • 903. SODDING 99 - • 904. SEEDING 99 - 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 99 - 905-1. SCOPE 99 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 100 • 905-3. WORK METHODS 100 5 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 102 5 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 103 5 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 103 - 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 103 • 910. TREE PROTECTION 103 - 910-1. TREE BARRICADES 103 910-2. ROOT PRUNING 104 • 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 105 • SECTION IV vi Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 100 SERIES: GENERAL • 101. SCOPE OF WORK • • • • • • • • • Project Name: Marshall Street WRF Digester Demolition Project Number: 09 -0027 -UT Scope of Work: The scope of work include demolition and disposal of existing anaerobic digester, adjacent recirculation pump building, hazardous materials, related mechanical and electrical equipment and associated liquids and solids in the digester. • The Contractor shall provide one (1) fixed project sign as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE • 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. • Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the • Contractor's schedule of work. 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • Contract Period: 200 Consecutive Calendar Days SECTION IV Page 1 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 CONFORMED SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. SECTION IV Page 2 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • s • • • • • • • 311 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that • the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any • responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities • nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations • pertaining thereto. ID • 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS • Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard • adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. • The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is • referenced for the same task. • Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not • covered by City's Standards and Specifications. • 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. • At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged 3, in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The • material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. • The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. • • 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS • 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO • RECORDING • Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording • taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, • easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve • as a record of pre -construction conditions. • 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING • The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in • any area. 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS • The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre -construction color audio/video recording documentation. • • SECTION IV Page 3 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 105-4. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 105-8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to SECTION IV Page 4 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • s • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. • • 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL • The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional • to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of 11111 influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. • • 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX • All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and • project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or • location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter • numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. • 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE • Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of • construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be 311 limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any • faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, • easement or right of way at any one time. • 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES • The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items • provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. • 106. STREET SIGNS • • The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. • All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four • (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. • • 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL • 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE • TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to famish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, • • SECTION IV Page 5 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but SECTION IV Page 6 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 so • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••• • - 0 • • 30 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. ID • 107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS • Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. • Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. IIII 107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION • Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected IIII by the construction process. Ill 107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL • COLLECTORS • 1111Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. • Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. • 107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION II Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and 3111 potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS • • 107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION • C -View Release • 107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS III ID 107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION • News Release • The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. • 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN • The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a • specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the • Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone III (727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional • Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of • Florida. a, • ill SECTION IV Page 7 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de -energized and visibly grounded. SECTION IV Page 8 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • s • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES • 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN • If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the • current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project • information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. • Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer • shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the • Project Web Pages. • 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES • Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 3110 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ • • SECTION IV Page 9 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications http://www.section50 8 .gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109-6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 10 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • i SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK • • 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK • The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner • which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times • maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and •O requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety • and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. • For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to • consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the • removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of • a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. 1111 City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or 3, other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance • with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the • Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. • The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain • sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to • OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the • Contractor is required to use excavation and trench -shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work • necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the • completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly • hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated 4111 at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. • SECTION IV Page 11 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 203. DEWATERING 203-1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203-2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field -inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 12 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • t • • • ED i i 411 • • 4IC • • r • SO i • • • • t • • • • • • S SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL • All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, • structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of • the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. • 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT • The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined • by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT • 41111 tools, unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable • material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. • 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING a, The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb • of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals • cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 13 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6") x three inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207-1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of SECTION IV Page 14 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications training and training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre - Construction Meeting. • • 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise • authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by 111 mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a • project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization • measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. • 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL • STOCKPILES • Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent • erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, • depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. • • 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater • Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. • 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS • • All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of • excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. • • 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION • The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be • cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any • stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. • 207-8. MAINTENANCE • All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall • and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. • • • SECTION IV Page 15 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 207-9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 16 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. • (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. • (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the • property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, • and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier • construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. • • 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY • Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. • • 208-6. RIP -RAP • On all natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired • seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to 30provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes • greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. • 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL • A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, • including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all • portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV Page 17 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty- eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302-1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302-2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete SECTION IV Page 18 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ilg • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 311 • reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM • A775/A77 requirements. • 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT • • Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the • contract unit price for the item of work specified. • 304. BACKFILL • 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL • Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall • be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard • fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar • material. • Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. • Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro - hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. • For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. lb Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be • effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's • specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to • make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or • ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. • Where new cast -in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified • twenty-eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. • Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and • compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. • The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra • dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or lump sum price for the item of the work specified. • ••• • • 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by SECTION IV Page 19 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re -inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D-698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight -volume methods. If the weight -volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight inch (8") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 20 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • It • • • • • fll SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT ft The pay item for sand -cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand -cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 1111 The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. flb • • fib • fib S • • or • • • • • • or • • • f • • •i i SECTION IV Page 21 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches (24"). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches (24"). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. • • • • • • • • • • • • • ! • The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of • mortar. • ! Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 22 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • ! • • • • i • • • • • • • f SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of • Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. • Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. • The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five • inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. • • 401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade • changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete - II Adjustment of Manholes. • 401-3. DROP MANHOLES • Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as • detailed on the drawings. • • 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. • 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II • Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. • The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams • Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or • PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES • • Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal® or approved water stop coupling. • • 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER • STRUCTURES • Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by • the Engineer. • 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT y • • • • • Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 23 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • • i 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS • 403-1. MATERIALS • • 403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE i GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. • Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. • Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly 4111marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying • length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). • Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and • fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP • water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building • lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without • manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these • Technical Specifications Article 501. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the • property line. 403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless • otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile • iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications • for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet • radiation shall be rejected. • 403-2. INSTALLATION • • 403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE • Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended • practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable • width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction • will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. • Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without SECTION IV Page 24 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 a 0 • 310 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to • prevent flotation or misalignment. • Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2") diameter • aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. • Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use • an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. • The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is • required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 0 • 403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE • Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical GI Specifications for water main pipe. • 403-3. TESTING • . 403-3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS 30 The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying • above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a 41111 section head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the I. exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of • diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or • exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to • remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire • length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The 5 Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of • bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of • the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. ID • 403-3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS • Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as • described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. is lb • • • • • SECTION IV Page 25 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403-4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403-4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of • these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. • 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING • • 404-1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8") to twelve inch (12") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 404-3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, SECTION IV Page 26 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by . the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field 3111 samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the fib manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design . calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no • structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the • Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system . approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. • 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for • rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of 111 restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local • traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the • sewer from damage. • All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to • • SECTION IV Page 27 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404-5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404-5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404-5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real-time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different projects. SECTION IV Page 28 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 404-5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION • The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The • synch process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated • into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. • • • 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION • Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods • approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, - pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. • Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or • problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of • irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their • expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 1111 Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the . original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. 1111 Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be lb resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION • Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no • time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and • property damage costs and claims. 404-9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully 1111 • SECTION IV Page 29 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405-2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 41C • • • • 405-3.1. MATERIALS • • • • • • • • • Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3) • parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. • 405-3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 405-3.1.2. MORTAR SECTION IV Page 30 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-3.1.3. GROUTING • Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 405-3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the • removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. • Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. • Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. • Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the • outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular 31i void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the • existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to • seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. - Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. 4111 Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. • Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. • Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces". • • 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM • This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. 1111 Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying 3111/ the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially SECTION IV Page 31 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405-4.1. MATERIALS 405-4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +1- 5 pcf 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405-6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405-7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 41111 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi . 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi • 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 11111 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi ES SECTION IV Page 32 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf • Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per • cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall • be one-half inch (1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. • Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. • Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according II to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide • conditions. • Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. • Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 • pounds per cubic foot. • Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. • One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. - Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than one-half inch (1/2") in • length nor greater than five-eighths inch (5/8") in height. I Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. III Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. II A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat • rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be ID finishing applied to assure a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. II • 405-8. WATER • Shall be clean and potable. • 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS • No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or 0 recommendation from the manufacturer. • 405-10. EQUIPMENT IIII • A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of • producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete • with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. IDEquipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete a III SECTION IV Page 33 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 III • Il SECTION IV —Technical Specifications with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 4111 • 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ID 405-11.1. PREPARATION ill 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines • and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. SD 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high II pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and • concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any . large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to • the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the III infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the II quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, III drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. II 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting lb mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 4 405-11.2. MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using • the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all • materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner • without interruption until each application is complete. 405-11.3. SPRAYING 4111 The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running ID water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all . cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the II bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface . sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is • the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one-half inch (1/2"). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring II additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat - to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than • twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one-half inch (1/2"). The SECTION IV Page 34 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • •- • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the . intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. • 405-11.4. PRODUCT TESTING • At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the • Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C • 109. • 405-11.5. CURING • Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is • imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been • completed. • 405-11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 4111 Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes • entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn • into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) • seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter • (60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project • Engineer. • 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER • PRODUCT SYSTEM • • 405-12.1. SCOPE • Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: • 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume • infiltration. • 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: • a. Hydrophilic foam -injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or • b. Hydrophilic gel -injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks • 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 311/ 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one-half inch (1/2") • • SECTION IV Page 35 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils 405-12.2. MATERIALS 405-12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405-12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405-12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the SECTION IV Page 36 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • 4 t • r • • • ay 411 411 • i • • • fD 41 GO • • • r 411 • . . f SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks - the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: w 1111 • Tensile Strength • (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) • CRD 48 55 • 405-12.2.4. CEMENT LINING Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM C882 Modified 1,200 1,800 psi f . • • 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x1OA-10 cm/sec to 7.6x10-11 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH A self -bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty-four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2"), but no greater than two inches (2"). It will have a dark grey color. 405-12.2.5. EPDXY COATING • A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxyshall be applied to a minimum of thirty(30)drymils. • g� g Pp This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, • including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, • can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: • SECTION IV Page 37 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405-12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Com Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 405-12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405-12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from SECTION IV Page 38 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • 4 ••• II• • • • • • • • • • • lig • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - i ••• • - • • • • • • 405-12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR SECTION IV — Technical Specifications entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. • Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill • cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. • • 405-12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL • Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. • 1. Drill five-eighths inch (5/8") holes through active leaking surface. • 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. • 3. Inject material until water flow stops. • 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 411 405-12.3.5. WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS • • 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. ill) 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. • 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. • 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. • 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. • • 405-12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1111 1. Dampen surface. • 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. • 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2") (and no more than • two inches (2")) has been achieved. • 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. • 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. • 6. Allow for a twenty-four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. • NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing • times. • f • • • • 0 SECTION IV Page 39 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 405-12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405-12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 40 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • lig • • • • • • • • • • • or • • • • or • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER • MAINS, FIRE LINES AND • APPURTENANCES • • 501. SCOPE • The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in • connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and • appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. • 502. MATERIALS • • 502-1. GENERAL • Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall • be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and • engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment • and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, IIIP except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. • 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS • • • • • • • • • • • • • 502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 41 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with SECTION IV Page 42 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 4D • • • • • • • i • • • 311 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA • Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic • (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. • 502-2.4. RESTRAINT is Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved • mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants • shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on • hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. • • 502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING • All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining III gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. • Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris • within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method • by the Engineer. 31/ 502-3. GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall operated be ope ated by methods which will allow operation in any position with at respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, • shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall • be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening • for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). • Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less IIIthan 150 psi cold water, non -shock. • The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. • Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. • Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. - Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed. • Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate • valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard 5 Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features • consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from • pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 -ring bonnet a/ seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. • • SECTION IV Page 43 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 is • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 502-4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three-piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502-5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0 -ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. SECTION IV Page 44 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 a a • 4 • • a • • a a a • a a • a d a • a a a a a a • a a a a • a • a • • • f SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. • 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut. • 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0 -ring seals or • threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. • 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. • 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0 - rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. • 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections • with a breakable coupling. • 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. • 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left • hand operation to open. • 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. • 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the • National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. • All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. • Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from • the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent • movement of the hydrant. 4111 All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. • No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of • Clearwater's Engineering Department. • 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES • • Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1/2"). • Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger • mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron • with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. • 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS • 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. • • SECTION IV Page 45 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; • and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. • 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects • shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. • 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug. 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV Page 46 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • f • 503. CONSTRUCTION SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING • 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting 4110 with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled • against pipe already on the ground. • 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any • part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. • • 503-2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE 503-2. PIPE LAYING • The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and 311 sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a • maximum of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the • Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of • the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, • relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503-2.2. INSTALLATION • Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used • by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves . and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials • and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or • dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage • shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. • All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended • above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined 111, with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe • SECTION IV Page 47 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the • Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at • bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. • i • • • • i 411 Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the S amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of • ANSUAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. • 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS • • • 4111 411 411S 411 SECTION IV Page 48 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 5 503-3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503-3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18") from the main line. S • • • 311 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb • over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & • Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 • of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. • 503-3.3. HYDRANTS • Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located • ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use • of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants • shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's • Engineering Department. • All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with • nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. • Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled • by an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant 3, assembly cost. 503-3.4. ANCHORAGE • Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by • attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use • of hydrant connecting swivel joints. • Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown • on the plans. • 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES • Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this • contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made • until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. • Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be • made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the • actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed • before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. SECTION IV Page 49 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 504. TESTS 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. • • • ic • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 505. STERILIZATION • Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O -S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SECTION IV Page 50 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • s SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS • After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free • residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall • be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. • 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS • After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of • Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water • from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial • examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of • coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system • is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as • outlined above. • If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in • accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of • samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. • • 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT • 506-1. GENERAL • • Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum • payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full • compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the • applicable pay items of work: • • Clearing and grubbing • • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • • Shoring and/or dewatering • • Structural fill • Backfill • • Grading I• • Tracer wire • • Refill materials • Joint materials a, • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. • • • • • SECTION IV Page 51 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 506-2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506-2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506-3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506-3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506-4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506-4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506-5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. SECTION IV Page 52 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - f 506-5.2. PAYMENT SECTION IV —Technical Specifications - Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, • material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. - • - • • - - - - • - - • • • • • SECTION IV Page 53 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • • • 411: 600 SERIES: STORMWATER • 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub -surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non -degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non -perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly -chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 54 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT ill Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, • which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain • (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, • road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. • 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of • FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent • (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. 4111 All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is • to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the 311 inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION • • The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater • drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down • and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video • recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. • 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. • 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S-1 to S-2). • 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in • accordance with Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged • pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. • SECTION IV Page 55 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the • Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until • acceptance of the work. • 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES • Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown • on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape • conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be • made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. • The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. • Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be • smoothed from inside of the manholes. • The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2") • of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. • In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a • concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. • SECTION IV Page 56 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 604-2. PRECAST TYPE • Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on • a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and • junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be • in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of • precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be • provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. • Manhole steps shall not be provided. • 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT • Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. • • 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605-1. MATERIAL • 605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES • 605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS 4i Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non -raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns • developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. • 605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING • The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not • less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show • any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to • attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. • The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC . coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 1/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC • coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire • core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. • • SECTION IV Page 57 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate • fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while 11111remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. • 605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of • 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be • retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. • All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. • Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985. • 605-2. PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's • recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a • single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, • they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections • forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. • A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical SECTION IV Page 58 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • •• • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled • line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. IDTo achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. • Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full • and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one • two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses. • Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or • cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against • movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be • replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. • • • • • • • • op • • • • • • • • 411 • In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 59 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702-1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is SECTION IV Page 60 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • i • • • • • • at • • to • • • • • • • • • or • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3) SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the IDCity's Technical Specifications will apply. III Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the • base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's • satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until 1111 the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. • The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in • advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. • The following base materials are acceptable: • 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of • FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as • shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. III 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and III 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness • as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 311 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum • compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be • FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to 111/ LBR that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by • the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, • unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 111 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance • with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum • compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and • compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item • price for asphalt or base. • 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be • constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall • have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non -limited access paved shoulders, 1111 shared use paths, or other non -traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, • placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included 31111 in the bid item price for asphalt or base. • • • is ot SECTION IV Page 61 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702-2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. SECTION Iv Page 62 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 311 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS • This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. • 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE • • 703-1.1. AGGREGATE • All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. • 703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS • All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT 's Standard Specifications. • 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE • • The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. • Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, • at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to • determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. • The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is 1111 discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and • investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such • work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. • Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: • 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. • 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. • 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/" or greater shall be • corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, • or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In • addition, for excesses of one-quarter inch ('/") or greater, the Engineer will determine if • the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the • contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. • • • • • SECTION IV Page 63 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SP/Spec 334-1 Type FC/Spec 337-8 Type B/Spec 234-8 ATPB/287-8 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 • 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION • 703-6.1. CRACKS • Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by • the following steps: • 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. • • • • • • • 703-6.2. POTHOLES • Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: • 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. • 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 64 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • 311 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each • item. • The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. • The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel 411 adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per - manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original • casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that • the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. 311/ If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and • compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving • operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included • in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled • paving. 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid • item for asphalt. • • • • • 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. SECTION IV Page 65 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, • all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or • mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the • Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day • before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's • discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall • also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, • hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless • otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the • plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. • The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in • the project scope and plans. • 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 • of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch • ('A") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. • 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack . and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, • filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and • specifications. • 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT • When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in • accordance with the following provisions: • 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price • Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid • opening. • i • • • • 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's interne site. The address is: http://www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252. SECTION IV Page 66 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • i • • • • • • • • 311 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. • 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt • will be used for payment calculation. • 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period • for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. • 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made • for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. • 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS • • New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the • exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for • access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. • • 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT so When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. • 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT • Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which • price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and • shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the • work. • 706. CONCRETE CURBS • Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. • Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a • minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In • addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor • shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the • placement of all concrete curbs. • 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. • • • • • SECTION IV Page 67 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 68 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • 4 • • • • • • • to • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - • - SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be - full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the 411 specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. • 708. MILLING OPERATIONS • 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor • shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours • in advance of all milling. 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS • 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible • to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal • environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 310 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. • 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, - the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line • and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this • removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. • 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. di • 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, • unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. • 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed • that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City • • • • • SECTION IV Page 69 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend SECTION IV Page 70 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • 4IC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4IC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 310 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. • 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT • The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. • 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT . The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of • radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. • • • S 310 • • • • • • 0 • • 0 r S • • • SECTION IV Page 71 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1111 S S SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 72 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • 49 0 t s • II• • • • • • • • s • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 • • • • • • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. • • 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT • The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the • work per the plans. • • 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING • All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard • Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. • 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT • The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans • and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work • per the plans. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV Page 73 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre -construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 902-1. IRRIGATION 902-1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SECTION IV Page 74 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ID • • • • • • • • • • • • f SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work • shall apply. • C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with • the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject . material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. • D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the SI Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of • three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: • 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty- . four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier • where replacement equipment can be purchased. • 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. • 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. • 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and • "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. • b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and • maintenance. • • 902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground • improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty-four inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer • prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final • acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the • Contractor. w D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the • Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible • for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply • with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. • • SECTION IV Page 75 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. 902-1.2. PRODUCTS 902-1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902-1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve SECTION IV Page 76 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • r • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IIC • • • • • is • • 3111 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals • 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors • 4. Non -Shock Safe -T Shear Stem • 5. Safe -T -Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing • Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. • 902-1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (21/2") AND LARGER • A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: • 1. AWWA-C-509 • 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. • 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints • 5. Rising stem • 6. Bolted bonnet • 7. Double disc • 8. Equipped with two inch (2") square operating key with tee handle 310 B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut. • • 902-1.2.7. SLEEVES • A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) • 902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES • A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance -pressure across -the • diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a • pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. • B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, • stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece • diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. • C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip • by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. • D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. • E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, • California, or approved equal. aloF. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. • • SECTION IV Page 77 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 902-1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902-1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902-1.2.10.2. OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7"). B. For on -surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902-1.2.10.3.LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub -surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902-1.2.10.4.AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE SECTION IV Page 78 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • i S S • S • S • S S S a • IC • • • • • • • • S S S • S S a • - • al • 31) SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high . point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. • 902-1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS • A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds . per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- • impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed • stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. ID • 902-1.2.10.6. FILTERS II A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial . size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. S • 902-1.2.10.7. FITTINGS • A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings • and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 3111 902-1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER • A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from • the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type • which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function . normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. III B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to • insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for 5 screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. • C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year . regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. ID D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, di station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute • increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching S solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller • shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. • E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, allCalifornia USA. • • SECTION IV Page 79 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.3. EXECUTION 902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. SECTION IV Page 80 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • i fie • S S S • 4F. • • • • • 310 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications . G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of . sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the . manner by which it relates to the installation. • H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that • obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. • Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on lb Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and 310 between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. • E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 41 902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over the pipe. 41 B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter . larger than one half inch ('/z"). • C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. • D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. • E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. 41 F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum • density. • G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. ID • SECTION IV Page 81 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 41 ID SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non -pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. SECTION IV Page 82 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • to • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••• • • • • - f SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water - pressure is on. - 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least - twenty-four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. • D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control • valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. • E. Installing piping under existing pavement: • 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. • 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing • pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. ID 311 902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. • 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative • prior to installation. • 902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES • A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6"), nor less than four • inches (4") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, - buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. • C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for • each sprinkler zone. • 902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper - maintenance. • - - - • • • B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SECTION IV Page 83 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2. LANDSCAPE 902-2.1. GENERAL 902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety SECTION IV Page 84 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape • Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. • E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. • F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to • excavation. Call "One Call"/"Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative . offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097. • G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in • conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 4111 902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance ea period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be • established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all • specified work. 902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of • bidding. • B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without • approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions • and warranties stated herein. • 902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS • O.A. or HT: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with • no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. • C. W. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms ao or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. • • SECTION IV Page 85 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP.• Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 86 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 41C •• • • • • • • •• • • • • i i SECTION IV —Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root i ball depth shall not be less than two-thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which i cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. i D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. i Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs i in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. 311/ G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. i H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. i 902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS i 902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. i A. The Contractor shall examine the sub -grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions • under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not i proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner i acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of - conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. - B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. i C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. di D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. w SECTION IV Page 87 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 ID i ID SECTION IV —Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902-2.2. PRODUCTS 902-2.2.1. MATERIALS 902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 88 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • 0 411 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications . tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. • C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality - for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part 1 and II, - Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). - D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at - the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. • E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by - governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that • are applicable to landscape materials. • F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the • Landscape Architect proof of it being non -available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. - When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by - adjustment to Contract amount. • G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall • be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be Itaken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger III no specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. 0 H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where - symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. - L Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter • and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Ea Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B • procedures. - J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa • provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect • approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound • condition exists. - 902-22.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED • A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of - even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed aobefore cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than - - • - • SECTION IV Page 89 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications twenty-four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902-2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902-2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one-fourth ('4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902-2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. SECTION IV Page 90 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • r • 4 • • • • • • • • • II • • • • i • is Il • • sr • et • • • • • • II i • • sr al • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 902-2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL • A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, 41/ prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable • for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the • Landscape Architect immediately in writing. • B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one-third (1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1"). • C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. • There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, • roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily 111 organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full • length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into native soil. 310 902-2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting 411 soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 411 902-2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION • A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade fa shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area 49 surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. 411 • 902-2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM • A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for • protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902-2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS • A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of 411 manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902-2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES SECTION IV Page 91 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 902-2.3. EXECUTION 902-2.3.1. PREPARATION 902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre -emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (11/2") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3") of one-third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. SECTION IV Page 92 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS • A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with 41111 adjacent "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. • B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub- ', grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4"). • C Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, • even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. • D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one • pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be 4111 commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil • condition. i 902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION 902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) • A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- ., drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - • 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS • A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans • by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the • normally accepted spacing for each species. • C. Leave an eighteen inch (18") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for 3111 all plant sizes. so SECTION IV Page 93 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. 902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each'/" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back -filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. SECTION IV Page 94 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free • Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. • • 902-2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the • soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. • B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of • nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before • the sod is laid in place. • C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub 1111 areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1") to one and one half inches (1-1/2") below top • of walks prior to laying sod. • D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient • water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion 311 due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. . E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and • insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of • sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall lbbe smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. . F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with • suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. • 902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING • A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of • Transportation. See plan for type of seed. • 902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING • • s A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by SECTION IV Page 95 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially III areas. • • • • • • • • • • • 902-2.3.2.7. MULCHINGII A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. . B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied • mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run- . off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before • compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified • on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of 4 buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed • in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6") of non -mulched • clearance from the outside edge of annuals. • 902-2.3.2.8. PRUNING • A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape • and form of the plant. • B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, • and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. . 902-2.3.2.9. CLEAN-UP • A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. • B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, • keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess • soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. . C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, IDstaking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902-2.3.2.10. PROTECTION a SECTION IV Page 96 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • i SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, - about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. • C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to • landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902-2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES 411 E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. • F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees • to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be • done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. • 902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE • 310 A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 411111. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, • replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural • practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under • the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the • University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. • 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch • (1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. • 902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE • 902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION • A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. • • • SECTION IV Page 97 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under -specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902-2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. • . i • . • SECTION IV Page 98 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • . • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 903. SODDING • Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at • the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's 111111 Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be • placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod • roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more • than seventy-two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod • shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water . sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not • acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional • compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the • Engineer. • Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly • placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the 3111 basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. • 904. SEEDING • . Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to • be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic • conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no 1111 Bahia. seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of • seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. • When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. • 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS • • 905-1. SCOPE • To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of 311/ plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces • • • • • SECTION IV Page 99 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905-3. WORK METHODS 905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated • location: • 905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS • Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the • Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, • vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report • such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup • from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. SECTION IV Page 100 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • 31/ SECTION IV — Technical Specifications • 905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK • The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or ID (24) plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty-four (24) hours after providing the service. • • 905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING • All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature . size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. • Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: • • 905-3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, • ETC.) • Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove 3IP vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. • 4111905-3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL • Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. • 905-3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY • Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park ID pedestrian are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. • 411905-3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION • All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in • mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and • amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. • 905-3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA 4, Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. • Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied al by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. • • • • SECTION IV Page 101 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905-3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3"). • 905-3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR • Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing Drip tubing • should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and • operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled - system running time. • • • • • • 905-3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a • less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on • City properties. • 905-3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION • Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905-3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. SECTION IV Page 102 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • 907. COMPLETION OF WORK Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said • completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. • 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL • Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the • following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City • shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be • given forty-eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. • • 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS • 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) • month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape • materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they • feel appropriate. • 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 1/10 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. • 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing • of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, • invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next • regular payment to the Contractor. • 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular • schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall • schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining • circumstances are relieved. • 910. TREE PROTECTION • • 910-1. TREE BARRICADES • A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land • preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: • • so • • • • 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species SECTION IV Page 103 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1") by four -inch (4") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is • terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall • remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor • utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. • • • i • • • • • 411 D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier • no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No • equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any • protected tree or palm. • F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910-2. ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562-4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. SECTION IV Page 104 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated • tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. • E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any • root pruning activities. • F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (1") of the trunk • diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative • prior to said root pruning. 41111 G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the • disturbance i.f less than eighteen inches (18"). • H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this • purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any 'work adjacent to trees to be preserved. • I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any • excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. • J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree • roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or • burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. • L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root • pruned trees,. • M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root • pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional • boring as opposed to open trenching. • 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING • A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or • under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified • arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub • and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. • B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts • (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) • are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require • replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed. • • SECTION IV Page 105 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion -tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 106 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • t •• • t • • • • • 4 • • • • fa • • • r • • ID • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 01005 01014 01015 01016 01030 01040 01043 01050 01065 01090 01092 01150 01152 01153 01200 01300 01310 01340 TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK CONTROL OF WORK CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN (CONFORMED) SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES COORDINATION ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COORDINATION Ott Waif FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING PERMITS AND EASEMENTS REFERENCE STANDARDS HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CODES AND REG MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01410 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 10/17/18 CONFORMED 01505 MOBILIZATION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01640 QUALITY CONTROL 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS DIVISION 02 02050 02080 02084 02085 SITEWORK DEMOLITION ASBESTOS REMOVAL DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS -CONTAINING WASTE MATERIAL OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL " 02125 SILT BARRIERS 02220 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES 02276 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02335. FLOWABLE FILL 02485 SURFACE RESTORATION AND SIDEWALKS iI 10/17/18 CONFORMED • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • r S I 1 SECTION 01005 2 • 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS II 4 II5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK ID 8 9 A. Description III 10 +b 11 The work to be completed consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials and El 12 equipment, and the performance of all Work included in this Contract. 13 • 14 B. Work Included • 15 16 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, materials, plant, power, II 17 light, heat, fuel, water, tools, appliances, equipment, supplies and other means • 18 of construction necessary or proper for performing and completing the Work. fib 19 He shall perform and complete the Work in the manner best calculated to - 20 promote rapid construction consistent with safety of life and property and to the 21 satisfaction of the Engineer, and in strict accordance with the Contract al22 Documents. The Contractor shall clean up the Work and maintain it during and 23 after construction, until accepted, and shall do all work and pay all costs 24 incidental thereto. He shall repair or restore all structures and property that may 0 25 be damaged or disturbed during performance of the Work. • 26 * 27 The cost of incidental work described in these General Requirements, for which 28 there are no specific Contract Items, shall be considered as part of the general • 29 cost of doing the work and shall be included in the prices for the various Contract M 30 Items. No additional payment will be made therefore. 4111 31 32 The Contractor shall provide and maintain such modern plant, tools, and • 33 equipment as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to perform in a III 34 satisfactory and acceptable manner all the work required by this Contract. Only 35 equipment of established reputation and proven efficiency shall be used. The 36 Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of his workmanship, • 37 materials and equipment, prior approval of the Engineer notwithstanding. - 38 39 C. Public Utility Installation and Structures 0 40 • 41 Public utility installations and structures shall be understood to include all poles, 42 tracks, pipes, wires, conduits, house service connections, vaults, manholes and 43 all other appurtenances and facilities pertaining thereto whether owned or i 44 controlled by the Owner, other governmental bodies or privately owned by a, 45 individuals, firms or corporations, used to serve the public with transportation, 46 traffic control, gas, electricity, telephone, sewerage, drainage, water or other ID GENERAL REQUIREMENTS * 01005-1 09/06/17 S r • • • 1 public or private property which may be affected by the work shall be deemed 111! 2 included hereunder. 3 • 4 The Contractor shall protect all public utility installations and structures from 5 damage during the work. Access across any buried public utility installation, or 6 structure, shall be made only in such locations and by means approved by the 7 Engineer. The Contractor shall so arrange his operations as to avoid any 8 damage to these facilities. All required protective devices and construction shall 9 be provided by the Contractor at his expense. All existing public utilities 10 damaged by the Contractor, which are shown on the Plans or have been located 11 in the field by the utility, shall be repaired by the Contractor, at his expense, as 12 directed by the Engineer. No separate payment shall be made for such 13 protection or repairs to public utility installations or structures. 14 15 Public utility installations or structures owned or controlled by the Owner or other 16 governmental body, which are shown on the Plans to be removed, relocated, 17 replaced or rebuilt by the Contractor shall be considered as a part of the general 18 cost of doing the Work and shall be included in the prices bid for the various 19 contract items. No separate payment shall be made therefore. 20 21 Where public utility installations or structures owned or controlled by the Owner 22 or other governmental body are encountered during the course of the Work, and 23 are not indicated on the Plans or in the Specifications, and when, in the opinion 24 of the Engineer, removal, relocation, replacement or rebuilding is necessary to 25 complete the work under this Contract, such work shall be accomplished by the 26 utility having jurisdiction, or such work may be ordered, in writing by the 27 Engineer, for the Contractor to accomplish. If such work is accomplished by the 28 utility having jurisdiction it will be carried out expeditiously and the Contractor 29 shall give full cooperation to permit the utility to complete the removal, 30 relocation, replacement or rebuilding as required. If such work is accomplished 31 by the Contractor, it will be in accordance with the General and Supplemental 32 General Conditions. 33 34 All Owners, other governmental utility departments, and other owners of public 35 utilities that may be affected by the Work will be informed in writing by the 36 Engineer within two weeks after the execution of the Contract or Contract 37 covering the work. Such notice will set out, in general, and direct attention to, 38 the responsibilities of the Owner and other governmental utility departments and 39 other owners of public utilities for such installations and structures as may be 40 affected by the work and will be accompanied by one set of Plans and 41 Specifications covering the work under such Contract or Contracts. 42 43 In addition to the general notice given by the Engineer, the Contractor shall give 44 written notice to Owner and other governmental utility departments and other 45 owners of public utilities of the locations of his proposed construction 46 operations, at least forty-eight hours in advance of breaking ground in any area 47 or on any unit of the work. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • r • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • 09/06/17 • r • • • • 3° • 1 2 The maintenance, repair, removal, relocation or rebuilding of public utility f 3 installations and structures, when accomplished by the Contractor as herein • 4 provided, shall be done by methods approved by the Engineer. 5 IIII 6 1.02 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS III 7 • 8 A. Drawings ID 10 10 VVhen obtaining data and information from the Drawings, figures shall be used • 11 in preference to scaled dimensions, and Targe scale drawings in preference to • 12 small scale drawings. 13 • 14 B. Copies Furnished to Contractor • 15 • 16 The Engineer will incorporate the addenda into a set of "conformed" drawings 17 and specifications, and provide one electronic copy of each to the Contractor. • 18 The conformed drawings and specifications shall not supersede the Contract • 19 Documents provided to the Contractor. It shall be the responsibility of the • 20 Contractor to check that the conformed drawings and specifications properly 21 include all addenda and revisions to the Contract Documents. The Contractor ar22 shall furnish each of the subcontractors, manufacturers, and suppliers such 23 copies of the Contract Documents as may be required for their work. Additional 24 copies of the Drawings and Specifications, when requested, may be furnished • 25 to the Contractor at cost of reproduction. • 26 • 27 C. Supplementary Drawings 28 • 29 When, in the opinion of the Engineer, it becomes necessary to explain more • 30 fully the work to be done or to illustrate the work further or to show any changes 31 which may be required, Drawings known as Supplementary Drawings, with 411 32 Specifications pertaining thereto, will be prepared by the Engineer and copies • 33 thereof will be given to the Contractor and the Owner. • 34 • 35 D. Contractor to Check Drawings and Data 36 • 37 The Contractor shall verify all dimensions, quantities and details shown on the • 38 Drawings, Supplementary Drawings, Schedules, Specifications or other data 39 received from the Engineer and shall notify him of any errors, omissions, • 40 conflicts and discrepancies found therein. The Contractor shall submit to the • 41 Engineer a Request for Information (RFI), consecutively numbered, detailing all 42 errors, omissions, conflicts and discrepancies. Engineer shall promptly provide • 43 a response to all RFIs submitted by the Contractor. Contractor will not be • 44 allowed to take advantage of any errors or omissions, as full instructions will be 31, 45 furnished by the Engineer, should such errors or omissions be discovered. 46 47 E. Specifications • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS • 01005-3 09/06/17 • • 1 2 The Technical Specifications generally consist of three parts: General, 3 Products, and Execution. The General Section contains General Requirements 4 that govern the work. Products and Execution modify and supplement these by 5 detailed requirements for the work and shall always govern whenever there 6 appears to be a conflict. 7 8 F. Intent 9 10 All Work called for in the Specifications applicable to this Contract, but not 11 shown on the Drawings in their present form, or vice versa, shall be of like effect 12 as if shown or mentioned in both. Work not specified in either the Drawings or 13 in the Specifications, but involved in carrying out their intent or in the complete 14 and proper execution of the work, is required and shall be performed by the 15 Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. 16 17 The apparent silence of the Specifications as to any detail, or the apparent 18 omission from them of a detailed description concerning any work to be done 19 and materials to be furnished, shall be regarded as meaning that only the best 20 general practice is to prevail and that only material and workmanship of the best 21 quality is to be used, and interpretation of these Specifications shall be made 22 upon that basis. 23 24 The inclusion of the Related Requirements (or work specified elsewhere) in the 25 General part of the specifications is only for the convenience of the Contractor, 26 and shall not be interpreted as a complete list of related Specification Sections. 27 28 1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 29 30 A. Manufacturer 31 32 The names of proposed manufacturers, suppliers and dealers who are to furnish 33 materials, fixtures, equipment, appliances or other fittings shall be submitted to 34 the Engineer for approval. Such approval must be obtained before shop 35 drawings will be checked. No manufacturer will be approved for any materials 36 to be furnished under this Contract unless he shall be of good reputation and 37 have a plant of ample capacity. He shall, upon the request of the Engineer, be 38 required to submit evidence that he has manufactured a similar product to the 39 one specified and that it has been previously used for a like purpose for a 40 sufficient length of time to demonstrate its satisfactory performance. All 41 transactions with the manufacturers or subcontractors shall be through the 42 Contractor, unless the Contractor shall request, in writing to the Engineer, that 43 the manufacturer or subcontractor deal directly with the Engineer. Any such 44 transactions shall not in any way release the Contractor from his full 45 responsibility under this Contract. 46 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4111 • • 09/06/17 • • • • • • • 3° . 1 Any two or more pieces of material or equipment of the same kind, type or • 2 classification, and being used for identical types of service, shall be made by 3 the same manufacturer. • 4 • 5 B. Delivery 6 • 7 The Contractor shall deliver materials in ample quantities to insure the most • 8 speedy and uninterrupted progress of the work so as to complete the work within 9 the allotted time. The Contractor shall also coordinate deliveries in order to III 10 avoid delay in, or impediment of, the progress of the work of any related • 11 Contractor. . 12 13 C. Tools and Accessories • 14 • 15 The Contractor shall, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, • 16 furnish with each type, kind or size of equipment, one complete set of suitably 17 marked high grade special tools and appliances which may be needed to adjust, i 18 operate, maintain or repair the equipment. Such tools and appliances shall be • 19 furnished in approved painted steel cases, properly labeled and equipped with ID 21 good grade cylinder locks and duplicate keys. 21 3, 22 Spare parts shall be furnished as specified. Where spare parts are specified to 23 be "manufacturer's recommended" or "as recommended by the manufacturer", . 24 the Contractor shall furnish those spare parts that are normally or commonly 25 recommended by the manufacturer as shown on the manufacturer's readily • 26 available literature. • 27 28 Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a substantial nameplate, • 29 securely fastened in place and clearly inscribed with the manufacturer's name, • 30 year of manufacture, serial number, weight and principal rating data. • 31 32 D. Installation of Equipment • 33 • 34 The Contractor shall have on hand sufficient proper equipment and machinery - 35 of ample capacity to facilitate the work and to handle all emergencies normally 36 encountered in work of this character. • 37 . 38 Equipment shall be erected in a neat and workmanlike manner on the 39 foundations at the locations and elevations shown on the Drawings, unless • 40 directed otherwise by the Engineer during installation. All equipment shall be • 41 correctly aligned, leveled and adjusted for satisfactory operation and shall be • 42 installed so that proper and necessary connections can be made readily 43 between the various units. • 44 311 45 The Contractor shall furnish, install and protect all necessary anchor and 46 attachment bolts and all other appurtenances needed for the installation of the 47 devices included in the equipment specified. Anchor bolts shall be as approved • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-5 09/06/17 1 by the Engineer and made of ample size and strength for the purpose intended. 2 Substantial templates and working drawings for installation shall be furnished. 3 4 The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish all materials and labor for, and 5 shall properly bed in non -shrink grout, each piece of equipment on its supporting 6 base that rests on masonry foundations. Grout shall completely fill the space 7 between the equipment base and the foundation. All metal surfaces coming in 8 contact with concrete or grout shall receive a coat of coal tar epoxy equal to 9 Kop-Coat 300M. 10 11 E. Service of Manufacturer's Representative 12 13 The prices for equipment shall include the cost of furnishing a competent and 14 experienced engineer or superintendent who shall represent the manufacturer 15 and shall assist the Contractor, when required, to install, adjust, test and place 16 in operation the equipment in conformity with the Contract Documents. 17 18 Prior to placing the equipment in permanent operation, the manufacturer shall 19 furnish to the Engineer and Contractor a written Certificate of Proper Installation 20 stating that the equipment has been installed in strict accordance with the 21 manufacturer's recommendations. 22 23 After the equipment is placed in permanent operation by the Owner, such 24 engineer or superintendent shall make all adjustments and tests required by the 25 Engineer to prove that such equipment is proper and in satisfactory operating 26 condition, shall instruct such personnel as may be designated by the Owner in 27 the proper operation and maintenance of such equipment. 28 29 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 30 31 A. General 32 33 For tests specified to be made by the Contractor, the testing personnel shall 34 make the necessary inspections and tests and the reports thereof shall be in 35 such form as will facilitate checking to determine compliance with the Contract 36 Documents. Five copies of the reports shall be submitted and authorities' 37 certification thereof must be furnished to the Engineer as a prerequisite for the 38 acceptance of any material or equipment. 39 40 If, in the making of any test of any material or equipment, it is ascertained by 41 the Engineer that the material or equipment does not comply with the Contract, 42 the Contractor will be notified thereof and he will be directed to refrain from 43 delivering said material or equipment, or to remove it promptly from the site or 44 from the work and replace it with acceptable material, without cost to the Owner. 45 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-6 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Ilg • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4IC 09/06/17 • • r • • 310 • 1 Tests of electrical and mechanical equipment and appliances shall be 2 conducted in accordance with recognized test codes of the ANSI, ASME, or the • 3 IEEE, except as may otherwise be stated herein. • 4 • 5 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of equipment 6 during tests and instruction periods and shall neither have nor make any claim • 7 for damage that may occur to equipment prior to the time when the Owner • 8 formally takes over the operation thereof. ill 10 10 B. Costs • 11 • 12 All inspections and testing of materials furnished and demolished under this • 13 Contract shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense, unless otherwise 14 expressly specified. • 15 • 16 The cost of shop and field tests of equipment and of certain other tests 17 specifically called for in the Contract Documents shall be borne by the • 18 Contractor and such costs shall be deemed to be included in the Contract price. • 19 III 21 Materials and equipment submitted by the Contractor as equivalent to those 21 specified may be tested by the Owner for compliance with the specifications. 31022 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the expenditures incurred in 23 making such tests on materials and equipment that are rejected for non- - 24 compliance. 25 • 26 C. Inspection of Materials • 27 28 The Contractor shall give notice in writing to the Engineer, sufficiently in II 29 advance of his intention to commence the manufacture or preparation of • 30 materials especially manufactured or prepared for use in or as part of the ID 32 permanent construction. Such notice shall contain a request for inspection, the 32 date of commencement and the expected date of completion of the manufacture II 33 or preparation of materials. Upon receipt of such notice, the Engineer will • 34 arrange to have a representative present at such times during the manufacture II 36 as may be necessary to inspect the materials or he will notify the Contractor that 36 the inspection will be made at a point other than the point of manufacture, or he • 37 will notify the Contractor that inspection will be waived. The Contractor must • 38 comply with these provisions before shipping any material. Such inspection 39 shall not release the Contractor from the responsibility for furnishing materials • 40 meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. • 41 • 42 D. Certificate of Manufacture 43 • 44 VVhen inspection is waived or when the Engineer so requires, the Contractor a) 45 shall furnish to him authoritative evidence in the form of Certificates of 46 Manufacture that the materials to be used in the work have been manufactured 47 and tested in conformity with the Contract Documents. These certificates shall • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-7 09/06/17 IA 1 be notarized and shall include copies of the results of physical tests and 2 chemical analyses, where necessary, that have been made directly on the 3 product or on similar products of the manufacturer. 4 5 E. Shop Tests of Operating Equipment 6 7 Each piece of equipment for which pressure, duty, capacity, rating, efficiency, 8 performance, function or special requirements are specified shall be tested in 9 the shop of the maker in a manner which shall conclusively prove that its 10 characteristics comply fully with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 11 No such equipment shall be shipped to the work until the Engineer notifies the 12 Contractor, in writing, that the results of such tests are acceptable. 13 14 Five copies of the manufacturer's actual test data and interpreted results 15 thereof, accompanied by a certificate of authenticity sworn to by a responsible 16 official of the manufacturing company, shall be forwarded to the Engineer for 17 approval. 18 19 The cost of shop tests and of furnishing manufacturer's preliminary and shop 20 test data of operating equipment shall be borne by the Contractor. 21 22 F. Preliminary Field Tests 23 24 As soon as conditions permit, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, 25 and instruments and shall make preliminary field tests of equipment. If the 26 preliminary field tests disclose any equipment furnished under this Contract that 27 does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the 28 Contractor shall, prior to the acceptance tests, make all changes, adjustments 29 and replacement required. The furnishing Contractor shall assist in the 30 preliminary field tests as applicable. 31 32 G. Final Field Tests 33 34 Upon completion of the work and prior to final payment, all equipment and piping 35 installed under this Contract shall be subjected to acceptance tests as specified 36 or required to prove compliance with the Contract Documents. 37 38 The Contractor shall furnish labor, fuel, energy, water and all other materials, 39 equipment and instruments necessary for all acceptance tests, at no additional 40 cost to the Owner. The Supplier shall assist in the final field tests as applicable. 41 42 H. Failure of Tests 43 44 Any defects in the materials and equipment or their failure to meet the tests, 45 guarantee or requirements of the Contract Documents shall be promptly 46 corrected by the Contractor by replacements or otherwise as directed by the 47 Engineer. The decision of the Engineer as to whether or not the Contractor has GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-8 • • • 4IC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • it 09/06/17 0 • II • 0 • • 1 • 1 fulfilled his obligations under the Contract shall be final and conclusive. If the 2 Contractor fails to make these corrections or if the improved materials and • 3 equipment, when tested, shall again fail to meet the guarantees or specified • 4 requirements, the Owner, notwithstanding its partial payment for work, and 1111 5 materials and equipment, may reject the materials and equipment and may 6 order the Contractor to remove them from the site at his own expense. • 7 • 8 I. Final Inspection ED 10 10 During such final inspections, the work shall be clean and free from water. In • 11 no case will the final estimate be prepared until the Contractor has complied • 12 with all requirements set forth and the Engineer has made his final inspection of 13 the entire work and is satisfied that the entire work is properly and satisfactorily • 14 constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. • 15 . 16 1.05 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 17 • 18 A. Temporary Fences ilb 19 4111 20 If, during the course of the work, it is necessary to remove or disturb any fence 21 or part thereof, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, if so ordered by the 3, 22 Engineer, provide a suitable temporary fence, which shall be maintained until 23 the permanent fence is replaced. The Engineer shall be solely responsible for 24 the determination of the necessity for providing a temporary fence and the type • 25 of temporary fence to be used. • 26 • 27 B. Temporary Driveways 28 • 29 At its own expense, the Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain and remove all i 30 temporary driveways and access roads required to provide access to the work Ili 31 and through the site of the work to maintain existing operations and to allow 32 construction of other projects in the area. The Contractor shall fully cooperate • 33 with the Owner in providing this access. • 34 • 35 C. Temporary Structures and Facilities 36 • 37 The Contractor shall construct any temporary piping and facilities as required in • 38 order to maintain existing treatment capacity and operations during 39 construction. • 40 • 41 1.06 TEMPORARY SERVICES III 42 43 A. First Aid • 44 lio45 The Contractor shall keep upon the site, at each location where work is in 46 progress, a completely equipped first aid kit and shall provide ready access 47 thereto at all times when people are employed on the work. • • • lb GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-9 09/06/17 1 2 1.07 LINES AND GRADE 3 4 A. Grade 5 6 All work under this Contract shall be constructed in accordance with the lines 7 and grades shown on the Drawings, or as given by the Engineer. The full 8 responsibility for keeping alignment and grade rests upon the Contractor. 9 10 The Contractor, prior to commencing of construction, shall have established 11 bench marks and base line controlling points. The Contractor shall so place 12 excavation and other materials as to cause no inconvenience in the use of the 13 reference marks provided. He shall remove any obstructions placed by him 14 contrary to this provision. 15 16 B. Surveys 17 18 The Contractor shall furnish and maintain, at his own expense, stakes and other 19 such materials to establish all working or construction lines and grades, as 20 required, and shall be solely responsible for the accuracy thereof. 21 22 All surveying shall be performed in accordance with Specification 01050. 23 24 C. Safeguarding Marks 25 26 The Contractor shall safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, monuments and 27 bench marks made or established on the work, bear the cost of re-establishing 28 them if disturbed, and bear the entire expense of rectifying work improperly 29 installed due to not maintaining or protecting or to removing without 30 authorization such established points, stakes and marks. 31 32 The Contractor shall safeguard all existing and known property corners, 33 monuments and marks adjacent to but not related to the work and, if required, 34 shall bear the cost of re-establishing them if disturbed or destroyed. 35 36 1.08 ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND LANDSCAPING 37 38 A. The Contractor shall also be entirely responsible and liable for all damage or 39 injury as a result of his operations to all other adjacent public and private 40 property, structures of any kind and appurtenances thereto met with during the 41 progress of the work. The cost of protection, replacement in their original 42 locations and conditions or payment of damages for injuries to such adjacent 43 public and private property and structures affected by the work, whether or not 44 shown on the Drawings or specified shall be included in the various Contract 45 Items and no separate payments will be made therefore. Where such public 46 and private property, structures of any kind and appurtenances thereto are not GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-10 • • IIII t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i e • • • • • • • • • • • • • • st all 09/06/17 all 0 0 • • • • 1 shown on the Drawings and when, in the opinion to avoid interference with the 2 work, payment therefore will be made as provided for in the General Conditions. • 3 • 4 Contractor is expressly advised that the protection of buildings structures, . 5 tunnels, tanks, pipelines, etc. and related work adjacent to and in the vicinity of 6 his operations, wherever they may be, is solely his responsibility. Conditional • 7 inspection of buildings or structures in the immediate vicinity of the project which • 8 may reasonably be expected to be affected by the Work shall be performed by • 9 and be the responsibility of the Contractor. 10 II 11 Contractor shall, before starting operations, make an examination of the interior • 12 and exterior of the adjacent structures, buildings, facilities, etc., and record by 13 noted, measurements, photographs, etc., conditions which might be aggravated • 14 by open excavation and construction. Repairs or replacement of all conditions • 15 disturbed by the construction shall be made to the satisfaction of the Owner and • 16 to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This does not preclude conforming to the 17 requirements of the insurance underwriters. Copies of surveys, photographs, • 18 reports, etc., shall be given to the Engineer. • 19 • 20 Prior to the beginning of any excavations the Contractor shall advise the 21 Engineer of all building or structures on which he intends to perform work or 22 23 which performance of the project work will affect. - 24 B. Protection of Trees 25 • 26 1. The Contractor shall adequately protect all trees and shrubs with boxes • 27 or otherwise in accordance with ordinances governing the protection of 28 trees. No excavated materials shall be placed so as to injure such trees • 29 or shrubs. Trees or shrubs destroyed through negligence of the • 30 Contractor or his employees shall be replaced with new stock of similar • 31 size and age, in the proper season and at the sole expense of the 32 Contractor. • 33 • 34 2. Beneath trees or other surface structures, where possible, pipelines may 35 be built in short tunnels, backfilled with excavated materials, except as Ill 36 otherwise specified, or the trees or structures carefully supported and II 37 protected from damage. • 38 39 3. The Owner may order the Contractor, for the convenience of the Owner, • 40 to remove trees along the line or trench excavation. If so ordered, the • 41 Owner will obtain any permits required for removal of trees. - 42 43 C. Lawn Areas ID 44 31) 45 Lawn areas shall be left in as good condition as before the starting of the work. 46 Where sod is to be removed, it shall be carefully removed, and later replaced, 47 or the area where sod has been removed shall be restored with new sod. • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-11 09/06/17 • • 1 2 D. Restoration of Fences 3 4 Any fence, or part thereof, that is damaged or removed during the course of the 5 work shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor and shall be left in as good 6 or better a condition as existed before starting the work. The manner in which 7 the fence is repaired or replaced and the materials used in such work shall be 8 subject to the approval of the Engineer. No additional payment will be made for 9 the replacement or repair of any fence. 10 11 1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PUBLIC 12 13 A. Barriers and Lights 14 15 During the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall put up and maintain at 16 all times such barriers and lights as will effectively prevent accidents. The 17 Contractor shall provide suitable barricades, red lights, "danger" or "caution" or 18 "street closed" signs and watchmen at all places where the work causes 19 obstructions to the normal traffic or constitutes in any way a hazard to the public. 20 21 B. Smoke Prevention 22 23 The Contractor shall use hard coal, coke, oil or gas as fuel for equipment 24 generating steam. A strict compliance with ordinances regulating the production 25 of emission of smoke will be required. No open fires will be permitted. 26 27 C. Noise 28 29 The Contractor shall eliminate noise to as great an extent as practicable at all 30 times. Air compressing plants shall be equipped with silencers and the exhaust 31 of all gasoline motors or other power equipment shall be provided with mufflers. 32 In the vicinity of hospitals and schools, special care shall be used to avoid noise 33 or other nuisances. The Contractor shall strictly observe all local regulations 34 and ordinances covering noise control. 35 36 Except in the event of an emergency, no work shall be done between the hours 37 of 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M., or on Sundays. If the proper and efficient 38 prosecution of the work requires operations during the night, the written 39 permission of the Engineer shall be obtained before starting such items of the 40 work. 41 42 D. Access to Public Services 43 44 Neither the materials excavated nor the materials or plant used in the 45 construction of the work shall be so placed as to prevent free access to all fire 46 hydrants, valves or manholes. 47 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-12 • • • lit • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i e 0 1 0 1 E. Dust Prevention 2 • 3 The Contractor shall prevent dust nuisance from his operations or from traffic • 4 by keeping the roads and/or construction areas sprinkled with water at all times IP5 or when directed by the Owner and/or Engineer. 6 GI 7 1.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING II 8 • 9 A. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his portion of the work 10 that may be required to make the several parts thereof join and coordinate in a • 11 manner satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with the Drawings and 12 Specifications. The work shall be performed by competent workmen skilled in 13 the trade required by the restoration. 0 14 ! 15 1.11 CLEANING S 16 17 A. During construction of the work, the Contractor shall, at all times, keep the site • 18 of the work and adjacent premises as free from material, debris and rubbish as lb 19 is practicable and shall remove the same from any portion of the site if, in the 20 opinion of the Engineer, such material, debris, or rubbish constitutes a nuisance II 21 or is objectionable. 310 22 23 The Contractor shall remove from the site all of his surplus materials and 24 temporary structures when no further need therefore develops. • 25 i 26 B. Final Clearing ED 27 28 At the conclusion of the work, all erection plant, tools, temporary structures and II 29 materials belonging to the Contractor shall be promptly taken away, and he shall ! 30 remove and promptly dispose of all water, dirt, rubbish or any other foreign 31 substances. II 32 II 33 The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by IIII 34 him and shall deliver such materials and equipment undamaged in a bright, 35 clean, polished and new operating condition. • 36 • 37 1.12 MISCELLANEOUS i 38 39 A. Protection Against Siltation and Bank Erosion • 40 GI 41 1. The Contractor shall arrange his operations to minimize siltation and 42 bank erosion on construction sites and on existing or proposed water III 43 courses, drainage ditches, wetlands and other areas of concern. • 44 al45 2. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall remove any siltation deposits 46 and correct any erosion problems as directed by the Engineer that results 47 from his construction operations. GENERAL 01005-13 REQUIREMENTS 111 O 09/06/17 1 2 3. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any fines resulting from the 3 encroachment of any environmentally protected areas. 4 5 B. Protection of Wetland Areas 6 7 The Contractor shall properly dispose of all surplus material, including soil, in 8 accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations and the permits issued 9 for this project. Under no circumstances shall surplus material be disposed of 10 in wetland areas as defined by the Florida Department of Environmental 11 Protection, Southwest Florida Water Management District, U.S. Army Corps of 12 Engineers, etc. 13 14 C. Existing Facilities 15 16 The work shall be so conducted to maintain existing facilities in operation insofar 17 as is possible. Requirements and schedules of operations for maintaining 18 existing facilities in service during construction shall be as described in herein. 19 20 D. Use of Chemicals 21 22 All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, 23 whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, or of other 24 classification, must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all such 25 chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with 26 manufacturers' instructions. 27 28 E. Tree Removal 29 30 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and any regulatory authorities forty - 31 eight (48) hours in advance of any removal of trees on the project. No clearing 32 shall occur and no earth moving equipment shall be placed on-site until after 33 the notice has been issued. The Contractor shall provide maintenance of the 34 tree barricades and other preventive measures to protect the trees that are to 35 remain. Failure to notify the Engineer before removing trees shall result in the 36 in-kind replacement of the tree at no additional cost to the Owner. 37 38 F. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Systems 39 40 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the satisfactory installation of 41 storm sewer and sanitary sewer systems to be in substantial conformance to 42 the approved Drawings. It is strongly recommended that no roadway base or 43 paving be constructed until the Contractor has performed tamping of these lines 44 to his and the Engineer's satisfaction, and all storm sewer and sanitary sewer 45 invert grades are verified in the field by the Owner. The tamping of lines and 46 verification of elevations in no way absolves the Contractor from any of his 47 contractual obligations. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 09/06/17 • • • • • • 310 • 1 2 G. Related Permits • 3 • 4 The Contractor recognizes that the Owner has applied for, and may have 5 received, certain permits pertaining to the work. At the sole discretion of the ID 6 Owner, the Owner may assign said permits to the Contractor and the Contractor • 7 shall accept said assignments upon such request from the Owner. • 8 . 9 H. Alt work in the vicinity of open waters, wetlands or any jurisdictional area is to 10 be performed in strict accordance with the environmental permits and their III 11 conditions. Erosion barriers, when shown on the construction Drawings, are the III 12 minimum required. If the Contractor's construction methods require that 13 additional erosion control is necessary to satisfy these permits, such controls • 14 shall be supplied, installed and maintained throughout the construction process II 15 by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. i 16 17 It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to submit, in a timely manner, any 18 information, data, etc. which is required as a condition of a permit. Required • 19 information, data, etc. shall be submitted directly to the permitting agency by the 20 Contractor with copies to the permittee and the Engineer. The Contractor will 21 be held responsible for any fine(s) or other action resulting from a violation of 30 22 permit conditions. 23 24 1.13 DISPOSAL • 25 • 26 A. The Contractor shall directly pay all tipping fees associated with disposal of the 411111 27 construction demolition debris at all site. The Contractor shall provide and 28 include in its bid all costs associated with hauling, disposal, and tipping fees. • 29 • 30 1.14 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY II 32 32 A. Responsibility. All damage resulting from construction work on existing • 33 structures, wetland areas, roadway pavement, driveways, other paved areas, • 34 fences, utilities, traffic control devices and any other obstruction not specifically 35 named herein, shall be repaired, restored or replaced by the Contractor unless 4111 36 otherwise specified. Ill 37 fra 38 B. Temporary Repairs. All damage named in Paragraph A above shall be at least 39 temporarily repaired, restored or replaced immediately following construction I 40 efforts at that location. Temporary restoration shall mean putting the affected • 41 area back into a safe, usable condition. In no case shall trenches remain open • 42 overnight within a street right-of-way unless the governing Traffic Control 43 Division grants specific approval. • 44 all45 C. Permanent Repairs. All damage shall be permanently repaired, restored, or 46 replaced not later than the 30th calendar day following the completion of 47 construction at that location unless otherwise stipulated. Permanent repairs will # GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ill 01005-15 09/06/17 1 be accomplished in a professional workmanship -like manner in accordance with 2 Specifications contained herein, or contract documents, if addressed. The 3 Contractor may be relieved of the 30 -day time limit above only by specific written 4 agreement with the Engineer. 5 6 D. Owner Retribution. In the event that the Contractor fails to make the permanent 7 repairs within the time specified, the Owner, at its option, will, with its own 8 resources or by contract with others, cause the repair, restoration, or 9 replacement of the affected area to be accomplished. The costs of such work 10 will be deducted either from the next pay request or from any other monies owed 11 the Contractor. 12 13 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 14 15 PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) 16 17 18 END OF SECTION 19 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-16 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 09/06/17 • • • • • • • 1 • 1 SECTION 01014 2 • 3 SUMMARY OF WORK • 4 • 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 LOCATION OF WORK • 8 • 9 A. All Work of this Contract is located in rights-of-way, easements, or on property 10 owned by the City of Clearwater, Florida. • 11 • 12 1.02 WORK TO BE DONE 13 • 14 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, services • 15 and incidentals to complete all work required by these Specifications and as • 16 shown on the Drawings. 17 • 18 B. The Contractor shall perform the work complete, in place and ready for • 19 continuous service, and shall include repairs, testing, permits, clean up, IIID 20 replacements, and restoration required as a result of damages caused during 21 this construction. 11) 22 23 C. All materials, equipment, skills, tools, and labor that is reasonably and II 25 properly inferable and necessary for the proper completion of the work in a 25 substantial manner and in compliance with the requirements stated or implied • 26 by these Specifications or Drawings, or required by Law, shall be furnished • 27 and installed by the Contractor without additional compensation, whether 28 specifically indicated in the Contract Documents or not. • 29 • 30 D. The Contractor shall comply with all Municipal, County, State, Federal, and • 31 other codes applicable to the proposed demolition, removal, and disposal 32 work. • 33 • 34 1.03 OVERALL DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED • 35 36 A. The purpose of this Contract is to remove and dispose of the contents of the • 37 digester, demolish the digester and the associated building, and restore the • 38 ground surface as shown on the Contract Drawings, as specified herein, and 39 as generally described as follows: • 40 • 41 1. Provide mobilization, demobilization, insurances, permits and bonds. • 42 43 2. Prepare the site by installing stormwater system inlet protection and • 44 erosion control devices. 311 45 46 3. Employ a licensed asbestos and hazardous waste abatement 47 subcontractor to perform an asbestos and hazardous waste survey, • • SUMMARYOOF WORK O 09/06/17 • • • 1 provide an Abatement Procedures Plan, and conduct all hazardous 2 waste testing and abatement in accordance with the technical 3 specifications and all laws. The asbestos survey shall be conducted in 4 accordance with Pinellas County requirements and all other applicable 5 laws. The Abatement Procedures Plan shall include the procedures 6 and methods to be employed by the abatement subcontractor in 7 sampling and analyzing the digester cover components. The Plan shall 8 also include those procedures to be employed in removing, packaging, 9 transporting and disposing of both the previously identified hazardous 10 materials and those hazardous materials identified during sampling 11 and analysis, if any, of the digester cover, in accordance with all laws 12 and permits. 13 14 4. Obtain, fill out and submit all forms and permit applications required for 15 the work including but not limited to demolition and disposal of all 16 Hazardous and Non -Hazardous Waste and debris. Secure all permits 17 required for the work including but not limited to demolition and 18 disposal of all Hazardous and Non -Hazardous Waste and debris. 19 20 5. Remove and dispose of the foliage growing in the digester. 21 22 6. Furnish all labor, materials, services, permits, equipment, and other 23 facilities required to survey, sample and analyze each of the material 24 components comprising the existing digester floating cover for 25 asbestos containing materials (ACMs), lead, chromium, arsenic, 26 cresols, benzene, pentachlorophenol and pyridine and other regulated 27 materials, furnish a report prepared by a certified Hazardous Waste 28 Abatement subcontractor and a NELAC-certified laboratory, and 29 furnish all labor, materials, services, permits, equipment, utility, 30 disposal and transportation services required and necessary for the 31 lawful removal and disposal of these substances in accordance with 32 these specifications and all applicable federal, state, and local 33 regulations. 34 35 7. Furnish all labor, materials, services, permits, equipment, utility, 36 disposal and transportation services required and necessary for the 37 testing and lawful removal, transportation, and disposal of hazardous 38 materials found in the digester cover, as well as those hazardous 39 materials in the piping and pumping building/structures as identified in 40 the investigations and surveys prepared for this project and included in 41 the Appendix to these specifications. 42 43 8. Remove and dispose of all liquids and solids inside the digester as 44 described in Section 01016 Construction Phasing Plan. 45 46 9. Demolish and dispose of the digester tank, internal piping, adjacent 47 digester piping and pumping building, and associated mechanical and SUMMARY OF WORK 01014-2 • • • 4 al • • • • • • • • • • • A • e 4 • • • • • e • • • • • • • • i it • 09/06/17 • • • • • • 1 • 1 electrical equipment, and other work identified on the drawings or in 2 these specifications. • 3 • 4 10. Remove and/or cap and abandon existing piping as noted on the • 5 6 drawings. • 7 11. Survey locations of existing foundation piling, if found. • 8 • 9 12. Fill, compact and grade the site, including pre and post topographical 10 surveys. • 11 . 12 13. Restore the site. 13 • 14 B. Existing Conditions • 15 • 16 1. The existing digester is shown on the original construction drawings to 17 be 100 -foot in diameter and 25.5 -feet deep from top of side wall to the • 18 invert of the conical bottom. The digester may or may not have been • 19 constructed on piles. If constructed on piles, the Contractor shall • 20 preserve the piles and document those locations as described elsewhere 21 in these specifications. I 22 23 2. The Contractor's specific attention is directed to the fact that the existing • 24 digester floating cover has been submerged for up to ten (10) years and, 25 due to a potential Toss of buoyancy, may not be structurally capable of • 26 supporting itself after the liquids in the digester are removed. There is • 27 considerable foliage and trees visible atop the digester. The Contractor 28 should note that if digester roof collapses, it could damage the internal • 29 digester piping that could, in -turn, damage the wall of the digester • 30 structure resulting in an unregulated discharge of liquids, solids and other 4111 31 materials from the digester. Following the Notice to Proceed, the 32 Contractor shall be solely responsible for the proper clean-up of any • 33 materials discharged from the digester, to the satisfaction of the Owner • 34 and regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, as well as any fines imposed • 35 by regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 36 • 37 3. The Contractor's attention is directed to the previous hazardous . 38 materials investigations and surveys contained in the Appendix to these 39 Contract Documents, which have been conducted on the digester, the • 40 adjacent piping and pumping building, and associated facilities that are • 41 to be demolished as part of this project. II 43 43 4. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that no analyses have III 44 been made of the composition of the existing digester cover, including 310 45 the support ring, ceiling plates, ballast, trusses and purlins, rafters, 46 sheathing, composition roofing materials, or any of the attached piping, 47 vents, gas dome or recirculation system with housing. These • SUMMARY OF WORK • 01014-3 09/06/17 1 components may contain asbestos containing materials (ACMs) or other 2 hazardous materials such as lead, chromium copper arsenate, and 3 cresols. 4 5 C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for preparing all necessary 6 regulatory notifications needed to meet the Contract Times. See Section 7 01016 Construction Phasing Plan. 8 9 D. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for performing all work in 10 accordance with all laws and permits. 11 12 E. The Contractor shall be responsible for field verifying all conditions and 13 quantities that may affect his work prior to bidding this project. 14 15 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 16 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 18 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 22 SUMMARY OF WORK 01014-4 • • • ID • • • • • • • • • i • • • r • • • • • • • • • • • it • 09/06/17 • • • • 1 . 1 SECTION 01015 2 so 3 CONTROL OF WORK • 4 ill 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 WORK (PROGRESS . 8 ID 10 A. The Contractor shall provide equipment that will be efficient, safe, appropriate 10 and large enough to secure a satisfactory quality of work and a rate of progress • 11 which will insure the completion of the work within the Contract Times. If, at any • 12 time, such facilities appear to the Engineer to be inefficient, inappropriate, 13 insufficient or unsafe for securing the quality of work required or for producing • 14 the rate of progress aforesaid, he may order the Contractor to increase the • 15 facilities equipment, and the Contractor shall conform to such order. Failure of • 16 the Engineer to give such order shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his 17 obligations to secure the quality of the work and rate of progress required. • 18 • 19 1.02 PRIVATE LAND 111120 21 A. The Contractor shall not enter or occupy private land outside of easements, 311 22 except by permission of the Owner. 23 24 1.03 WORK LOCATIONS • 25 Ili 26 A. Work shall be located substantially as indicated on the Drawings, but the • 27 Engineer reserves the right to make such modifications in locations as may be 28 found desirable to avoid interference with existing structures or for other III 29 reasons. Where fittings are noted on the Drawings, such notation is for the • 30 Contractor's convenience and does not relieve him from laying and jointing • 31 different or additional items where required. 32 ID 33 1.04 OPEN EXCAVATIONS . 34 • 35 A. All open excavations shall be adequately safeguarded by providing temporary 36 barricades, caution signs, lights and other means to prevent accidents to IA 37 persons, and damage to property. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, • 38 provide suitable and safe bridges and other crossings for accommodating travel 39 by Owner's personnel, pedestrians and workmen. Bridges provided for access • 40 to private property during construction shall be removed when no longer • 41 required. The length of open trench will be controlled by the particular ill 42 surrounding conditions and does not endanger existing facilities. If the 43 excavation becomes a hazard, or if it excessively restricts traffic, construction • 44 procedures such as limiting the length of open trench, prohibiting stacking 3,45 excavated material in the street, and requiring that the trench shall not remain 46 open overnight. 47 • CONTROL OF WORK • 01015-1 05/18/17 • • 4 1 B. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open • 2 trenches. All trenches, excavated material, equipment, of other obstacles, 3 which could be dangerous to the public, shall be well lighted at night. r 4 lb 5 1.05 TEST PITS 6 IP 7 A. The Contractor shall excavate test pits for locating underground pipeline or ID 8 structures in advance of construction to verify that the work can be constructed ID 9 as intended. Test pits shall be excavated and backfilled by the Contractor so II as not to create a hazardous area. Test pits shall be backfilled immediately 11 after their purpose has been satisfied and the surface restored and maintained fib 12 in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 11111 13 II 1.06 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 15 fe 16 A. Unless permission to close a street is received in writing from the proper • 17 authority, all excavated material shall be placed so that vehicular and pedestrian 18 traffic may be maintained at all times. If the Contractor's operations cause traffic 19 hazards, he shall repair the road surface, provide temporary ways, erect wheel i 20 guards or fences, or take other measures for safety satisfactory to the Engineer. 1111IC 21 22 B. Detours around construction will be subject to the approval of the Owner and 23 the Engineer. Where detours are permitted, the Contractor shall provide all 24 necessary barricades and signs as required to divert the flow of traffic. While 25 traffic is detoured the Contractor shall expedite construction operations and ID 26 those periods when traffic is being detoured will be strictly controlled by the ali 27 Owner. . 28 29 C. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open lb 30 trenches. Night watchmen may be required where special hazards exist, or IIII 31 police protection provided for traffic while work is in progress. The Contractor 11132 shall be fully responsible for damage or injuries whether or not police protection 33 has been provided. 0 34 II 35 1.07 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY 1111136 37 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private 1111 38 property, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. • 39 If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on 40 account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work III 41 on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be restored by the Contractor, lb 42 at his expense, to a condition similar or equal to that existing before the damage . 43 was done, or he shall make good the damage in other manner acceptable to 44 the Engineer. ID 45 46 B. All sidewalks that are disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be restored 47 to their original condition with the use of similar or comparable materials. All CONTROL OF WORK 01015-2 1 • 1 curbing shall be restored in a condition equal to the original construction and in 2 accordance with the best modern practice. 3 • 4 C. Along the location of the work all fences, walks, bushes, trees, shrubbery, and • 5 other physical features shall be protected and restored in a thoroughly 6 workmanlike manner. Fences and other features removed by the Contractor • 7 shall be replaced in the location indicated by the Engineer as soon as conditions • 8 permit. All grass areas beyond the limits of construction that have been II 10 damaged by the Contractor shall be restored to original conditions. 10 • 11 D. Trees close to the work shall be boxed or otherwise protected against injury. • 12 The Contractor shall trim all branches that are susceptible to damage because 13 of his operations, but in no case shall any tree be cut or removed without prior • 14 notification of the appropriate tree authority. All injuries to bark, trunk, limbs, • 15 and roots of trees shall be repaired by dressing, cutting, and painting in • 16 accordance with approved methods, using only approved tools and materials. 17 II 18 E. The protection, removal, and replacement of existing physical features shall be • 19 part of the work under the Contract and all costs in connection therewith shall • 20 be included in the unit and/or lump sum prices established. 21 ar22 1.08 PROTECTION AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES 23 ID 25 A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection of all buildings, 25 structures, and utilities, public or private, including poles, signs, services to • 26 buildings, utilities in the street, gas pipes, water pipes, hydrants, sewers, drains, • 27 and electric and telephone cables, whether or not they are shown on the 28 Drawings. The Contractor shall carefully support and protect all such structures • 29 and utilities from injury of any kind. Any damage resulting from the Contractor's • 30 operations shall be repaired by him at his expense. III 31 32 B. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for obtaining all locations of III 33 underground structures and utilities (including existing water services, drain • 34 lines, and sewers). Services shall be maintained and all costs or charges 35 resulting from damage thereto shall be paid by the Contractor. 4111 36 • 37 C. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, permanent relocation of a utility owned by the • 38 Owner is required, the Engineer may direct the Contractor in writing, to perform 39 the work. Work so ordered will be paid for at the unit prices bid in the Proposal, • 40 if applicable, or as extra work as provided for in the General Conditions. If • 41 relocation of a privately owned utility is required, the Owner will notify the Utility . 42 to perform the work as expeditiously as possible. The Contractor shall fully 43 cooperate with the Owner and Utility, and shall have no claim for delay due to • 44 such relocation. a, 45 46 D. Underground and above ground utilities/facilities are identified on the Drawings 47 based on best information available at the time for the preparation of the plans. ft CONTROLOOF WORK • O 05/18/17 r • 4 1 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to locate all utilities prior to any• 2 excavation. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to existing 3 underground utilities and facilities, and shall coordinate the protection of these fa 4 utilities with the Owner. ID 5 ID 6 1.09 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND SERVICES 7 IIII 8 A. The Contractor shall interrupt water, telephone, Cable TV, sewer, gas, or other ID 9 related utility services and disrupt the normal functioning of the system as little II as possible, and shall notify the Engineer and public well in advance of any 11 requirement for dewatering, isolating, or relocating a section of a utility, so that II 12 necessary arrangements may be made with the appropriate agency. II 13 • 14 B. If it appears that utility service will be interrupted for an extended period, the 15 Engineer may order the Contractor to provide temporary service lines. • 16 Inconvenience of the users shall be the minimum, consistent with the existing • 17 conditions. The safety and integrity of the system is of prime importance in 18 scheduling work. ID 19 M 20 1.10 PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT 21 1111 22 A. All newly constructed work shall be carefully protected from injury or damage in 23 every way. No wheeling or walking or placing of heavy loads shall be allowed 24 and any portion injured or damaged shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at Ili his own expense. 26 S' 27 1.11 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES Ill 28 29 A. Except as noted elsewhere in these specifications, the Contractor shall be II 30 responsible for providing and paying for all water required for construction ft 31 purposes. The Contractor shall make all connections and other provisions, 411 32 including backflow prevention and metering provisions, necessary to obtain said 33 water from the local utility's potable and/or reclaimed water system, as required. SI 34 The Contractor shall pay the appropriate party for all water used for construction ill 35 purposes. Bid prices shall include the costs incurred for water usage. • 36 37 1.12 MAINTENANCE OF FLOW II 38 41111 39 A. The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide for the flow of sewers, drains, and 40 water courses interrupted during the progress of the work, and shall immediately II 41 remove all offensive matter. The entire procedure for maintaining existing flows ID 42 shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of the interruption of any flow. ID 43 44 1.13 COOPERATION WITHIN THIS CONTRACT ID 4 45 46 A. All firms or persons authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall 47 cooperate with the General Contractor and his subcontractors or trades, and CONTROL OF WORK 01015-4 05/18/17 so . . 31/ . 1 shall assist in incorporating the work of other trades where necessary or • 2 required. III 4 B. Cutting and patching, drilling and fitting shall be carried out where required by fib 5 the trade or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated herein 6 or directed by the Engineer. II 7 • 8 1.14 COOPERATION OUTSIDE THIS CONTRACT � 9 10 A. As part of normal and/or emergency system operations and maintenance, the IP 11 Owner may employ the services of contractors outside this contract. As such, . 12 the Contractor of this Work shall coordinate their schedule with and • 13 accommodate said contractor as necessary for the execution of their work. This 14 coordination shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. • 15 . 16 B. As part of normal and/or emergency system operations and maintenance, the 17 C)wner has normal delivery and maintenance suppliers that will be on-site on a • 18 regular basis. Contractor shall allow continuous access to all equipment and ID 19 facilities, so as not to impede the operation and maintenance of said facility. ID 21 This coordination shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 21 3111 22 1.15 CLEAN-UP 23 • 24 A. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall keep the site of his 25 operations in a clean and neat condition. He shall remove, transport and ID 26 properly dispose of all surplus broken pavement, crushed concrete, lumber, . 27 excess steel, equipment, temporary structures, and any other refuse from the 28 construction operation, on a weekly basis or as directed by the Owner and/or II 29 Engineer. At the conclusion of the work, he shall remove, transport and properly IS 30 dispose of any surplus excavation, and refuse remaining from the construction • 31 operation, and shall leave the entire site of his work in a neat and orderly 32 condition. so 33 II 34 B. The Contractor shall provide for disposal of excavated material removed from ID 36 the site. 36 0 37 1.16 COORDINATION WITH GAS AND ELECTRICAL UTILITIES . 38 39 A. If required, the Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the power • 40 company and the gas company to have electrical/gas service III 41 supplied/disconnected. . 42 43 1.17 WORK SEQUENCE f 44 3110 45 A. The Owner may incur penalties for failure to maintain service/operations. 46 Therefore, the Contractor will schedule and complete the work in a manner that 47 assures that the facility maintains service throughout the duration of the project. II CONTROL OF WORK 01015-5 05/18/17 . • 1 Prior to taking any service or operation off-line, Contractor shall prepare a work 2 sequence and coordinate all shut downs with the Owner and/or Engineer. All 3 temporary measures and materials required to meet this condition during 4 construction will be provided, installed, maintained and removed by the 5 Contractor. All costs associated with this effort will be borne by the Contractor. 6 All fines imposed by failure to meet this operating condition, due to the 7 Contractor's Work Sequence, will be borne by the Contractor. 8 9 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) 10 11 PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) 12 13 14 END OF SECTION 15 16 17 18 19 20 CONTROL OF WORK 01015-6 05/18/17 • IR • • ID II • • 411 i II • i • 4111• r II • • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01016 2 • 3 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN • 4 . 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 SCOPE • 8 419 A. At all times during construction of the project, the Marshall Street Water 10 Reclamation Facility (WRF) shall remain in service. At all times the Contractor • 11 shall cooperate fully with the operations staff of the WRF in order to minimize • 12 disruption to facility operations. No facility or structure shall be taken out of 13 service, except those specifically scheduled to be demolished, without the prior • 14 written approval of the Owner or Engineer. • 15 . 16 B. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for review a Demolition 17 Plan prior to beginning any work onsite, in accordance with Section 01340, Shop • 18 Drawings. The Demolition Plan shall be closely coordinated with the • 19 Contractor's construction schedule. OD 21 21 C. Brief, temporary shutdowns of equipment and facilities may be allowed during all22 critical phases of demolition. The Contractor shall indicate such shutdowns on 23 the Demolition Plan and notify the Owner and Engineer requesting approval two • 24 (2) weeks prior to any anticipated temporary shutdowns. 25 IA 26 D. The Contractor shall maintain clear and safe access around the work area and . 27 to the driveway around the facility for passenger vehicles, and other larger 28 vehicles. 0 29 • 30 E. The Contractor shall monitor and maintain an accounting (weights and volumes) 41131 of solids and liquids removed from or added to the digester as described in 32 Section 1.03 of this Specification. • 33 • 34 1.02 DEMOLITION PHASING • 35 36 A. The demolition phasing described in this section is representative only and the • 37 Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and performing the work. • 38 The Contractor is referred to Section 01014 Summary of Work and the drawings 39 regarding existing conditions. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for • 40 review a Demolition Plan in accordance with Section 02050 and this Section ID 41 01016. . 42 43 B. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for review an Abatement Procedures • 44 Plan for hazardous waste identification, removal and disposal, conduct 3111 45 hazardous materials survey/identification work associated with the digester 46 cover components, and acquire the permits/approvals required for the • CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 4101016-1 10/17/18 CONFORMED 1 demolition, removal and disposal from the appropriate regulatory agencies, 2 including Pinellas County. This approval must be obtained before any on-site 3 work can begin. 4 5 C. Remove and dispose of those materials and equipment containing hazardous 6 materials in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. 7 8 D. Sample and analyze liquids and solids in the digester and remove and dispose 9 of same in accordance with these specifications and all applicable federal, state, 10 and local regulations. 11 12 E. Remove the foliage growing in the tank and on the digester tank cover as may 13 be needed to reduce the load supported by the cover. 14 15 F. Remove and dispose of the digester cover in accordance with these 16 specifications and all applicable federal, state, and local regulations. 17 18 G. Demolish and dispose of the digester and adjacent piping and pumping building 19 structures, including mechanical and electrical equipment. 20 21 H. Remove underground piping or cap and abandon in place, as indicated on the 22 drawings. 23 24 I. Survey existing foundation piles if same are found under the digester and 25 associated pump building. 26 27 J. Fill and grade site and perform all restoration activities. 28 29 1.03 RESTRICTIONS 30 31 A. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to prevent cross 32 contamination of non -hazardous materials with hazardous materials. The 33 Contractor shall be responsible for removal and disposal of all materials at no 34 additional cost. Materials that become hazardous due to the operations of the 35 Contractor shall be removed and disposed of as required for hazardous 36 materials but paid for as if they were non -hazardous. 37 38 B. The discharge of liquids from the digester, as well as the liquids from any solids 39 dewatering activities or wash down activities, shall be conveyed by the 40 Contractor to the WRF at the location shown on the drawings or disposed of off - 41 site as directed and shall only occur with the prior approval of the Owner and as 42 directed by the Engineer. The volume of liquids returned to the plant and the 43 rate of flow shall be approved by the Owner on a daily basis. 44 45 1.04 REMOVING LIQUIDS FROM THE DIGESTER 46 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016-2 • II ID ID • • t • • • 4 • • • II r ID w 411• II • • i 10/17/18 • CONFORMED 0 0 • ID • • • 30 • 1 A. All liquids removed from the digester, including liquids in the digester, filtrate lb2 from dewatering, and wash down liquids, shall be returned to the headworks 3 of the plant or hauled off-site as described herein. III 4 - 5 B. The procedure for emptying the digester shall be as follows: 6 • 7 1. Transfer digester contents into an on-site holding tank. An existing 8 anoxic tank, as identified by the Owner, can be used for this purpose. 9 • 10 2. Obtain a representative grab sample of the contents in the holding tank ✓ 11 and analyze and report to the Engineer the concentration of each • 12 pollutant or water quality limit listed in Schedule A at the end of this IA 13 Section, except the Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR), which will be sampled 14 and tested by the City. 0 15 • 16 3. If the concentration of every pollutant in the holding tank is lower than 17 the corresponding concentration or water quality limit including the • 18 oxygen uptake rate (OUR) shown in Schedule A, the Contractor shall • 19 discharge the liquid contents of the holding tank to the plant's ES 20 headworks upstream of the bar screens at a rate not to exceed 400 21 gpm. Solids, if found, shall be dewatered and the solid portion hauled ar 22 23 off-site and the liquid portion discharged to the headworks. • 24 4. If the concentration of any pollutant in the holding tank exceeds the 25 corresponding concentration or water quality limit (OUR) shown in 0 26 Schedule, A the Contractor shall haul the contents of the holding tank • 27 to a lawful offsite disposal site. The Contractor shall be responsible for 28 securing the necessary permits for hauling and disposing of all liquids • 29 from the appropriate regulatory agencies, shall maintain all such O 30 manifests, and shall submit copies thereof to the Owner, the Engineer • 31 32 and as required by the agencies having jurisdiction. • 33 5. Repeat steps 1-4 above as often as necessary to completely empty the 0 34 digester. III 35 36 C. C)ne existing nominal 280,000 gallon 2nd stage anoxic tank and contiguous • 37 nominal 63,000 gallon reaeration tank on the southern end of the 2nd anoxic Ill 38 area of the plant may be used as holding tanks and can receive the contents 39 of the digester. The tanks share a common wall with holes in the bottom of ID 40 that wall, which allow the tanks to functions as a single tank for hydraulic el 41 purposes. • 42 43 D. Prior to removing any materials from the digester, the Contractor shall pump • 44 out, hose down and otherwise wash out the holding tank using reclaimed al45 water so that it can be used for the purposes intended and to the satisfaction 46 of the Engineer. Provide any hoses, pumps or other equipment needed to ID CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN . 01016-3 10/17/18 CONFORMED fib • • • 4 1 make ready the reclaimed water supply and to discharge the liquids to the i 2 headworks upstream of the screen channel. Secure the holding tank such ID that excess liquids placed in the tank cannot overflow and spill into the existing 4 treatment streams (other existing tanks and channels) in a manner acceptable 10 5 to the Engineer. ID 6 7 E. The Contractor shall furnish, install and operate a temporary pump and piping 111 8 system to transfer materials in the digester to the holding tank. The flow rate of 111 9 this system is not limited. However, flow from this system shall be directed 11110 through a screening device with maximum 1/8 -inch openings before entering 11 the holding tank. The screening device shall be furnished, installed, operated 41 12 and maintained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of off-site all r 13 materials and debris collecting on the screen at no additional cost to the Owner. . 14 15 F. The Contractor shall fill the holding tank to a level not higher than 1 -foot below r 16 the overflow control device. The Contractor shall sample the contents of theID 17 holding tank using a "sludge judge" type device to sample the entire depth of 18 the tank. The Contractor shall furnish all sample bottles and shall "split" the 111 19 sample between the City and the Contractor. r 20 41 21 G. The Contractor shall retain a NELAC-certified laboratory to oversee the testing 22 and analysis of the liquids in the holding tank for each of the parameters listed 23 in Schedule A at the end of this section, except the Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR), 24 which will be sampled and tested by the City. The City's laboratory will not 1025 provide sampling assistance nor any analyses for the Contractor. Sampling and 26 analyses shall be conducted in accordance with methods specified in the WRF's 111 27 FDEP permit for raw wastewater influent and for biosolids. The FDEP Permit isID 28 available on line at the FDEP Oculus site and is ID number FL0021857. The 29 Contractor shall submit the results of all testing as formal submittals to the 41 30 Engineer. ID 31 0 32 H. The City will perform an Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR) water quality test of the 33 holding tank contents and compare those results with the results of an OUR test ID 34 performed on the plant's mixed liquor (aeration basin contents). 41 35 36 I. As directed by the Engineer and as provided for in B.3 above, the Contractor ID 37 shall furnish, install and operate a temporary pump and piping system capable ID 38 of pumping the contents of the holding tank to the plant headworks influent40 39 screen channel at flow rates up to but not exceeding 400 gpm. ID 41 J. As directed by the Engineer and as provided for in B.4 above, the Contractor 10 42 shall furnish, install and operate a temporary pump and piping system capable • 43 of pumping the contents of the holding tank into tanker trucks for offsite disposal. 44 The flow rate for this pump and piping system is not limited. ID 45 46 K. The Contractor shall repeat steps E, F, G, H and either I or J above until all4 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 40 01016-4 10/17/18 CONFORMED 41 0 41 41 • • • f • 1 liquids have been removed from the digester. • 2 3 L. At the City's option, at any time during the project the Contractor may be ID 4 directed to haul all remaining material from the digester to an off-site location • 5 and dispose of said materials in full compliance with all laws and rules of the 6 agencies having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall determine the offsite location • 7 to be used. • 8 • 9 1.05 REMOVING SOLIDS FROM THE DIGESTER 10 • 11 A. If the concentration of every pollutant in the holding tank is lower than the • 12 corresponding concentration or water quality limit (OUR) shown in Schedule • 13 A, the Contractor shall discharge the liquid contents of the holding tank to the 14 plant's headworks upstream of the bar screens at a rate not to exceed 400 ID 15 gpm. Solid contents, if found, shall be dewatered and the solid portion hauled • 16 off-site and the liquid portion discharged to the holding tank and disposed of 17 in accordance with 1.04 above. If the solids concentration of the materials • 18 (liquids and solids) removed from the digester and collected in the holding ID 19 tank exceeds 20,000 mg/L, the material will be considered solid. All materials • 20 that are 20,000 mg/L and thicker shall be thickened or dewatered using a 21 portable thickening or dewatering device furnished, installed and operated by 3, 22 23 the Contractor. III 24 B. Solids removed from the digester shall be disposed of off-site in accordance 25 with these specifications and all laws and regulations. Liquids produced in ID 26 dewatering the solids, and all reclaimed water used for washdown purposes, • 27 shall be returned to the WRF headworks via the holding tank as described in 28 Paragraph 1.04 of this Section, and as restricted by the concentration limits • 29 listed in Schedule A. After the holding tank is no longer needed, it shall be ID 30 cleaned of all materials. • 31 32 C. The mass of solids in the digester is unknown. The Contractor shall assume ID 33 the mass of solids in the digester is 200 dry tons, based on an estimated • 34 average solids concentration of about 30,000 mg/L and a volume of about 1.5 • 35 million gallons. The actual mass of solids may vary significantly from this 36 assumed value. Payment will be made based on the actual total tons of dry • 37 tons dewatered and disposed of at the unit price bid, and no additional payment • 38 vvill be made for solids dewatering or disposal on account of any difference 39 between the assumed mass of dry solids and the amount of solids actually • 40 removed, dewatered, transported and properly disposed of. ID 41 • 42 D. The Contractor may dewater digester solids on-site. The selection and 43 operation of any dewatering equipment and ancillary equipment is the sole • 44 responsibility of the Contractor, except that the Contractor shall not 3111 45 use/add/employ any chemicals or coagulants that are not presently used by the 46 City in current sludge thickening and/or dewatering processes. The filtrate or • CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN • 01016-5 10/17/18 CONFORMED 1 centrate from the dewatering operation shall be directed to the holding tank and, 2 subject to the limits in Schedule A, returned to the headworks at no more than 3 400 gpm. The dewatered solids shall be lawfully disposed of off-site. The 4 Contractor shall be responsible for securing the necessary permits for hauling 5 and disposing of the solids from the appropriate regulatory agencies, shall 6 maintain all such manifests, and shall submit copies thereof to the Owner, the 7 Engineer and as required by the agencies having jurisdiction. 8 9 E. The Contractor shall collect a representative sample of the solids of each 10 batch or load to be hauled off-site and analyze the sample for solids 11 concentration (% solids). The sample shall be "split" with the City. The 12 Contractor shall secure the services of a NELAC-certified Laboratory to 13 oversee the sampling and to perform the analyses in an approved laboratory 14 in accordance with Standard Methods before the solids are removed from the 15 site. Obtain Engineer's approval of each sample taken. Payment for solids 16 removal will be calculated based on this testing, as described in Section 17 01150, Measurement and Payment. 18 19 20 21 22 Schedule A Pollutant Limits Parameter Concentration Limits (mg/L) Total Flow 400 gpm Arsenic 0.12 Bromide 2.8 Cadmium 0.09 CBOD 350.0 Chloride 500.0 Chromium 0.49 Copper 0.04 Cyanide, Total 0.01 Lead 0.08 Manganese 0.97 Mercury 0.00025 Molybdenum 0.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016-6 10/17/18 CONFORMED • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • r • • w f 1 • 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 (NOT USED) 8 Nickel 0.08 Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR) <25% reduction of MLSS OUR mg/L/min Selenium 0.2 Silver 0.02 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 38.0 Total Suspended Solids 600.0 Total Phosphorus 7.0 Zinc 0.47 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 (NOT USED) 4 • r • • • • • • • • • • END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016-7 10/17/18 CONFORMED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016-8 10/17/18 CONFORMED • w • s i • • • • • • • • • • • i i • • • • • • • • • a • • i • • • • • • • 31, • 1 SECTION 01030 2 • 3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES r 4 - 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 0 7 1.01 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT • 8 9 A. When a particular product is specified or called for, it is intended and shall be lb 10 understood by the Contractor that the Contractor's proposal includes those • 11 products in its bid. Should the Contractor desire to incorporate products equal • 12 to those specified, the Contractor shall furnish information as described in the • 13 General Conditions. The alternate product or products submitted by the 14 Contractor shall meet the requirements of the Specifications and shall, in all so 15 respects, be equal to the products specified by name herein. - 16 17 B. Alt apparatus, mechanism, equipment, machinery and manufactured articles for • 18 incorporation into the Work shall be the new and unused standard products of ✓ 19 recognized reputable manufacturers unless specifically noted otherwise. • 20 21 C. Contractor shall properly dispose of all excess materials from the site. 3, 22 23 1.02 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS 24 • 25 A. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to locate, excavate and prepare • 26 for connections to the existing systems, as shown on the Drawings. All ID 27 connections to existing systems shall be coordinated with the Owner and/or 28 Engineer prior to commencing the work. All connections to existing systems • 29 shall be attended by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative. The costs for • 30 this work and for the actual connection to the existing systems shall be included • 31 in the various prices bid and shall not result in any additional cost to the Owner. 32 • 33 1.03 EXISTING UNDERGROUND PIPING, STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES • 34 • 35 A. The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that during excavation, the 36 possibility exists that the Contractor may encounter various water, gas, • 37 telephone, electrical, and/or other utilities not shown on the Drawings. The • 38 Contractor shall exercise extreme care before and during excavation to locate 39 and flag these lines so as to avoid damage thereto. Should damage occur to ✓ 40 an existing line, the Contractor shall immediately contact the utility and the f 41 Owner. If the repair is to be completed by the Contractor it shall be carried out • 42 in a timely and quality manner. Costs associated with such damage shall be 43 borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. ! 44 lio 45 46 B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all utility or other poles, 47 the stability of which may be endangered by the close proximity of excavation, ID SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-1 fli fib IP 09/06/17 • • • 4 1 are temporarily supported in position while work proceeds in the vicinity of the i 2 pole and that utility or other companies concerned be given reasonable advance - 3 notice of any such excavation by the Contractor. 4 lb 5 C. The locations of existing utilities are shown without express or implied - 6 representation, assurance, or guarantee that they are complete or correct or 7 that they represent a true picture of underground piping to be encountered. • 8 Encountering existing utilities at different depths or locations than shown on the 40 9 Drawings shall not be cause for additional costs to the Owner. 41110 11 D. The existing piping and utilities that interfere with new construction shall be 0 12 rerouted as shown, specified or required. The Contractor shall excavate test II 13 pits sufficiently ahead of the proposed work to predict potential conflicts. Before - 14 any piping and utilities not shown on the Drawings are disturbed, the Contractor 15 shall immediately notify the Engineer of the location of the pipeline or utility and ID 16 shall reroute or relocate the pipeline or utility as directed.40 17 18 E. The Contractor shall exercise care in any excavation to locate all existing piping 40 19 and utilities. All utilities that do not interfere with completed work shall be 41 20 carefully protected against damage. Any existing utilities damaged in any way • 21 by the Contractor shall be restored or replaced by the Contractor at his expense, 22 as directed by the Engineer. 23 24 F. It is intended that wherever existing utilities such as water, gas, telephone, - 25 electrical, or other service lines must be crossed, deflection of the pipe within 26 recommended limits and cover shall be used to satisfactorily clear the II 27 obstruction unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. However, when in the411 28 opinion of the Owner or Engineer this procedure is not feasible, he may direct 29 the use of fittings for the utility crossing. The Contractor shall verify utility 411 30 crossings with test pits prior to construction as required by the Engineer. ID 31 r 32 1.04 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE TECHNICIAN • 33 34 A. Bid prices for equipment furnished shall include the cost of a competent field II 35 service technician of the manufacturers of all equipment to supervise the 11/136 installation, adjustment and testing of the equipment, and to instruct the Owner's 37 operating personnel on operation and maintenance. The approved 4I 38 manufacturer's operation and maintenance data, shall be delivered to the • 39 Engineer prior to instructing the Owner's personnel. This supervision may be 40 divided into two or more time periods, as required by the installation program or 411 41 as directed by the Engineer. 11 42 411 43 B. After installation of the equipment has been completed and the equipment is 44 presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the flb 45 manufacturer's field service technician shall inspect, operate, test and adjust the 46 equipment. The inspection shall include at least the following points where 47 applicable: SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-2 09/06/17 • • • • • 1 2 1. Soundness (without damaged parts). • 3 • 4 2. Completeness in all details, as specified and required. • 5 6 3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various • 7 parts. • 8 • 9 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants. 10 • 11 5. Calibration and adjustment of all related instrumentation and controls. • 12 13 6. Energize equipment. • 14 • 15 7. Deficiency correction. . 16 17 8. Demonstration of compliance with applicable performance specification. • 18 • 19 C. The operation, testing and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the lb 21 equipment has been left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the 21 conditions specified. 111) 22 23 D. Upon completion of this work, the manufacturer's field service technician shall di 25 submit to the Engineer in triplicate, a complete, signed report of the results of 25 his inspection, operation, adjustments and tests. The report shall include • 26 detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, • 27 quantitative results obtained if such are specified, and suggestions for 28 precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. • 29 II 30 E. Each equipment manufacturer shall provide instruction to the Owner's operating di 32 personnel. Training shall not be performed until the requirements of Paragraphs 32 B, C and D above have been fully satisfied and any specified performance • 33 testing completed. Training shall be provided for the number of days specified • 34 in each equipment section of these specifications. Training shall be provided . 35 on an 8 -hour per day basis. Partial days of less than eight (8) full working hours 36 shall not be credited toward the specified duration. Training shall not be • 37 concurrent with on-going testing, debugging or installation activities; but shall • 38 be on a separate activity devoted exclusively to the instruction of the Owner's 39 personnel in the operation and maintenance of the manufacturer's equipment. f 40 Qualified representatives of each equipment manufacturer specifically skilled in • 41 providing instruction to operations personnel shall perform training. Training di 43 shall provide an overview of operations and maintenance requirements and 43 shall include as a minimum, but not be limited to: 0 44 3, 45 1. 2Description of unit and component parts. 46 ^ 47 . Operating capabilities and performance criteria. • SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES • 01030-3 09/06/17 1 2 3. Operating procedures. 3 4 4. Maintenance procedures. 5 6 5. Servicing and lubrication schedules. 7 8 6. Troubleshooting. 9 10 7. Electrical instrumentation and control requirements and interface. 11 12 The operating and maintenance data to be provided shall be used as a basis 13 for training. 14 15 F. A written "Certificate of Proper Installation" executed by the manufacturer 16 stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the equipment 17 has been satisfactorily tested and ready for operation, and that the operating 18 personnel have been instructed in the operation and maintenance of the 19 equipment shall be submitted before start-up by the Owner. The Certificate 20 shall indicate date and time instruction was given and names of operating 21 personnel in attendance. This certification shall be submitted on a certification 22 form approved by the Engineer. 23 24 G. See the Technical Specifications for additional requirements for furnishing the 25 services of the manufacturer's field service technician. 26 27 H. For other equipment furnished, the Contractor, unless otherwise specified, shall 28 furnish the services of accredited field services technicians of the manufacturer 29 only when some evident malfunction or over -heating makes such services 30 necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. 31 32 1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 33 34 A. Operating and maintenance data for each piece of equipment furnished shall 35 be delivered directly to the Engineer for approval within 60 days of shop drawing 36 approval. No payment shall be made for equipment installed or stored on-site 37 until the Engineer has approved the adequacy and completeness of operating 38 and maintenance data. Final approved copies of operating and maintenance 39 data shall have been delivered to the Engineer prior to scheduling the instruction 40 period with the Owner. 41 42 1.06 EQUIPMENT DATA LIST 43 44 A. Obtain, prepare and submit a complete, detailed listing of equipment and motor 45 data for all electrical items furnished under this Contract. This listing shall be 46 submitted with the preliminary draft of Operations and Maintenance Data 47 Manuals on Equipment Data Sheets. SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-4 • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1111 09/06/17 • • • . 1 • 2 1.07 SPARE PARTS • 4 A. Spare parts for certain equipment to be provided are specified in the pertinent . 5 sections of the Specifications. The Contractor shall collect and store all spare 6 parts in a manner approved by the manufacturer. In addition, the Contractor III 7 shall furnish to the Engineer an inventory listing all spare parts, the equipment • 8 they are associated with, the name and address of the supplier, and the . 9 delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for each item shall be 10 furnished with the inventory to substantiate the delivered cost. The Contractor • 11 shall deliver the spare parts to the Engineer ten (10) days prior to facility start- • 12 up. ID 14 14 B. All spare parts shall be furnished in containers clearly identified in indelible • 15 markings as to contents. Each container shall be packed for prolonged storage. • 16 17 1.08 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT • 18 • 19 A. Special care shall be taken to ensure proper alignment of all equipment, with 111 20 particular attention to mechanical equipment such as pumps and electric drives. 21 The units shall be carefully aligned on their foundations by qualified millwrights 31022 after their sole plates have been shimmed to true alignment at the anchor bolts. 23 The anchor bolts shall be set in place and the nuts tightened against the shims. • 24 After the foundation alignments have been approved by the manufacturer, the 25 bedplates or wing feet of the equipment shall be securely bolted in place. The • 26 alignment of equipment shall be further checked after securing to the • 27 foundations, and after confirmation of all alignments, the sole plates shall be 28 finally grouted in place. The Contractor shall be responsible for the exact • 29 alignment of equipment with associated piping and, under no circumstances, • 30 will "pipe springing" be allowed. II 32 32 B. All wedges, shims, filling pieces, keys, packing, or other materials necessary to ID 33 properly align, level and secure apparatus in place shall be furnished by the • 34 Contractor. All parts intended to be plumb or level must be proven exactly so. . 35 Any grinding necessary to bring parts to proper bearing after erection shall be 36 done at the expense of the Contractor. • 37 . 38 1.09 MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULES 39 • 40 A. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, the Contractor shall II 41 provide a list including the equipment name, address and telephone number of lb 43 the manufacturer's representative and service company so that service and/or 43 spare parts can be readily obtained. • 44 lo 45 46 47 • SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-5 09/06/17 1 1.10 INSTALLATION LISTS 2 3 A. All manufacturers or equipment suppliers who propose to furnish equipment or 4 products shall submit an installation list to the Engineer along with the required 5 Shop Drawings. 6 7 B. The installation list shall include all installations (minimum of two) where 8 identical equipment has been installed and has been in operation for a period 9 of at least one (1) year. 10 11 1.11 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS 12 13 A. The Contractor shall provide all openings, channels, chases, etc., and install 14 anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in concrete, as required to 15 complete the work under this Contract, together with those required by 16 subcontractors, and shall do all cutting and patching, excepting cutting and 17 patching of materials of a specified trade and as stated otherwise in the following 18 paragraph. 19 20 B. The Contractor shall coordinate with the subcontractors to provide all sleeves, 21 inserts, hangers, anchor bolts, etc., of the proper size and material for the 22 execution of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for any corrective 23 cutting and refinishing required to make the necessary openings, chases, etc. 24 In no case shall beams, lintels or other structural members be cut without the 25 written approval of the Engineer. 26 27 1.12 PROVISIONS FOR CONTROL OF EROSION 28 29 A. Sufficient precautions shall be taken during construction to minimize the run-off 30 of polluting substances such as silt, clay, fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride, 31 or other polluting materials harmful to humans, fish, or other life, into the 32 supplies and surface waters of the state. Control measures must be adequate 33 to assure that turbidity in the receiving water will not be increased more than 10 34 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU), or as otherwise required by the state or 35 other controlling body, in water used for public water supply or fish unless limits 36 have been established for the particular water. In surface water used for other 37 purposes, the turbidity must not exceed 25 NTU unless otherwise permitted. 38 Special precautions shall be taken in the use of construction equipment to 39 prevent operations that promote erosion. 40 41 B. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the EPA-NPDES general 42 permit for storm water discharges and the storm water pollution prevention plan 43 developed for the project. 44 45 46 47 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-6 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 09/06/17 • ill • • • • • 1 . 1 1.13 VALVE INDICES 2 • 3 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing tags for all valves required on • 4 the work and installing the tags required for his own work. Tags on above • 5 ground valves shall be non -corrosive metal or plastic, 2 inches in diameter, 19- 6 gauge thickness. Tags for buried valves shall be secured to a concrete base ID 7 as shown on the Drawings. Submit to the Engineer for approval, two (2) • 8 samples of each type of tag proposed and manufacturer's standard color chart 411 9 and letter styles. Tags shall have stamped on them the information shown on 10 the Drawings and the data described herein. The Contractor shall submit to the • 11 Engineer for approval, not less than 120 days before start-up, a valve schedule • 12 containing all valves required for the work. The schedule shall contain for each Ill 13 valve, the location, type, a number, words to identify the valve's function, and 14 the normal operating position. The information contained in the valve schedules • 15 shall be coded on the tags in a system provided by the Owner. Above ground • 16 valve tags shall be furnished with non -corrosive metal wire for attachment 17 thereof. 0 18 • 19 1.14 HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS PLAN 111 20 21 A. VVithin 30 days of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to 21 22 the Engineer and Owner a Hurricane Preparedness Plan. The Plan should 23 outline the necessary measures that the Contractor proposes to perform at no 4124 additional cost to the Owner in case of a hurricane warning. 25 • 26 B. In the event of inclement weather, or whenever Engineer shall direct; the . 27 Contractor shall carefully protect the Work and materials against damage or 28 injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or • 29 material has been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the • 30 Contractor or subcontractors to set protect the Work, such Work and materials ID 32 shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 32 • 33 1.15 WARRANTIES • 34 . 35 A. The Contractor and the equipment manufacturers shall warranty all equipment 36 supplied under these Specifications for a minimum period of one (1) year unless ii 37 otherwise specified. Warranty period shall commence on the date that the Work . 38 is accepted by the Owner as substantially complete. 39 ID 40 B. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, • 41 design and materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the • 42 warranty period, it shall be replaced and returned to service at no expense to 43 the Owner. ID 44 31, 45 C. If, within the guarantee period, repairs or changes are required in connection 46 with work that in the opinion of the Engineer is rendered necessary as the result 47 of the use of materials, equipment or workmanship that is inferior, defective, or - SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-7 09/06/17 1 not in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly 2 upon receipt of notice from the Owner and without expense to the Owner: 3 4 1. Place in satisfactory condition in every particular all of such work and 5 correct all defects herein. 6 7 2. Repair or replace all damage to buildings, the site, or equipment or 8 contents thereof, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is the result of the 9 use of materials, equipment or workmanship that are inferior, defective, 10 or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 11 12 3. Repair or replace any work or material or equipment disturbed in fulfilling 13 any such guarantee. 14 15 D. If the Contractor, after notice, fails within ten (10) days to proceed to comply 16 with the terms of this guarantee, the Owner may have the defects corrected, 17 and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for all expenses incurred, 18 provided, however, that in case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the 19 Owner, delay would cause loss or damage, repairs may be started without 20 notice being given to the Contractor and the Contractor shall pay the cost 21 thereof. 22 23 E. All special guarantees or warranties applicable to specific parts of the work, as 24 may be stipulated in the Contract Documents, shall be subject to the terms of 25 this paragraph during the first year following acceptance. All special guarantees 26 and manufacturers' warranties shall be assembled by the Contractor and 27 delivered to the Engineer, along with a summary list thereof, before the 28 acceptance of the Work. 29 30 F. The manufacturer's warranty period shall run concurrently with the Contractor's 31 warranty or guarantee period. No exception to this provision shall be allowed. 32 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining equipment warranties from 33 each of the respective suppliers or manufacturers for all the equipment 34 specified. The form of warranty may be included in the Contract Documents, or 35 shall otherwise be acceptable to the Owner. 36 37 G. In the event that the manufacturer is unwilling to provide a one-year warranty 38 commencing at the time of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall obtain 39 from the manufacturer a three (3) year warranty starting at the time that the 40 manufacturer certified proper installation as specified elsewhere herein. This 41 three-year warranty shall not relieve the Contractor of the one-year warranty 42 commencing upon Substantial Completion. 43 44 H. The Contractor's one-year warranty or guarantee period shall be part of the 45 project's Performance Bond. 46 47 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-8 09/06/17 • • 441• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ID lb • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • i • 1 1.16 WATERTIGHTNESS 2 • 3 A. Special precautions shall be taken in the curing of concrete to reduce concrete • 4 cracking. All water -retaining structures (those that are intended to hold a liquid) • 5 shall be filled and tested for leaks by the Contractor, with water acceptable to 6 the Engineer, prior to surface coating or painting. Procedure and manner in • 7 which any leaks are repaired must meet the approval of the Engineer. All cost • 8 associated with the testing and repair of leaks shall be at the expense of the • 9 Contractor. 10 • 11 1.17 CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS • 12 13 A. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the specific requirements of the • 14 governmental unit or agencies having jurisdiction over the work. Wherever ID 15 there is a difference in the requirements of a jurisdictional body and these • 16 Specifications, the more stringent shall apply. 17 • 18 1.18 PUBLIC NUISANCE • 19 . 20 A. The Contractor shall not create a public nuisance including, but not limited to, 21 encroachment on adjacent lands, flooding of adjacent lands, or excessive noise. 3, 22 23 B. Sound levels measured by the Engineer personnel shall not exceed 45 dBA 7 24 PM to 7 AM or 55 dBA 7 AM to 7 PM. This sound level shall be measured at • 25 the exterior of the exterior wall of the nearest residence. Levels at the equip- • 26 ment shall not exceed 85 dBA measured five (5) feet from the equipment at any 4111127 time. Sound levels in excess of these values are sufficient cause to have the 28 work suspended. Work stoppage by the Engineer or Owner for excessive noise • 29 shall not relieve the Contractor of completing the Work in accordance with the • 30 Contract Time, at no additional cost to the Owner. • 31 32 C. No extra charge may be made for time lost due to work stoppage resulting from • 33 the creation of a public nuisance. ID 34 35 1.19 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS • 36 II 37 A. Contractor shall perform work in accordance with OSHA, state and local safety • 38 39 requirements. • 40 1.20 SUSPENSION OF WORK DUE TO WEATHER • 41 • 42 A. During inclement weather, all work that could be damaged or rendered inferior 43 by such weather conditions shall be suspended. The orders and decisions of • 44 the Engineer as to suspensions shall be final and binding. The ability to issue a, 45 46 suspension of the work for any cause, the work shall be suitably covered and such an order shall not be interpreted as a requirement to do so. During • • SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-9 09/06/17 • • • • • 4 1 protected so as to preserve it from injury by the weather or otherwise; and, if the . 2 Engineer shall so direct, rubbish and surplus materials shall be removed. II3 4 B. The Contractor shall be responsible for documenting all inclement weather 1111 5 conditions. 6 IIII 7 1.21 RELOCATIONS • 8 4111 9 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the relocation of structures, including • 10 but not limited to Tight poles, signs, sign poles, fences, piping, conduits and 11 drains that interfere with the positioning of the work as set out on the Drawings. ID 12 The cost of all such relocations shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional • 13 cost to the Owner. • 14 15 1.22 SALVAGE III 16 17 A. Any existing equipment or material including, but not limited to, valves, pipes, II 18 fittings, couplings, etc., which is removed or replaced as a result of construction II 19 under this project may be designated by the Owner to be salvaged. Any existing 1111 20 equipment or material to be salvaged shall remain onsite and the Contractor . 21 shall be responsible for delivering the salvage equipment/materials to the exact 22 location onsite as directed by the Engineer. 23 24 1.23 PERMITS • 25 26 A. Upon notice of award, the Contractor shall immediately apply for all applicable Ill 27 permits, not previously obtained by the Owner, from the appropriate . 28 governmental agency or agencies. No work shall commence until all applicable 29 permits have been obtained and copies delivered to the Engineer. The costs • 30 for obtaining all permits shall be borne by the Contractor. • 31 • 32 1.24 PUMPING 33 ill 34 A. The Contractor with his own equipment shall perform all pumping necessary to 35 prevent flotation of any part of the structures during construction operations. All IP 36 water collected during pumping operations shall be properly disposed of in II 37 accordance with these specifications and/or regulatory requirements, whichever • 38 is more stringent. - 39 40 B. The Contractor shall, with his own equipment, pump out water that may seep or - 41 leak into the excavations or structures. All water collected during pumping - 42 operations shall be properly disposed of in accordance with these specifications 43 and/or regulatory requirements, whichever is more stringent. Below grade • 44 galleries and other operating areas shall be kept dry at all times. The extent of • 45 pumping required in tanks, channels and other non-operating areas will be 46 determined by the Owner/Engineer. 47 4 48 III SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-10 09/06/17 • 4111 II • • • 11, • 1 1.25 NOTIFICATION OF WORK ON EXISTING FACILITIES 2 • 3 A. Before commencing work on any of the existing structures or equipment, the • 4 Contractor shall notify the Owner/Engineer, in writing, at least 10 calendar days • 5 in advance of the date he proposed to commence such work. 6 • 7 1.26 OWNER OCCUPANCY AND OPERATION OF COMPLETED FACILITIES • 8 9 A. It is understood that certain portions of the work may be completed prior to • 10 completion of the entire work. Upon completion of construction of each • 11 individual facility, including testing, if the Owner, at his sole discretion, desires • 12 to accept the individual facility, the Contractor will be issued a dated certificate 13 of completion and acceptance for each individual facility. The Owner will • 14 assume ownership and begin operation of the individual facility on that date and • 15 the one-year guaranty period shall commence on that date. The Owner has the 16 option of not accepting any individual completed facility, but accepting the entire • 17 work as a whole when it is completed and tested. • 18 • 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 20 • 21 31111 22 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 23 24 • 25 END OF SECTION • 26 • • • • • • • • • r • • • 1 fib 4111 II II SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-11 09/06/17 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-12 • • • K • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • 09/06/17 • • • • • • 11) • 1 SECTION 01040 2 • 3 COORDINATION • 4 • 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION • 8 1111 9 A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of all construction 10 efforts. This shall include but not necessarily be limited to coordination of the • 11 following: • 12 13 1. The work of subcontractors. • 14 15 2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers. 1111 16 17 3. The effort of equipment manufacturers during test and checkout. • 18 • 19 4. The interrelated work with public and private utility companies. • 20 21 5. The interrelated work with the Owner where tie-ins to existing facilities 310 22 are required. 23 24 6. The effort of independent testing agencies. 25 26 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) 27 28 PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) 29 • 30 31 • 32 END OF SECTION • 33 • • • • • • • 31,• • • • • • COORDINATION 01040-1 09/06/17 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK COORDINATION 01040-2 • • • ic • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • 09/06/17 • • • • • • • 1 • 1 SECTION 01043 2 • 3 ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COORDINATION • 4 • 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 PERSONNEL • 8 • 9 A. Supervisor 10 • 11 1. All supervisors shall be approved by the Florida Department of Business • 12 and Professional Regulation. 13 • 14 2. All supervisors on the project shall have a minimum of five (5) years of • 15 experience in the administration and supervision of asbestos abatement . 16 projects including work practices, protective measures for building and 17 personnel, disposal procedures, etc. • 18 • 19 3. One supervisor shall be provided for every 10 workers inside the - 20 containment. A minimum of one supervisor shall be provided. 21 III22 4. The Contractor shall have at least one employee on the job site in either 23 a foreman or supervisor's position that is bilingual in the appropriate • 24 languages when employing workers who do not speak fluent English. 25 • 26 5. A minimum of one supervisor shall have attended a 24 hour respiratory • 27 protection course. 28 • 29 B. Worker • 30 . 31 1. All workers shall be Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act 32 Program (AHERA) accredited. • 33 • 34 C. Competent Person • 35 36 1. A competent person, as defined in the OSHA asbestos standard 29 CFR • 37 1926.1101, employed by the Contractor shall be stationed outside the • 38 work area at all times to monitor activity, ensure containment security, 39 provide information to visitors, and provide access to the work area. • 40 • 41 1.02 PRE -JOB SUBMITTALS • 42 43 A. A Hazardous Waste Abatement Procedures Plan shall be submitted in • 44 accordance with Section 01300 prior to start of demolition work. No demolition lb45 work shall occur until the submittal package has been reviewed. The Hazardous 46 Waste Abatement Procedures Plan submittal shall include but not be limited to: 47 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COORDINATION • 01043-1 09/06/17 • • • 1 1. Notifications: Where applicable, provide copies of Asbestos Permit 2 Application and Notification for Demolition/Renovation, which provide 3 written notice to all required agencies, including Florida Department of 4 Health and Pinellas County. Provide notification letters to local EMS, fire 5 and police departments. 6 7 2. Employee List: Provide copies of lists of supervisors and workers, along 8 with their accreditation and Social Security numbers, to be utilized on the 9 project. 10 11 3. Medicals: Provide copies of current medical information indicating the 12 employee has been medically cleared to perform the work outlined 13 herein. 14 15 4. Permits: Provide copies of approval of a waste disposal site in 16 compliance with 40 CFR 61.154. 17 18 5. Respirator Training: Copies of most recent fit testing records, individually 19 signed for each worker to be utilized on the project. 20 21 6. Initial Exposure Assessment: As required by the OSHA construction 22 asbestos standard 29 CFR 1926.1101. 23 24 7. Material Safety Data Sheets: Provide MSDSs for chemicals materials to 25 be used during the project, including (but not limited to) solvents, 26 cleaners, and encapsulants. 27 28 8. Manufacturer's Catalog Data Sheets: Provide manufacturer information 29 for equipment and supplies to be used on this project, including (but not 30 limited to) duct tape, poly sheeting, spray poly, shower filtration units, 31 negative air pressure machines, HEPA- vacuums, and airless sprayers. 32 33 9. Any other programs or training as outlined by the OSHA and EPA 34 standards. 35 36 1.03 POST -JOB SUBMITTALS 37 38 A. A post -job report in accordance with Section 01300 shall be submitted to the 39 Engineer following the final completion of the Hazardous Materials work. 40 Requests for payment will not be approved until the submittal package has been 41 reviewed by the Engineer. The Post -Job Submittal shall include but not be 42 limited to: 43 44 1. Affidavits: Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts and claims, affidavit 45 of release of liens, and consent of the surety company to final payment. 46 47 2. Manifest: Florida Asbestos Waste Shipment Record receipt from landfill • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • i HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COORDINATION • 01043-2 09/06/17 • • • • 1 operator which acknowledges the contractor's delivery(s) of waste 2 material. Include date, quantity of material delivered and signature of • 3 authorized representative of landfill. Also, include name of waste • 4 transporter. • 5 6 3. Daily Log: A notarized copy of all daily Togs showing the following: name, • 7 date, entering and leaving time, company or agency represented, any • 8 new workers added to the job, reason for entry for all persons entering • 9 the work area, employee's daily air monitoring data as required by the 10 OSHA standard and written comments by inspectors, industrial • 11 hygienists, Engineer, Owner and visitors. • 12 13 4. Special Reports: All documents generated under the Contingency Plan • 14 and all other Special Reports. • 15 - 16 1.04 SPECIAL REPORTS 17 • 18 A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, submit special reports to Engineer • 19 within one day of occurrence requiring special report, with copies to others • 20 affected by occurrence. Also keep a copy in the project log book. 21 30 22 B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of unusual and significant nature 23 occurs at site (examples: failure of negative pressure system, rupture of 24 temporary enclosures), prepare and submit a special report to the Engineer • 25 irnmediately, listing chain of events, persons participating, response by • 26 Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent • 27 information. When such events are known or predictable in advance, advise 28 Engineer in advance at earliest possible date. • 29 • 30 C. Reporting Accidents: Prepare and submit reports of significant accidents, at site • 31 and anywhere else work is in progress. Record and document date and actions; 32 comply with industry standards for reporting accidents. For this purpose, a II 33 significant accident is defined to include events where personal injury is • 34 sustained, or property Toss of substance is sustained, or where the event posed 35 a significant threat of loss or personal injury. • 36 ID 37 1.05 CONTINGENCY PLAN II 39 39 A. Contingency Plan: Prepare a contingency plan for emergencies including fire, • 40 accident, power failure, negative pressure system failure, supplied air system • 41 failure (if applicable), evacuation of injured persons for both life threatening and • 42 non -life threatening, or any other event that may require modification or 43 abridgment of decontamination or work area isolation procedures. Include in II 44 plan specific procedures for decontamination or work area isolation. Note that 311, 45 nothing in this specification should impede safe exiting or providing of adequate 46 medical attention in the event of an emergency. Keep these plans in the on-site 47 office. • HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COORDINATION • 01043-3 09/06/17 1 2 B. Post the following outside/in clean room of Personnel Decontamination Unit: 3 4 1. Telephone numbers and locations of emergency services including (but 5 not limited to) fire, ambulance, doctor, hospital, police, power company, 6 telephone company and the Florida Department of Health. 7 8 2. A copy of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for any chemicals used 9 during the asbestos project. 10 11 3. The Contractor shall post asbestos signs in each appropriate language 12 as per the OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 standard. 13 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 15 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 17 18 19 20 END OF SECTION 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COORDINATION 01043-4 • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lic • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i 0 09/06/17 4110 0 • • • 1 SECTION 01050 2 • 3 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING • 4 * 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED • 8 9 A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all field engineering and survey I 10 services required. Such work shall include survey work to establish existing • 11 and/or proposed lines and grades and to locate and lay out site boundaries and 411 12 easements, project control, site improvements, structures, controlling lines and 13 levels and all other survey required for the construction of the work. Also • 14 included are such engineering services as are specified or required to execute • 15 the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and surveyors shall be 16 licensed professionals registered in the State of Florida. ID 17 • 18 B. The accuracy of any method of staking shall be the responsibility of the • 19 Contractor. All surveying for vertical and horizontal control shall be the 20 responsibility of the Contractor. IP 21 all22 C. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the preservation of all stakes and 23 marks. If any stakes or marks are carelessly or willfully disturbed by the 24 Contractor, the Contractor shall not proceed with any work until he has • 25 established such points, marks, lines and elevations as may be necessary for IP 26 the prosecution of the work. 27 1111 28 1.02 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS • 29 • 30 A. Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project will be 31 provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points IP 32 prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points • 33 during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or • 34 reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any 35 such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due • 36 to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced III 37 and reset by a Registered Land Surveyor. ID 38 39 1.03 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS • 40 411 41 A. The Contractor shall engage the services of a Florida Registered Land Surveyor IP 43 to establish all lines and grades on the Drawings necessary to record the 43 locations of the foundation piles, if found, in accordance with Chapter 5J-17 of • 44 the Florida Administrative Code. • 45 GIP 46 B. The Registered Land Surveyor shall establish a temporary benchmark system 47 in accordance with Chapter 5J-17 F.A.C. and shall provide a written list to the FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 01050-1 09/06/17 • • i e 41C 1 Contractor for his use. 2 3 C. The Contractor shall provide an as -built survey of all pipes and structures • 4 constructed under the project and existing piping encountered/abandoned that i 5 shall be signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Surveyor and Mapper. At ! 6 minimum, the As -Built Survey shall include: 7 • 8 1. Pipe inverts for gravity pipelines and top of pipe elevations for pressure 9 pipelines for all yard piping encountered, including northings and • 10 eastings. 11 • 12 2. Topographic survey of the site conducted following demolition of the • 13 digester and before any site filling activities, and topographic survey of 14 the site conducted following site fill activities showing the final grade 0 15 elevations. w 16 17 1.04 RECORDS 18 • 19 A. Contractor shall maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work . 20 as construction progresses. Survey notes indicating the information and 21 measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in • 22 notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the Record Drawings. 23 4 24 1.05 SUBMITTALS 25 fib 26 A. Submit name and address of surveyor to the Engineer. IA 27 28 B. On request of the Engineer, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field IA 29 engineering work. II 30 • 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 32 III 33 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) • 34 • 35 END OF SECTION - 36 • • fib • 0 • Jib IND FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING • 01050-2 09/06/17 II 0 r II • • i 1 i • 1 SECTION 01065 2 i 3 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS II 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL IIII 6 i 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED • 8 9 A. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that the construction of the project i 10 adheres to City, County, State, and Federal standards and regulations, and to ID 11 all permits and easements acquired for the project. • 12 13 B. The Contractor shall coordinate all work within rights-of-way with the agency ID 14 having jurisdiction, including all road/lane closures, road/lane narrowing and i 15 detours. 16 II 17 C. Copies of any Permits, Deeds, Easement Agreements or License Agreements i 18 that the Owner has obtained will be available for review by prospective bidders III 19 at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: 20 www.myclearwater.com/citvproiects. The Contractor shall conduct all operations 311) 21 in accordance with the requirements of all Permits, Easements and License 22 Agreements. • 23 24 D. VVhere Permits, Deeds, Easement Agreements, or License Agreements require II 25 that certain Work is to be performed only in the presence of a representative of • 26 the permitting entity, the Contractor shall provide all coordination and 27 notification required to assure full compliance with the permit conditions. 4111 28 • 29 E. The Owner has obtained or will obtain certain Permits, Deeds, Easement r 30 Agreements, or License Agreements required for construction of the project. A 31 listing of those Permits, Deeds, Easement Agreements, or License Agreements i 32 that the Owner has obtained or applied for is listed below. The Contractor shall It 33 be responsible for obtaining all other Permits, Easement Agreements, or • 34 L.icense Agreements necessary for the proper execution of the Work not 35 specifically noted to be obtained by the Owner. III 36 i 37 F. The Contractor shall comply with all terms, conditions, provisions and fib 38 requirements of all permits issued or to be issued for the Project. Should the 39 Contractor's failure to comply with said permits lead to enforcement action • 40 by any of the permitting or jurisdictional agencies, any resultant costs in • 41 the forms of repairs, fines, penalties, administrative costs, attorney's fees or • 42 consultant fees shall be deducted from the Contract Price or shall be otherwise 43 collectible from the Contractor and its Surety, jointly and severally. II 44 le 45 G. The Contractor shall notify the Owner a minimum of 30 days prior to the 46 expiration of a permit if said expiration occurs prior to completion of the Work. i PERMITS AND EASEMENTS ID 01065-1 09/06/17 i • 1111 1 2 H. Prior to any land clearing or tree removal, the Contractor shall construct a soil 3 tracking device in accordance with current Florida Department of Transportation 4 (FDOT) design standards. 5 6 1.02 PERMITS 7 8 A. Permits obtained by, or applied for by, the Owner are as follows: None. 9 10 B. Each bidder shall be familiar with the requirements of the permit conditions that 11 relate to construction activities and shall include the cost of satisfying these 12 permit conditions in developing a bid for the project. 13 14 C. At a minimum, the Contractor shall register with appropriate authorities, obtain 15 the following permits as required, comply with their respective conditions, and 16 submit copies of all applications and final permits to Engineer and Owner: 17 18 1. City of Clearwater Building Department Demolition Permit(s) 19 2. City of Clearwater Building Department Sewer Cut and Cap 20 Permit 21 3. Generic Permit for the Production of Groundwater. 22 4. Storm Water NPDES 23 5. Pinellas County - Hazardous Waste Abatement 24 6. Pinellas County - Asbestos Abatement 25 26 D. The Contractor shall obtain all construction permits required including those 27 necessary for clearing, grubbing, and tree removal. No clearing shall occur and 28 no earth -moving equipment shall be placed on-site until after the permits have 29 been issued. 30 31 E. The Contractor shall obtain, implement and comply with all local and state 32 permits required for dewatering, including consumptive or water use permitting, 33 if required for construction from the Southwest Florida Water Management 34 District. 35 36 F. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, and complying with, all 37 required permits relating to discharges from dewatering shall obtain a State of 38 Florida Department of Environmental Protection Generic Permit for the 39 Discharge of Produced Ground Water From Any Non -Contaminated Site 40 Activity in accordance with 62-621.300(2) FAC. 41 42 G. The Contractor shall obtain, implement and comply with the requirements of a 43 Generic Permit for Storm Water Discharge from Large and Small Construction 44 Activities (CGP), in accordance with 62-621.300(4) FAC. The Contractor shall 45 submit a CGP Notice of Intent (NOI) to the Florida Department of Environmental PERMITS AND EASEMENTS 01065-2 09/06/17 II: as i • • GI r i • • e • al i ID i II • • r r • • • • • • • • • • • 0• • i • • • • • 30 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3b • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0• • • • • 1 Protection (FDEP) and develop and submit a Storm Water Pollution Prevention 2 Plan (SWPPP) as part of the CGP. The Contactor shall: 3 4 1. Obtain the CGP form and NOI Application Form from the FDEP or its 5 website, DEP Documents 62-621.300(4)(a) and 62-621.300(4)(b), 6 respectively. 7 8 2. Develop an SWPPP in compliance with FDEP storm water permitting 9 rules that shall include, at a minimum, the following: 10 a. A site evaluation of how and where pollutants may be mobilized 11 by storm water. 12 b. A site plan for managing storm water runoff. 13 c. Identification of appropriate erosion and sediment controls 14 including Best Management Practices to reduce erosion, 15 sedimentation, and storm water pollution. 16 d. A maintenance and inspection schedule. 17 e. Plan and procedures for record keeping. 18 f. A map depicting storm water exit areas. 19 20 3. Complete and submit the NOI Application, including all attachments, to 21 the local FDEP office along with the appropriate application fee. 22 23 4. The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the FDEP Notice of Permit, along 24 25 26 1.03 EASEMENTS with a copy of the SWPPP, to the Engineer. 27 28 29 A. Not Applicable. Easement Number Owner County Parcel ID 30 31 32 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 33 (NOT USED) 34 35 PART 3 — EXECUTION 36 (NOT USED) 37 38 39 END OF SECTION PERMITS AND EASEMENTS 01065-3 09/06/17 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 2 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS 01065-4 09/06/17 • • • 4g • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • iC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • 1 • 1 SECTION 01090 0 2 • 3 REFERENCE STANDARDS • 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 • 9 A. Abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Contract Documents to identify • 10 reference standards. lb 12 12 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE • 13 IA 14 A. Application: When a standard is specified by reference, comply with 15 requirements and recommendations stated in that standard, except when • 16 requirements are modified by the Contract Documents or applicable codes • 17 establish stricter standards. CIA 19 B. Publication Date: The publication in effect on the date of issue of Contract • 20 Documents, except when a specific publication date is specified. 31/ 21 22 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS, NAMES, AND ADDRESSES OF ORGANIZATIONS 23 • 24 Obtain copies of referenced standards direct from publication source, when needed for . 25 proper performance of Work, or when required for submittal by Contract Documents. 26 III 27 AA Aluminum Association • 28 900 19th Street NW 29 Washington, DC 20006 0 30 • 31 AASHTO American Association of State Highway II 33 and Transportation Officials 33 444 North Capitol Street, NW Suite 249 • 34 Washington, DC 20001 . 35 36 ACI American Concrete Institute • 37 38800 Country Club Drive • 38 Farmington Hills, MI 48331 IA 40 40 Al Asphalt Institute • 41 2696 Research Park Drive II 42 Lexington KY 40511 43 • 44 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction • 45 One East Wacker Drive le46 Suite 3100 47 Chicago, IL 60601-2001 • 1111 01090-1 STANDARDS 01090-1 al • 09/06/17 1 2 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 3 1140 Connecticut Avenue 4 Suite 705 5 Washington DC 20036 6 7 ANSI American National Standards Institute 8 1819 L Street, NW 9 Washington, DC 20036 10 11 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 12 Three Park Avenue 13 New York, NY 10016-5990 14 15 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 16 100 BarrHarbor Drive 17 West Conshohoken, PA 19428 18 19 AWWA American Water Works Association 20 6666 W. Quincy Avenue 21 Denver, CO 80235 22 23 AWS American Welding Society 24 550 N.W. LeJeune Road 25 Miami, FL 33126 26 27 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 28 933 N. Plum Grove Road 29 Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 30 31 FS Federal Specification General Services 32 Administration Specifications and Consumer 33 Information Distribution Section (WFSIS) 34 470 L'enfant Plaza — Suite 8100 35 Washington, DC 20407 36 37 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 38 1300 North 17th Street 39 Suite 1847 40 Rosslyn, VA 22209 41 42 PCA Portland Cement Association 43 5420 Old Orchard Road 44 Skokie, IL 60077 45 46 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 47 209 W. Jackson Blvd. REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090-2 09/06/17 • • • s • • • • • • • • • • • 411 • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 0 1 Chicago, IL 60606 • 2 0 3 SSPC Society for Protective Coatings . 4 40 24th Street,. 6th floor 5 Pittsburgh, PA 15222 • 6 0 7 UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. • 8 333 Pfingston Road 9 Northbrook, IL 60062 0 10 . 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 12 • 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 14 15 • 16 END OF SECTION 0 17 • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090-3 09/06/17 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090-4 09/06/17 • • 4 • r • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • t s•• • • • • • • • s •1 SECTION 01092 • 2 • 3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CODES AND REGULATIONS i 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS 1118 9 A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for compliance with • 10 all applicable federal, state and local regulations pertaining to work practices, • 11 hauling, disposal, and protection of workers, visitors to the site, and persons - 12 occupying areas adjacent to the site. 13 4 14 B. Unless modified by these project specifications, all specifications for stripping, • 15 removal, repair and disposal work shall conform to the following specifications 16 and standards, as applicable, as if completely reproduced herein. • 17 • 18 1. The following regulations published by the Environmental Protection . 19 Agency (EPA): 20 3. 21 a. "Asbestos Hazards Emergency Response Act" (AHERA), 40 CFR 22 Part 763, Appendix A, to Subpart E, Section III. 41123 24 b. Applicable Subparts of "National Emissions Standards for • 25 Hazardous Air Pollutants" (NESHAP), 40 CFR Part 61, including • 26 Subpart A (General Provisions) and Subpart M (Asbestos). 27 • 28 c. Applicable Subparts of 40 CFR Part 258 Ambient Air Quality • 29 Surveillance lb 31 31 2. The following regulations published by the U.S. Department of Labor, II 32 OSHA: • 33 34 a. "Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, ID 35 and Actinolite; Final Rules," Title 29, Part 1910, Section 1001 and • 36 Part 1926, Section 1101 of the Code of Federal Regulations. • 37 38 b. "Respiratory Protection," Title 29, Part 1910, Section 134 of • 39 the Code of Federal Regulations. • 40 • 41 c. Florida Occupational Safety and Health Standard for the 42 Construction Industry Title 29 CFR Part 1926. • 43 • 44 d. "Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records," Title 29, le 45 Part 1910, Section 20 of the Code of Federal Regulations. • • • • • ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CODES AND REGULATIONS 01092-1 09/06/17 1 2 e. "Hazard Communication," Title 29, Part 1926, Section 59 of 3 the Code of Federal Regulations. 4 5 f. "Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags," Title 29, 6 Part 1910, Section 145 of the Code of Federal Regulations. 7 8 3. The following regulations published by Florida state agencies: 9 10 a. Florida Department of Health Florida Statutes Chapter 469 11 Asbestos Abatement. 12 13 b. Florida Administrative Code Chapter 62-257 Asbestos Program 14 15 c. Florida Administrative Code Chapter 61-E1 Asbestos Consultants 16 and Licensing 17 18 d. Florida Administrative Code 62-701 Solid Waste Management 19 Facilities 20 21 e. Florida Administrative Code 62-722 Regulation of Recovered 22 Materials 23 24 f Florida Administrative Code 62-730 Hazardous Waste 25 26 g. Florida Administrative Code 62-731 County and Regional 27 Hazardous Waste Management Programs 28 29 h. Florida Administrative Code 62-737 Management of Spent 30 Mercury -Containing Lamps and Devices Destined For Recycling 31 32 4. The following documents published by the American National Standards 33 Institute: 34 35 a. "Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local 36 Exhaust Systems," Z9.2-1979. 37 38 b.,American National Standard for Respiratory Protection 39 Respiratory Use - Physical Qualifications for Personnel," Z88.6- 40 1984. 41 42 c. "Practices for Respiratory Protection," Z88.2-1992. 43 44 45 ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CODES AND REGULATIONS 01092-2 09/06/17 • • • t • 49• • 111 • • • • • • 111: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • f • 1.02 NOTICES • 2 0 3 A. The Contractor shall notify the following offices in writing within the time 41111 4 frame specified by the NESHAP regulations prior to beginning any asbestos 5 and hazardous waste removal operations. • 6 II 7 1. State and Local Agencies 11118 9 • Florida Department of Environmental Protection II 10 • Pinellas County Department of Health • 11 • Pinellas County Air Quality Control • 12 • Pinellas County Solid Waste Operations • 13 14 2. Emergency Departments • 15 • 16 Notify the local emergency medical services, police and fire . 17 departments in writing of the type and scope of work being performed 18 and request these departments make an inspection prior to beginning 19 the work. 20 • 21 3. Licenses Ill 23 23 Maintain Federal, State, and local current licenses for Contractor and • 24 accreditation for workers and supervisors as required by applicable 0 25 State or local jurisdictions for the removal, transporting, disposal or 111126 other regulated activity relative to the work of this Contract. Worker and 27 Supervisor accreditation cards must be kept on site at all times the • 28 Contractor is on the site. • 29 • 30 1.03 LOCAL JURISDICTION 31 di 32 A. Pinellas County Air Quality Control has jurisdiction for monitoring and regulatory • 33 rnanagement of this project. The Contractor shall notify the County a minimum . 34 of 10 days prior to beginning asbestos and hazardous waste abatement work. 35 The County will conduct a site visit to verify conditions outlined in the Greenfield di 36 Environmental and Terracon Survey Reports (2), as well as the condition of the • 37 digester cover. lb 39 39 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) • 40 0 41 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) ale 42 END OF SECTION • • ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CODES AND REGULATIONS 01092-3 09/06/17 . • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • a • e • it • • • • • • • • • • • • • r • • 410 • ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CODES AND REGULATIONS 01092-4 09/06/17 • • • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01150 2 • 3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4 . 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 1111 8 9 A. This section defines the Work included in each bid item in the Bid/Proposal III 10 section of the Contract Documents. Payment will be made based on the • 11 specified items included in the description in this section for each pay item 12 number. II 13 • 14 B. All prices included in the Bid Form / Schedule of Prices will be full compensation . 15 for all labor, supervision, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary 16 to complete the Work as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified in the III 17 Contract Documents. Actual quantities of each item bid on a unit price basis • 18 will be determined upon completion of the construction in the manner • 19 established for each item in this section. Payment for all items listed in the Bid 20 Form / Schedule of Prices shall constitute full compensation for all work shown II21 and/or specified to be performed under the Contract. 22 23 C. Restoration is considered to be an integral part of the Work, and all bid prices • 24 shall include the cost of restoration necessitated by the Work related to that bid • 25 item. All existing structures and property including, but not limited to, paving, ID 27 stabilized roads, drainage piping and ditches, catch basins, head walls, yard 27 culverts, lawns, fences, trees, shrubs, ground areas, walkways, sidewalks, II 28 driveways, alleys, curbs, gutters, irrigation systems, buildings, structures and • 29 equipment that are altered, removed or damaged during construction shall be III 31 restored to the same or better condition than existed prior to construction at no 31 additional cost to the Owner. Cleanup is an integral part of restoration process. • 32 33 D. The Contractor shall exercise care to preserve and protect existing facilities 34 during all periods for the construction phase. All existing structures, equipment, • 35 and private property, including, but not limited to paving, stabilized roads, • 36 drainage piping and ditches, catch basins, head walls, yard culverts, lawns, ID 38 fences, trees, shrubs, ground areas, walkways, driveways, alleys, curbs, gutters 38 and irrigations systems that are altered, removed or damaged during • 39 construction and are not included in the proposed alterations of the new work • 40 shall be restored to the same or better condition than existed prior to • 41 construction. 42 • 43 E. The Contractor shall be responsible for all traffic maintenance requirements • 44 necessitated by the construction/installation of those specific bid items requiring le45 traffic maintenance. The cost for this work shall be included in the specific unit 46 price submitted for that particular bid item. • MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-1 09/06/17 • • • • d • 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 2 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 0 4 0 5 3.01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6 1111 7 A. Mobilization — Bid Item No. 1 II 8 9 1. Measurement for payment for Mobilization shall be on a lump sum basis 10 and the cost shall not exceed four percent (4%) of the proposed Bid • 11 Grand Total. ID 12 al 2. Payment of the lump sum price bid for Bid Item No. 1 shall be full 14 compensation for all costs associated with initiating the project as limited ID 15 by other sections of the Contract including the Contractor's Performance - 16 and Payment Bonds, permits and other similar activities. Payment for 17 these performances shall be based on the terms of Section 111 and in 4111 18 accordance with the Schedule of Values. II 19 20 B. Remove and Return Digester Liquids to WRF Headworks — Bid Item No. 2 • 21 4 22 1. Measurement for payment to Remove and Return Digester Liquids to the 23 WRF Headworks shall not be made and all costs shall be included in the II lump sum price bid. 25 IIII 26 2. Payment of the lump sum price bid for Bid Item No. 2 shall be full - 27 compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and - 28 incidentals required to remove the liquid contents of the digester, 29 including the current contents, any filtrate from dewatering solids and any II 30 washdown water, and return them to the WRF Headworks, including all • 31 pumping, piping, flow metering, sampling and laboratory analysis, as 32 described in Section 01014 Summary of Work and Section 01016 • 33 Construction Phasing Plan. II 34 II C. Remove and Dispose of Digester Liquids Off-site — Bid Item No. 3 36 0 37 1. Measurement for payment to Remove and Dispose of Digester Liquids - 38 Off-site shall be made and shall be on a per gallon basis of the actual 39 volume of liquids removed from the digester and hauled off-site as r 40 measured by a totalizing flow meter furnished, installed, calibrated, and ill 41 maintained by the Contractor. - 42 43 2. Payment of the unit price bid for Bid Item No. 3 shall be full lb 44 compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, testing, lb 45 and incidentals required to remove and dispose of off-site the liquid 46 contents of the digester. The total volume of liquid hauled shall not OD • MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-2 09/06/17 • III • • • • • 31 0 1 exceed 1.5 million gallons, and the Contractor shall be fully responsible • 2 for the off-site disposal costs of all dilution and washwater used that 41 3 exceeds this total volume. - 4 5 D. Temporary Solids Dewatering Facilities — Bid Item No. 4 41 6 • 7 1. Measurement for payment for Temporary Solids Dewatering Facilities 8 shall not be made and all costs shall be included in the lump sum price II 9 bid. • 10 41 11 2. Payment of the lump sum price bid for Bid Item No. 4 shall be full 12 compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, utilities and • 13 incidentals required to mobilize to the site, set up and operate any 0 14 temporary dewatering equipment used by the Contractor to dewater 15 solids in the digester, including power, water, polymers, sludge feed lb 16 piping, filtrate piping and sludge handling equipment as required to • 17 dewater solids and discharge them into a truck for hauling off-site. 0 18 19 E. Remove and Dispose of Digester Solids — Bid Item No. 5 41 20 21 1. Measurement for payment to Remove and Dispose of Digester Solids 22 shall be on a dry ton basis based on the actual weight of solids disposed ID 23 of off-site as indicated on the weigh tickets of a truck scale prior to any 24 further treatment of the solids, and the percent solids concentration of • 25 the dewatered solids in each truck as determined by laboratory analysis. • 26 The truck scale and laboratory shall be acceptable to the Owner. The 27 dry ton weight shall be equal to the net weight times the percent solids • 28 divided by 100. ! 29 30 2. Payment of the unit price bid for Bid Item No. 5 shall be full compensation ID 31 for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, solids concentration a 32 sampling and laboratory analysis, truck hauling, weighing, disposal, • 33 tipping fees, and incidentals required to complete the removal and 34 disposal of digester solids, as described in Section 01014 Summary of 41 35 Work and Section 01016 Construction Phasing Plan. • 36 w 37 F. Demolish, Remove, and Dispose of Hazardous Materials — Bid Item No. 6 38 ID 39 1. Measurement for payment to Demolish, Remove and Dispose of • 40 Hazardous Materials specifically shown on the Contract Documents or 41 identified in the investigations and surveys included in the Appendices to 42 the Contract Documents, including asbestos, mercury, PCBs and other 0 43 hazardous materials, shall not be made and all items of Work shall be 310 44 included in the lump sum price bid. 45 41 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT r 01150-3 09/06/17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 2. Payment of the lump sum price bid for Bid Item No. 6 shall be in accordance with the Schedule of Values, and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, testing, and incidentals required to complete the removal and disposal of hazardous materials. G. Sample and Analyze Digester Cover — Bid Item 7 1. Measurement for payment for Sample and Analyze Digester Cover shall not be made and all costs shall be included in the lump sum price bid. 2. Payment of the lump sum price bid for Bid Item No. 7 shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, subcontractors, materials, equipment and incidentals required to mobilize, survey, collect and analyze samples of the various digester cover components, and submit a report of the findings to the Engineer as described in Section 01014 Summary of Work. H. Demolish, Remove and Dispose of Additional Hazardous Materials — Bid Item No. 8 1. Measurement for payment for Demolish, Remove and Dispose of Additional Hazardous Materials shall be the actual tons of hazardous materials not shown on the Contract Documents or identified in the investigations and surveys contained in the Appendices to the Contract Documents, but identified through sampling and testing of the digester cover components, as shown on the appropriate weigh scale receipt submitted with the pay request. 2. Payment of the unit price bid for Bid Item No. 8 shall be based on the actual tons of hazardous materials removed from the digester cover and disposed of as established on the weigh tickets of the receiving landfill, and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, hauling, tipping fees, incidentals and all other costs required to complete the removal and disposal of additional hazardous materials. Demolish, Remove and Dispose of Nonhazardous Materials — Bid Item No. 9 1. Measurement for payment for Demolish, Remove and Dispose of Nonhazardous Materials shall be the actual tons of nonhazardous materials as shown on the appropriate weigh scale receipt submitted with the pay request. 2. Payment of the unit price bid for Bid Item No. 9 shall be based on the actual tons of nonhazardous materials removed and disposed of as established on the weigh tickets of the receiving landfill, and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, hauling, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-4 111 • • t • • • • • • • 41 • 411 4 • • 416 41 • • • • 411 r • • • 41 09/06/17 411 • 310 • 1 tipping and incidentals and all other costs required to complete the • 2 removal and disposal of nonhazardous materials. • 3 4 J. Excavate and Survey Foundation Piles — Bid Item No. 10 IP 5 • 6 1. Measurement for payment to Excavate and Survey existing foundation • 7 piles if found during demolition shall not be made and all items of Work • 8 shall be included in the lump sum price bid. 9 • 10 2. Payment of the lump sum price bid for Bid Item No. 10 shall be in • 11 accordance with the schedule of values and shall be full compensation 12 for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to • 13 cut and remove the reinforced concrete connections to the foundations • 14 piles, survey the horizontal layout and top elevation of the entire 15 foundation pile system relative to the WRF's existing benchmark, and the GI 16 horizontal and vertical survey of the foundation pile system, if found • 17 during demolition of the structures. • 18 19 K. Import and Place Structural Fill Materials — Bid Item No. 11 • 20 all21 1. Measurement for payment for Import and Place Structural Fill Materials 22 shall be the actual number of cubic yards of structural fill imported, 23 placed, and compacted, as determined from a comparison of topographic • 24 surveys conducted prior to constructing the fill and following construction • 25 of the compacted fill, to the limits and elevations shown on the Drawings. • 26 27 2. Payment of the unit price bid for Bid Item No. 11 shall be full • 28 compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, testing and • 29 incidentals required to complete the import and placement of fill material, 30 including the topographic surveys conducted prior to and following site ID 31 fill and compaction activities. • 32 • 33 L. Miscellaneous Work and Site Restoration — Bid Item No. 12 34 • 35 1. Measurement for payment of the lump sum price bid for Miscellaneous • 36 Work and Site Restoration shall not be made and all items of Work shall 37 be included in the lump sum price bid. 38 • 39 2. Payment of the lump sum price bid for Bid Item No. 12 shall be made in • 40 accordance with the Schedule of Values and shall be full compensation 41 for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, testing, and incidentals 42 required to coordinate the capping of the gas main with the gas company; • 43 provide inlet protection, erosion control, tree barricades; cut and cap 310 44 potable water, sewer and the thickened waste activated sludge (TWAS) 45 piping; pavement cutting and restoration; abandoning or removing r MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT • 01150-5 09/06/17 1111 • • 1 underground piping; and, all other miscellaneous work required for the 2 proper completion of the work. 3 4 M. Indemnification — Bid Item No. 13 5 6 1. Measurement for payment of indemnification shall not be made and all 7 items shall be included in the lump sum. 8 9 2. Payment of the lump sum of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) under Bid 10 Item No. 13 shall be full compensation for Indemnification of the Owner 11 and the Owner's Engineer as specified in the General Conditions, and 12 shall be included in the first payment request. 13 14 N. Contingency Allowance — Bid Item No. 14 15 16 1. Measurement for payment of the Contingency Allowance shall be as 17 agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor. 18 19 2. Payment for Bid Item No. 14 shall be made in accordance with the 20 terms of the contingency allowance request or Work Change Directive 21 and, if applicable, in accordance with the Schedule of Values. 22 23 24 END OF SECTION 25 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-6 • • to 4 • • • AI • • • • • • • • • • • 111 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • 09/06/17 0 0 II II • • • 10 • 1 SECTION 01152 • 2 • 3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT S 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED � 8 9 A. Submit Applications for Payment to the Engineer in accordance with the • 10 approved payment schedule and in the format established by the Owner. • 11 • 12 B. Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review, the proposed Application for 13 Payment form, prior to the first payment request. • 14 • 15 1.02 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED 16 • 17 A. Submit applications typed on forms either provided in these Specifications, • 18 furnished by the Owner, or as approved by the Owner, with itemized data typed • 19 on 8-1/2 inch x 11 inch or 8-1/2 inch x 14 -inch white paper continuation sheets. 20 a, 21 B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet: 22 23 1. Format, schedules, line items and values: those of the Schedule of 24 Values accepted by the Engineer. • 25 • 26 1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT 27 • 28 A. Application Form: • 29 30 1. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed 31 prior to date of submittal of application. • 32 • 33 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated 34 on continuation sheets. • 35 • 36 3. Execute certification with signature of a responsible officer of the • 37 Contractor. 38 • 39 B. Continuation Sheets: • 40 . 41 1. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of work, with item 42 number and scheduled dollar value for each item. • 43 31, 44 2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work 45 has been performed or products stored. 46 • APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT • 01152-1 09/06/17 • • • 1 3. List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission, at the end 2 of the continuation sheets. 3 4 a. List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an original 5 component item of work. 6 7 4. To receive approval for payment on component material stored on site, 8 submit copies of the original invoices with the Application for Payment. 9 The application for payment must also include a table summarizing the 10 amount of each invoice and the schedule of values line item to which the 11 stored materials apply. 12 13 1.04 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 14 15 A. Provide substantiating data, containing suitable information for review of costs 16 requested with a cover letter identifying: 17 18 1. Project. 19 20 2. Application number and date. 21 22 3. Detailed list of enclosures. 23 24 4. For stored products: 25 26 a. Item number and identification as shown on application. 27 28 b. Description of specific material. 29 30 c. Supplier invoices. 31 32 d. A table identifying stored material, amount stored, amount 33 installed, and schedule of values item, which the material applies. 34 35 B. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. 36 37 C. The Contractor is to maintain an updated set of drawings to be used as record 38 drawings. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, the Contractor is 39 to exhibit the updated record drawings for review by the Owner and the 40 Engineer. 41 42 D. Contractor shall maintain an updated construction schedule in accordance with 43 the Specification. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, Contractor 44 shall submit the updated construction schedule with the applications for 45 progress payments. If the Contractor fails to submit the required updated 46 schedule within the time prescribed, the Engineer may withhold approval of APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152-2 09/06/17 so • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ie •• • • • • 1 progress payment estimates until such a time as the Contractor submits the • 2 required updated schedule. • 3 ID4 1.05 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT 5 • 6 A. Fill in application form as specified for progress payments. • 7 • 8 B. Lise continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as 9 specified in the Specification. ID 10 • 11 C. All appropriate information must be entered on the application form. 12 • 13 1. The line title, "Application Period", must indicate the dates between which • 14 all work was completed during the pay period. These dates must be • 15 consecutive with the dates of the previous Payment Request and they 16 must not overlap. • 17 • 18 2. All blank lines within the "Contract Data" and "Summary of Project • 19 Status" section of the application must be completed. Also, if any 20 Change Orders have been approved, the "Change Orders" section must 310 21 include that information. 22 23 3. All calculations and arithmetic must be precise to the penny. • 24 • 25 4. The application must be signed and dated by an authorized • 26 27 representative of the Contractor. II 28 1.06 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE • 29 • 30 A. Prior to submitting a completed Application for Payment request, the Contractor 31 shall arrange a field meeting with the Owner and/or Engineer to review and • 32 verify all installed quantities and/or stored materials. Only when the • 33 C)wner/Engineer and Contractor agree on installed quantities and percentages, . 34 should the Application for Payment be submitted. 35 • 36 B. Submit six (6) copies of Applications for Payment to the Engineer at the times • 37 stipulated in the General Conditions. 38 • 39 C. When the Engineer finds Application properly completed and correct, he will • 40 transmit certificate for payment to Owner, with copy to Contractor. • 41 42 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) • 43 3110 44 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 45 46 END OF SECTION II 47 • APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152-3 09/06/17 IIII ID 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152-4 • • • i • • • • • • • • • a • • • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • d 0 09/06/17 0 0 • • • 30 • 1 SECTION 01153 • 2 • 3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES • 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Promptly implement Change Order procedures. • 10 111111 11 1. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. 12 • 13 2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material/force • 14 account basis. 15 • 16 3. Provide full documentation to Engineer on request. • 17 • 18 B. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization: 19 • 20 1. Who is authorized to accept changes in the work. 310 21 22 2. Who is responsible for informing others in the Contractor's employ of the 23 authorization of changes in the work. f 24 • 25 1.02 DEFINITIONS 1111 26 27 A. Change Order: See General Conditions. • 28 • 29 B. Work Directive Change: A written order to the Contractor, signed by Owner and 30 Engineer, which amends the Contract Documents as described, authorizes ID 31 Contractor to proceed with a change that affects the Contract Sum or the • 32 Contract Time, and that will be included in a subsequent Change Order. • 33 34 C. Engineer's Supplemental Instructions: A written order, instructions, or • 35 interpretations, signed by Engineer making minor changes in the Work not • 36 involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. • 37 38 D. Field Order: A written order to the Contractor, signed by the Engineer and the • 39 Contractor, which is issued to interpret/clarify the Contract Documents, order • 40 rninor changes in the work. The work described by a Field Order is to be • 41 accomplished without change to the Contract Sum, Contract Time, and/or 42 claims for other costs. • 43 Ilio 44 45 46 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-1 09/06/17 • • • • • • 1 1.03 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES • 2 • 3 A. Owner and Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a Work Directive • 4 Change to the Contractor. Request will include: - 5 6 1. Detailed description of the change, products, and location of the change 0 7 in the Project. • 8 - 9 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. 10 • 11 3. The projected time span for making the change and a specific statement . 12 as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized. 13 • 14 4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be II 15 considered valid. • 16 17 B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to the Engineer, • 18 containing: 0 19 • 20 1. Description of the proposed changes. 21 4C 22 2. Statement of the reason for making the changes. 23 24 3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. • 25 • 26 4. Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors. - 27 28 5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract • 29 Time, as appropriate. • 30 . 31 1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION 32 • 33 A. Work Directive Change will describe changes in the Work, both additions and . 34 deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of 35 the change and will designate the method of determining any change in the • 36 Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time. • 37 - 38 B. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Work Directive Change as 39 authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. • 40 • 41 1.05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS II 43 A. Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal, and for each unit price, which • 44 has not previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow 45 the Engineer to evaluate the quotation. 46 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-2 09/06/17 • • 30 • 1 B. On request, provide additional data to support time and cost computations: • 2 • 3 1. Labor required. III 4 5 2. Equipment required. • 6 • 7 3. Products required. 1111 8 9 a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. • 10 - 11 b. Quantities required. 12 • 13 4. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. • 14 • 15 5. Credit for work deleted from Contract, similarly documented. 16 • 17 6. Overhead and profit. • 18 • 19 7. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 20 310 21 C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time -and - 22 material/force account basis, with documentation as required for a Lump Sum 23 proposal, plus additional information: • 24 • 25 1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work and date 4i26 of the order. 27 • 28 2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom. • 29 30 3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. • 31 • 32 4. Receipts and invoices for: • 33 34 a. Equipment used, listing dates, and times of use. • 35 • 36 b. Products used, listing of quantities. 11037 38 c. Subcontracts. 0 39 • 40 1.06 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS AND FIELD ORDERS • 41 42 A. Engineer will prepare each Change Order and Field Order. • 43 31, 44 B. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, 45 with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. 46 • CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES II 01153-3 09/06/17 • • 0 • • K 1 C. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum • 2 and in the Contract Time. lb 3 lb 4 D. Field Order will describe interpretations or clarifications of Contract Documents, 11115 order minor changes in the Work, and/ or memorialize trade-off agreements. 6 • 7 E. Field Order work will be accomplished without change in the Contract Sum, ID 8 Contract Time, and/or claims for other costs. - 9 10 1.07 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER • 11 - 12 A. Engineer initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved and 13 attachments based upon documents and proposals submitted by Contractor, or ID 14 requests from Owner, or both. ID 15 • 16 B. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to 17 Contractor for approval. After approval by Contractor, all copies should be sent GI 18 to Owner for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed copies. • 19 • 20 1.08 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER 4 21 22 A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 23 24 1. Engineer's definition of the scope of the required changes. 1111 25 • 26 2. Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by Engineer. . 27 28 3. Survey of complete work. • 29 III 30 B. The amounts of the unit prices to be: 31 II 32 1. Those stated in the Agreement. 0 33 II 34 2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. Ili35 36 C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be II 37 determined prior to start of the work: . 38 39 1. Owner and Engineer will sign and date a Work Directive Change as 0 40 authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes. IIII 41 II 42 D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work: 43 • 44 1. Engineer or Owner will issue a Work Directive change directing the 45 Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices, and 46 the Engineer will cite the applicable unit prices. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES• 01153-4 09/06/17 • • a lb • • • • • 2 2. Upon completion of the change, the Engineer will determine the cost of • 3 such work based on the unit prices and quantities used. Contractor shall • 4 submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and 5 any claims for a change in Contract Time. • 6 • 7 3. Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in 8 Contract Sum and in Contract Time. • 9 • 10 4. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their 11 agreement with the terms therein. • 12 • 13 14 5. Owner will then sign the change order. • 15 1.09 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION • 16 17 CHANGE AUTHORIZATION • 18 A. Engineer and Owner will issue a Work Directive Change directing Contractor to • 19 proceed with the changes. 20 • 21 B. Upon completion of the change, the Contractor shall submit itemized accounting 22 and supporting data. 310 23 24 C. Engineer will determine the allowable cost of such work, as provided in General • 25 Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. 26 • 27 D. Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in • 28 Contract Sum and in Contract Time. • 30 E. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement therewith. 31 • 32 F. Owner will then sign the Change Order. • 33 34 1.10 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS • 35 • 36 A. Not greater than monthly revise Schedule of Values and Application for 37 Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work and to record • 38 the adjusted Contract Amount. • 39 40 B. Not greater than monthly revise the Progress Schedule to reflect each change • 41 iri Contract Time. Revise sub -schedules to show changes for other items of • 42 43 work affected by the Change Order. • 44 C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in • 45 46 Record Documents. • 47 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 31048 49 50 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) • 51 END OF SECTION CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES • 01153-5 09/06/17 • • • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-6 09/06/17 • • • i • e • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 i 2 SECTION 01200 • 3 MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES • 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE • 8 9 A. Iri accordance with the Contract Documents, prior to the commencement of II 10 Work, a preconstruction conference shall be held at a mutually agreed time and • 11 place. 12 0 13 B. The purpose of the conference shall be to designate responsible personnel and • 14 establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination shall be . 15 discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The agenda 16 shall include as a minimum: i 17 ill 18 1. Contractor's Initial Construction Schedule • 19 20 2. Procedures for Transmittal, Review and Distribution of Shop Drawings 31021 22 3. Procedures for Submittal and Review of Monthly Applications for • 23 Payment 24 • 25 4. Maintaining Record Drawings II 26 27 5. Critical Work Sequencing and Construction Restrictions • 28 • 29 6. Field Decisions and Change Orders ill 30 31 7. Field Office, Storage Areas and Security • 32 ID 33 8. Equipment and Material Deliveries • 34 35 9. Safety Meetings and Program • 36 411 37 10. Traffic Control Plan 38 • 39 11. Pre -construction Video al 40 IIli 41 C. The Engineer shall preside at the conference and shall arrange for keeping the 42 minutes and distributing them to all persons in attendance. • 43 al,44 1.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS 45 46 A. The Owner shall schedule and conduct regular project meetings at least G I MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES II 01200-1 09/06/17 r lb 1 monthly and at other times as deemed necessary by the progress of the work. 2 The Contractor and the Engineer shall be represented at each meeting. The 3 Contractor and/or Engineer may request attendance by representatives of 4 material Supplier(s) and Subcontractor(s). 5 6 B. The Engineer shall preside at the conference and shall arrange for keeping the 7 minutes and distributing them to all persons in attendance. The purpose of the 8 meetings shall include but not be limited to reviewing the progress of the Work, 9 maintaining coordination of efforts, discussing changes in scheduling and 10 resolving problems that may develop; claims review; and future scheduling. 11 12 PART 2 — PRODUCT (Not Used) 13 14 PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) 15 16 17 18 END OF SECTION 19 MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 01200-2 • • i • • • • 411 • • • • • i • • • • • i • ID • or • • • • 09/06/17 • • • • • • • 1 • 1 SECTION 01300 • 2 • 3 SUBMITTALS • 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE • 8 9 A. Before Work is started, Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review a • 10 schedule of the proposed construction operations. The construction schedule • 11 shall indicate the sequence of the Work, the time of starting and completion of 411 12 each part, the installation date for each major item of equipment, and the time 13 for making connections to existing piping, structures, or facilities. • 14 • 15 B. At least every 30 days the schedule shall be revised as necessary to reflect 16 changes in the progress of the Work. • 17 • 18 C. Owner may require Contractor to add to his equipment, or construction forces, Ill 19 as well as increase the working hours, if operations fall behind schedule at any 20 time during the construction period. 31021 22 1.02 PROGRESS REPORTS • 23 24 A. A progress report shall be furnished to Engineer with each Application for • 25 Payment. If the Work falls behind schedule, Contractor shall submit additional • 26 progress reports at such intervals as Engineer may request. 27 • 28 B. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and • 29 anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and 30 proposed corrective actions. Any Work reported complete, but which is not ID 31 readily apparent to Engineer, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. • 32 • 33 C. Each progress report shall also include three (3) prints of the accepted graphic 411 34 schedule marked to indicate actual progress. 35 • 36 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES • 37 38 A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a schedule of values after • 39 review of the tentative schedule and before submission of the first application • 40 for payment. The schedule of values, showing the value of each kind of work, • 41 shall be acceptable to Engineer before any application for payment is prepared 42 or approved. • 43 21) 44 B. The sum of the items listed in the schedule of values shall equal the Contract 45 Price. Such items as Bond premium, temporary construction facilities, may be 46 listed separately in the schedule of values, provided the amounts can be • • SUBMITTALS 13 0-1 0 09/06/17 • • • • • i 1 substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items. • 2 • 3 C. Iri addition to those items listed in Paragraph B, items that shall also be included • 4 on the schedule of values include 0 & M manuals (including electronic format), • 5 As-Builts, Start -Up and Training, and any individualized component that the 6 Contractor wishes to separately itemize for payment. • 7 • 8 D. An unbalanced Schedule of Values providing for overpayment of Contractor on 9 items of Work that would be performed first will not be accepted. The Schedule 10 of Values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to Engineer. Final • 11 acceptance by Engineer shall indicate only consent to the schedule of values • 12 as a basis for preparation of Applications for Payments and shall not constitute • 13 an agreement as to the value of each indicated item. 14 • 15 1.04 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS • 16 17 A. VVithin thirty (30) days after award of the Contract, Contractor shall furnish to • 18 Engineer a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be • 19 revised and resubmitted each time an Application for Payment varies more than • 20 10 percent from the estimated Schedule of Payment. 21 d 22 1.05 SURVEY DATA 23 • 24 A. All field books, notes, and other data developed by Contractor in performing 25 surveys required as part of the Work shall be available to Engineer for • 26 examination throughout the construction period. All such data shall be 111 27 submitted to Engineer with the other documentation required for final 28 acceptance of the Work. • 29 • 30 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA • 31 32 A. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials that will •I 33 become a permanent part of the Work shall be submitted to Engineer, for •, 34 review. These data shall include drawings and descriptive information in • 35 sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of 36 component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and • 37 supports required; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for • 38 installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. 39 • 40 B. All submittals, regardless of origin, shall be stamped with the approval of • 41 Contractor and identified with the name and number of this Contract, • 42 Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and 43 Contract Drawings. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item • 44 in the Work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be 45 clearly identified. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be4 46 indicated on all drawings and other descriptive data. SUBMITTALS 01300-2 • 09/06/17 • • • • • • • • 2 C. Contractor's stamp of approval is a representation to Owner and Engineer that • 3 Contractor accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, III 4 dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar 5 data, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each submittal with the • 6 requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. • 7 8 D. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified on each submittal • 9 and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall • 10 indicate, as pertinent to the deviation, essential details of all changes proposed 11 by Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of ID 12 the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. • 13 • 14 E. Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each lb 16 submission, and, in the case of a resubmission, shall verify that all exceptions 16 previously noted by Engineer have been taken into account. In the event that • 17 more than one resubmission is required because of failure of Contractor to • 18 account for exceptions previously noted, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for 19 the charges of Engineer for review of the additional resubmissions. • 20 311 21 F. F;esubmittals shall be made within seven (7) days of the date of the letter 22 returning the material to be modified or corrected, unless within seven (7) days 23 the Contractor submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated II 24 time period, listing the reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that • 25 time. • 26 27 G. Any need for more than one resubmission, or any other delay in obtaining • 28 Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the • 29 Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by a change in the 30 work authorized by a Change Order or by failure of Engineer to return any • 31 submittal within 21 days after its receipt in Engineer's office. 32 • 33 H. Contractor's letter of resubmittal shall list the date of his original submittal letter, 34 the date of the Engineer's letter returning the submittal, and the dates of • 35 submission and return of any previous resubmittals. In addition, the Contractor • 36 shall reimburse the Engineer in the amount of $200.00 for review of the second 1137 resubmittal and each of any subsequent resubmittals. 38 • 39 I. Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by Contractor will cover only • 40 general conformity to the drawings and specifications, external connections, 41 and dimensions which affect the layout. Engineer's review does not indicate a 0 42 thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, • 43 equipment, device or item shown. Engineer's review of submittals shall not • 44 relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations, nor eV45 responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 46 lb SUBMITTALS • 01300-3 09/06/17 Ob • lb • • • a 1 J. Combined electronic copies in ".pdf." format of each drawing and necessary • 2 data, plus the number of copies that the Contractor wants returned, shall be • 3 submitted to Engineer. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but • 4 Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of - 5 submittal based on the 5 digit Specification Section number and a sequential 6 number (001, 002, etc.), and without division by subcontract or trade. • 7 Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter (A, • 8 B, etc.) to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. If applicable, the Engineer • 9 will provide the Contractor with an electronic file of the submittal format to be 10 followed. • 11 • 12 K. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall in writing direct 13 specific attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made • 14 other than those called for by Engineer on previous submissions. • 15 • 16 1.07 LAYOUT DATA 17 • 18 A. Contractor shall keep neat and legible notes of measurements and calculations • 19 made by him in connection with the layout of the Work. Copies of such data • 20 shall be furnished to the Engineer for use in checking. 21 22 B. Contractor's layout data as provided under Lines and Grades. All such data4111 23 considered of value to Owner will be transmitted to Owner by Engineer with • 24 other records upon completion of the Work. 25 • 26 1.08 OTHER SUBMITTALS • 27 28 A. The Contractor shall make all other submittals as specified in other Sections of • 29 these specifications, including those for abatement of hazardous materials and • 30 demolition. • 31 32 PART 2 — PRODUCT (Not Used) • 33 • 34 PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) • 35 36 • 37 • 38 END OF SECTION 39 • 40 • • • • MID SUBMITTALS • 01300-4 09/06/17 • • • 111 • • 1 •1 SECTION 01310 • 2 • 3 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES • 5 • 6 PART 1 - GENERAL • 7 • 8 1.01 GENERAL 9 • 10 A. Construction under this contract must be coordinated to assure that construction • 11 is completed within the time allowed by the Contract Documents. The Contractor • 12 will also coordinate his activities with the other contractors to allow orderly and 13 timely completion of all the work. • 14 • 15 B. All construction schedules shall be of the critical path method, bar chart type, and 16 shall be prepared using SURETRACK, PRIMAVERA P3, or equal. • 17 • 18 1.02 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING GENERAL PROVISIONS • 19 20 A. VVithin 15 calendar days after the issuance of the Notice of Award, the Contractor b21 shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a preliminary construction progress 22 schedule. The schedule shall contain a sufficient number of tasks such that no 41111 23 single task has a value that exceeds 2.0% of the total Contract Price. Partial 24 payments will not be approved until an acceptable construction progress schedule • 25 has been approved by the Engineer. • 26 27 B. The schedule shall be updated monthly reflecting the approved baseline schedule • 28 and the Contractor's progress on each activity. No progress payment will be • 29 approved until the updated schedule is submitted and approved by the Engineer. • 30 31 C. Night work may be established by the Contractor as regular procedure only with • 32 the prior written permission of the Owner. Such permission, however, may be • 33 revoked at any time by the Owner if the Contractor fails to maintain adequate • 34 equipment and supervision for the proper execution and control of the work at 35 night. • 36 • 37 D. The Contractor shall designate an authorized representative who shall be 38 responsible for development and maintenance of the schedule and of progress 111 39 and payment reports. This representative of the Contractor shall have direct • 40 project control and complete authority to act on behalf of the Contractor in fulfilling • 41 the commitments of the Contractor's schedule. 42 II 43 1.03 PROGRESS OF THE WORK 1111_Ank 44 ow45 A. The work shall be executed with such progress as may be required to prevent any 46 delay to the general completion of the work. The work shall be executed at such . CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-1 09/06/17 • • 1 times and in or on such parts of the project, and with such forces, materials and • 2 equipment to assure completion of the work in the time established by the 3 Contract. ID 4 0 5 B. If the Contractor, for his convenience and at his own expense, should desire to 6 carry on his work at night or outside regular hours, he shall submit written notice • 7 to the Engineer and he shall allow ample time for satisfactory arrangements to be Ill 8 made for inspecting the work in progress. The Contractor shall reimburse the . 9 Owner for extra inspection required for work outside regular hours. The Contractor 10 shall light the different parts of the project as required to comply with all applicable ID 11 Federal and State regulations and with all applicable requirements of the • 12 municipality in which the work is being done. ID 14 PART 2 - PROGRESS SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS ID 15 . 16 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 17 II 18 A. As required within the General Conditions, the Contractor shall submit a critical ID 19 path progress schedule as described herein. The schedule shall take into ID considerations all work phasing and restrictions as specified elsewhere in the 21 Contract Documents. d 22 23 B. The critical path progress schedule requirement shall consist of a detailed • 24 schedule, monthly status reports (Monthly Reports), a start-up schedule, and 25 revisions to the schedules and analyses as described. The planning, scheduling, ID 26 management and execution of the work are the sole responsibilities of the - 27 Contractor. The progress schedule shall allow the Engineer to review Contractor's 28 planning, scheduling, management and execution of the work; to assist Engineer lb 29 in evaluating work progress and make progress payments; to allow other 0 30 contractors to cooperate and coordinate their activities with those of the • 31 Contractor; and to provide Owner with information about "construction schedule" 32 and "cumulative outlay schedule." ID 33 34 C. Engineer's review of the schedule submittals shall not relieve Contractor from the • 35 responsibility for any deviations from the Contract Documents unless Contractor 36 has in writing called Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of 411 37 submission and Engineer has given written concurrence to the specific deviations, - 38 nor shall any concurrence by Engineer relieve Contractor from responsibility for 39 errors and omissions in the submittals. ID 40 ID 41 D. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive benefit of the Owner, the Engineer or . 42 the Contractor. Extensions of time for performance, as specified in the General 43 and Supplementary Conditions, will be granted only to the extent that equitable 411 44 time adjustments for the network activity, or activities affected, exceed the total AID 45 float or slack time along the affected network paths, as shown in the precedence MD 46 diagram and report in effect at the instant of either (a) a notice to proceed with a ID • • • 4 • CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-2 09/06/17 e • • • a° • 1 change, or (b) a notice of suspension of work or possession, or (c) detection of a fib 2 subsequently acknowledged differing site condition, or (d) occurrence of cause for • 3 an excusable delay. Further, use of float time in the schedule, or the allocation of • 4 float time to activities by means of special logic restraints or imposed dates, shall 5 be shared to the benefit of Owner, Engineer, Contractor, and his subcontractors • 6 and suppliers in proportion of their scope of responsibilities. Excessive use of float • 7 time to the detriment of succeeding activities may be cause for denying an ill 8 extension of time if it can be demonstrated that the float along the network paths 9 affected at the instant of the delaying condition would have been larger than the • 10 delay had it not been for the excessive and unreasonable float usage in violation • 11 of the sharing concept required by this Specification. 12 • 13 E. Engineer's review of the schedule submittals shall be only for conformance with • 14 the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to the 111115 means, methods, sequences and techniques or procedures of construction or to 16 safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Engineer's review of the • 17 schedule submittals will be predicated on a Contractor's stamp of approval signed • 18 off by Contractor. Contractor's stamp of approval on any schedule submittals shall . 19 constitute a representation to Owner and Engineer that Contractor, has either 20 determined or verified all data on the submittal, or assumes full responsibility for al21 doing so, and that Contractor and his subcontractors and suppliers have reviewed 22 and coordinated the sequences shown in the submittal with the requirements of 23 the work under the Contract Documents. • 24 • 25 2.02 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS • 26 27 A. Graphic network diagrams shall be on a time -scaled precedence network format. II 28 The graphic network diagram shall include the following format: • 29 111130 1. Description of each activity, or restraint, shall be brief but convey the scope 31 of work described. • 32 • 33 2. Activities shall identify all items of work that must be accomplished to 34 achieve Substantial Completion, or any interim substantial completion, IIIII 35 such as the major disciplines of work; items pertaining to the approval of • 36 regulatory agencies; contractor's time required for submittals, fabrication • 37 and deliveries; the time required by Engineer to review all submittals as set 38 forth in the Contract Documents; items of work required of Owner to • 39 support pre -operational and start-up testing; time required for the relocation • 40 of utilities. Activities shall also identify interface milestones with the work fa 42 of other contract work under separate contracts with Owner. 42 • 43 3. Any activities not shown on the graphic network diagram shall be a, 44 considered to have no effect on the Contractor's ability to achieve 45 Substantial Completion, or any interim substantial completion, within the 46 Contract Time. Any delays to activities that do not appear in the concurred • CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-3 09/06/17 1 detailed schedule shall give rise only to non -prejudicial delays. Attempts 2 to impose after -the -fact logic constraints where none existed previously to 3 justify time extensions will not be permitted. 4 5 4. Activity durations shall be in whole working days. 6 7 5. Graphic diagrams shall be time -scaled and sequenced by work areas. The 8 Diagram of Activities shall show numerical values for total float and be 9 shown on their early schedules. The diagram shall be neat and legible and 10 submitted on sheets no larger than 24 inches by 36 inches on a medium 11 suitable for reproduction. 12 13 B. Printout reports shall contain the following data for each activity or restraint: 14 15 1. Activity identification, activity description, activity duration, activity 16 man -days, computed or specified early start date, computed early finish 17 date, computed late start date, computed or specified late finish date, and 18 total float and free float. 19 20 2. Five separate reports shall be provided, including all activities and 21 restraints, and shall be submitted monthly as follows: 22 23 a. Activity, sort by early start dates in order of ascending numbers. 24 b. Activity, sort by department. 25 c. Float report, in order of ascending total float values. 26 d. Successor/predecessor report. 27 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 30 3.01 DETAILED SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL 31 32 A. Submittal shall include a time -scaled graphic diagram showing all Contract 33 activities, computer printout reports, and a supporting narrative. The initial 34 Detailed Schedule submittal shall be delivered within 10 calendar days after the 35 Notice to Proceed, and shall use the Notice to Proceed as the "data date". Upon 36 receipt of Engineer's comments, Contractor shall meet with Engineer and discuss 37 an appraisal and evaluation of the proposed work plan. Necessary revisions 38 resulting from this review shall be made by Contractor and the detailed schedule 39 resubmitted within 15 calendar days after the meeting. The re -submittal, if agreed 40 to by the Owner, and unless subsequently changed with the concurrence of or at 41 the direction of Owner, shall be the work plan to be used by the Contractor for 42 planning, scheduling, managing and executing the work. If Contractor fails to 43 provide an acceptable Detailed Schedule submittal, he will be deemed not to have 44 provided a basis upon which progress may be evaluated, which will further 45 constitute reasons for refusing to recommend payment. 46 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-4 • • • K • ID • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • i 09/06/17 • • • • • 0 1 B. The graphic diagram shall be formatted in accordance with Article 2.02(A) above. 10 2 The diagram shall include (1) all detailed activities grouped by major areas of work. • 3 The critical path activities shall be identified, including critical paths for interim II4 dates, if applicable, by clearly highlighting the path on the graphics diagram. 5 III 6 C. This submittal shall include five copies of the graphic diagram, the printout reports • 7 and the narrative, in accordance with Article 2.02 of these scheduling • 8 requirements. 9 • 10 D. The narrative shall include sufficient data to explain the basis of Contractor's . 11 determination of durations, describe the contract conditions and restraints plugged 12 into the schedule, and provide a "what -if" analysis pertaining to potential problems • 13 and practical steps to mitigate them. Should Engineer require additional data, this II 14 information shall be supplied by Contractor within ten calendar days. • 15 16 3.02 MONTHLY STATUS REPORTS • 17 • 18 A. Beginning with the first month, and every month thereafter, Contractor shall submit • 19 to Engineer, with each Application for Payment, a Monthly Status Report (based 20 on the Detailed Schedule) with data as of the last day of the pay period. The :101 21 monthly Status Report shall include a revised copy of the currently accepted 22 graphic diagram, computer printouts and a narrative. The Monthly Status Report 23 will be reviewed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall address the Engineer's • 24 comments in the subsequent Monthly Status Report. If Contractor fails to provide • 25 acceptable Monthly Status Reports, he will be deemed not to have provided a III 27 basis upon which progress may be evaluated, which will be reason for refusing to 27 recommend progress payments. • 28 II 29 B. The revised diagram shall show, for the currently accepted detailed diagram, II 31 percentages of completion for all activities, actual start and finish dates, and 31 remaining durations, as appropriate. Activities not previously included in the • 32 currently accepted detailed schedule shall be added, except that contractual dates III 33 will not be changed except by Change Order. Review of a revised diagram by the 34 Engineer will not be construed to constitute concurrence with the time frames, • 35 duration, or sequencing for such added activities; instead the corresponding data • 36 as ultimately incorporated into an appropriate change order shall govern. Ill 38 38 C. The narrative shall include the information shown in the following outline in a II 39 narrative form: • 40 i 41 1. Construction progress (refer to activity number in the Detailed Schedule) 42 including: Ill 43 II 44 a. Activities completed this reporting period; 0 45 b. Activities in progress this reporting period; 46 c. Activities scheduled to commence next reporting period. • CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES • 01310-5 09/06/17 • • • t 1 • 2 2. Description of problem areas 3 116 4 3. Current and anticipated delays • 5 6 a. Cause of the delay; 0 7 b. Corrective action and schedule adjustments to correct the delay; III 8 c. Impact of the delay on other activities, on milestones, and on • 9 completion dates. 10 r 11 4. Changes in construction sequence 111 12 ID 5. Pending items and status thereof 14 ID 15 a. Permits • 16 b. Change Orders 17 c. Time extensions • 18 d. Other r 19 fib 6. Contract completion date status 21 4 22 a. Ahead of schedule and number of days 23 b. Behind schedule and number of days • 24 25 3.03 REVISIONS r 26 II 27 A. All revised Detailed Schedule submittals shall be in the same form and detail as 28 the initial submittal and shall be accompanied by an explanation of the reasons for 411 29 such revisions, all of which shall be subject to review by Engineer. The revision 0 30 shall incorporate all previously made changes to reflect current as -built conditions. . 31 Minor changes to the submittal may be reviewed at monthly meetings. Changes 32 to activities having adequate float shall be considered a minor change. SO 33 4110 34 B. A revised detailed work plan submittal shall be submitted for review, when required - 35 by Engineer, for one of the following reasons: 36 II 37 1. Owner or Engineer directs a change that affects the date(s) specified in the - 38 Agreement or alters the length of a critical path. 39 Ill 40 2. Contractor elects to change any sequence of activities so as to affect a III 41 critical path of the currently accepted detailed schedule documents. - 42 43 C. If, prior to agreement on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Time, Engineer r 44 requires revisions to the Detailed Schedule in order to evaluate planned progress, ID 45 Contractor shall provide an interim revised submittal for review with change 0 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-6 09/06/17 • • • 1 • 1 effect(s) incorporated as directed. Approved interim revisions to the documents • 2 will be incorporated during the first subsequent Monthly Status Report. ID 3 4 3.04 START-UP SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS - Not Used IP 5 ID 6 A. At least 90 calendar days prior to the date of Substantial Completion, Contractor fib 7 shall submit a time -scaled (days after notice to proceed) graphic diagram detailing 8 the work to take place in the period between 60 days prior to Substantial 9 Completion, together with a supporting narrative. Engineer shall respond within • 10 10 calendar days after receipt of the submittal. Upon receipt of Engineer's II 11 comments, Contractor shall make the necessary revisions and submit the revised 12 schedule within ten calendar days. If Contractor fails to provide acceptable • 13 Start-up Schedule Submittals, he will be deemed not to have provided a basis l 14 upon which progress may be evaluated, which will be reason for refusing to 15 recommend payment. ID 16 II 17 B. The Start-up Schedule may not be combined with the Detailed Schedule. The lb 18 Start-up Schedule is intended to show much greater detail than the Detailed II 20 Schedule for start-up activities. Typical information required includes, but is not 20 limited to, the timing of vendor representatives, pre-op testing, individual a, 21 equipment start-ups, Owner's training, and performance certification testing. 22 • 23 C. The graphic diagram shall use the currently accepted Detailed Schedule for those 24 activities completed ahead of the last 60 calendar days prior to Substantial 0 25 Completion, and detailed activities for the remaining 60 -day period within the time • 26 frames outlined in the currently accepted Detailed Schedule. 27 II 28 D. Contractor will be required to continue the requirement for monthly reports, as ID 29 outlined in Articles 3.03 and 3.04 above. In preparing these reports, Contractor • 30 must assure that the Detailed Schedule is consistent with the progress noted in 31 the Start-up Schedule. • 32 lb 33 E. In addition, Contractor will be required to submit a revised copy of the start-up • 34 graphic diagram on a monthly basis with a start-up narrative. This revised diagram 35 shall highlight percentages of completion, actual start and finish dates, and op 36 remaining durations as applicable. Activities not previously included in the . 37 accepted detailed work plan shall be added in these submittals, except that 38 contractual dates shall not be changed except by Change Order. Reviews of • 39 these submittals by Engineer will not be construed to constitute concurrence with lb 40 the time frames, durations or sequence of work for each added activity. III 42 3.05 CONSTRUCTION PERIOD II 43 • 44 A. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current monthly progress evaluation and All45 updated schedule data that any milestone and/or Contract completion date will not • • • CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-7 09/06/17 1 be met, the Contractor shall take appropriate action to bring the work back on 2 schedule. Actions could include: 3 4 1. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as to 5 substantially eliminate the backlog of work; 6 7 2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per work day, work 8 days per week, or the amount of construction equipment, or any 9 combination of the foregoing sufficient to substantially eliminate the 10 backlog of work; and 11 12 3. Reschedule work items to achieve concurrency of accomplishment. 13 14 B. The addition of equipment or construction forces, increasing the working hours or 15 any other method, manner, or procedure to return to the current Detailed Schedule 16 shall be at the Contractor's own cost and shall not be considered justification for a 17 Change Order or treated as an acceleration order. 18 19 20 21 END SECTION 22 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-8 • • • t • • • • • • r ID • • • • • • i • • • • • • r • GO • • i • 09/06/17 • • • • • • • 1 O 1 SECTION 01340 • 2 • 3 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 4 • 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 11118 9 A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review such working drawings, • 10 shop drawings, test reports and data on materials and equipment (hereinafter • 11 in this Section called data), and material samples (hereinafter in this Section 12 called samples) as are required for the proper control of work, including but not • 13 limited to those working drawings, shop drawings, data and samples for ID 14 materials and equipment specified elsewhere in the Specifications and in the • 15 Contract Drawings. 16 • 17 B. The Contractor shall note that there are specific submittal requirements in other • 18 sections of these Specifications. II 20 20 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS 30 21 22 A. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "shop drawings" shall be 23 considered to mean Contractor's Drawings for material and equipment that will • 24 become an integral part of the Project. These drawings shall be complete and • 25 detailed. Shop drawings shall consist of fabrication, erection and setting • 26 clrawings and schedule drawings, manufacturer's scale drawings, bills of 27 material, wiring and control diagrams, and inspection and test reports including II 28 performance curves and certifications as applicable to the Work. • 29 30 B. All details on shop drawings submitted for review shall show clearly the ill 31 elevations of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure • 32 and/or equipment, and where correct fabrication of the work depends upon field • 33 measurements, such measurements shall be made and noted on the shop 111 34 drawings before being submitted for review. 35 • 36 C. See Shop Drawing Schedule requirements in Subparagraph 1.07 411 37 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. 38 • 39 1.03 PRODUCT DATA 40 IA 42 A. Product data as specified in individual sections, include, but are not necessarily 42 limited to, standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes • 43 referred to as catalog data), such as the manufacturers product specification • 44 and installation instructions, availability of colors and patterns, manufacturer's All45 printed statements of compliances and applicability, roughing -in diagrams and 46 templates, catalog cuts, product photographs, standard wiring diagrams, printed lb SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES • 01340-1 09/06/17 • • 1 performance curves and operational-range diagrams, production or quality 2 control inspection and test reports and certifications, mill reports, product fib 3 operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare-parts listing • 4 storage instructions, and printed product warranties, as applicable to the work. • 5 6 1.04 WORKING DRAWINGS SI 7 Ill 8 A. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "working drawings" shall be • 9 considered to mean the Contractor's Drawings for temporary structures such as 10 temporary bulkheads, support of open cut excavation, support of utilities, 111 11 ground water control systems, forming and falsework; for underpinning; and forIli 12 such other work as may be required for construction but does not become an 13 integral part of the Project. • 14 III 15 B. Working drawings shall be signed and sealed by a registered Professional • 16 Engineer, currently licensed to practice in the State and shall convey, or be 17 accompanied by, calculations or other sufficient information to completely ID 18 explain the structure, machine, or system described and its intended manner of III 19 use. Prior to commencing such work, working drawings must have been 20 reviewed without specific exceptions by the Engineer. Such review will be for • 21 general conformance and will not relieve the Contractor in any way from his 22 responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. All risks 23 of error are assumed by the Contractor. The Owner and Engineer shall have - 24 no responsibility for errors on the working drawings or the finished work. 25 lb 26 1.05 SAMPLES • 27 28 A. The Contractor shall furnish, for review of the Engineer, samples required by r 29 the Contract Documents or requested by the Engineer. Samples shall be II 30 delivered to the Engineer as specified or directed and in quantities and sizes as i 31 specified. A minimum of two samples of each item shall be submitted unless 32 otherwise specified. The Contractor shall prepay all shipping charges on ilb 33 samples. Materials or equipment for which samples are required shall not be • 34 used in work until reviewed by the Engineer. • 35 36 B. Samples specified in individual sections, include, but are not necessarily limited • 37 to, physical examples of the work such as sections of manufactured or • 38 fabricated work, small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of 39 repetitively-used products, color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets, ID 40 specimens for coordination of visual effect, graphic symbols, and units of work lb 41 to be used by the Engineer or Owner for independent inspection and testing, as IIIII 42 applicable to the Work. 43 fra 44 C. The Contractor shall prepare a transmittal letter for each shipment of sample, • 45 shall enclose a copy of this letter with the shipment, and shall send a copy of al • SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-2 09/06/17 • • • • 4 • • • • S • 1 this letter to the Engineer. Review of a sample shall be only for the characteris- • 2 tics or use named in such review and shall not be construed to change or modify III 3 any Contract requirements. . 4 5 1.06 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS II 6 • 7 A. The Contractor shall review, approve, and submit, with reasonable promptness . 8 and in such sequence, so as to cause no delay in the Contract Work or in the 9 VVork of the Owner or any separate contractor, all shop drawings, product data, • 10 working drawings and samples required by the Contract Documents. • 11 12 B. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer five (5) copies of all shop drawings, • 13 plus the number of copies he wants returned. The Engineer will review the • 14 submittal and return to the Contractor marked -up copies of the shop drawings . 15 with the appropriate review comments. 16 II 17 C. Shop drawings, product data, working drawings and samples shall be II 18 transmitted using a form provided by the Engineer and furnished with the III 20 following information: 20 alo21 1. Number and title of the drawing. 22 2. Date of drawing or revision. 23 3. Name of project building, facility or system. • 24 4. Name of contractor, subcontractor, and manufacturer submitting • 25 drawing. • 26 5. Clear identification of contents, location of the work, and the sheet 27 numbers where the product is found in the contract drawings. • 28 6. Contractor Certification Statement. ID 29 7. Submittal Identification Number. III 30 8. Contract Drawing Number Reference. 31 9. Statement indicating any deviations from the Contract Documents. • 32 • 33 D. All items specified are not necessarily intended to be a manufacturer's standard • 34 product. Variations from specified items will be considered on an "or equal" 35 basis. If submittals show variations from Contract requirements because of ID 36 standard shop practice or for other reasons, the Contractor shall describe such • 37 variations in his letter of transmittal and on the shop drawings along with 38 notification of his intent to seek contract adjustment. If acceptable, proper • 39 adjustment in the Contract shall be implemented where appropriate. If the • 40 Contractor fails to describe such variations he shall not be relieved of the II 42 responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract, even 42 though such drawings have been reviewed. Variations submitted but not II 43 described may be cause for rejection. Any variations initiated by the Contractor • 44 will not be considered as an addition to the scope of work unless specifically AO45 noted and then approved as such in writing by the Engineer. 46 • SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES • 01340-3 09/06/17 • • • • • 4 1 E. Data on materials and equipment shall include materials and equipment lists 2 giving, for each item thereon, the name and location of the supplier or 4111 3 manufacturer, trade name, catalog reference, material, size, finish and all other II 4 pertinent data. • 5 6 F. For all mechanical and electrical equipment, the Contractor shall provide a II 7 single list that includes the equipment name, and address and telephone • 8 number of the manufacturer's representative and service company, so that • 9 service and/or spare parts can be readily obtained. In addition, a maintenance 10 and lubrication schedule for each piece of equipment shall be submitted as • 11 specified elsewhere. - 12 13 G. The Contractor shall use the color "green" to make his remarks on the GI 14 Submittals. Only the Engineer will utilize the color "red" in marking submittals. II 15 • 16 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY 17 1111 18 A. It is the duty of the Contractor to check, and coordinate with the work of all • 19 trades, all drawings, data, schedules and samples prepared by or for him before II submitting them to the Engineer for review. Each copy of every drawing or data 21 sheet 11"x17" and larger shall bear Contractor's stamp showing that they have 22 been so checked and approved. Drawings or data sheets 11"x17" and smaller 23 shall be bound together in an orderly fashion and bear the Contractor's stamp • 24 on the cover sheet. The cover sheet shall fully describe the packaged data and 25 include a list of all sheet numbers within the package. Shop drawings submitted • 26 to the Engineer without the Contractor's stamp will be returned to the Contractor, • 27 without review, at the Engineer's option. . 28 29 B. The Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data, and samples prior to • 30 submission to determine and verify the following: • 31 32 1. Field measurements. II 33 • 34 2. Field construction criteria. 35 ill 36 3. Manufacturer's catalog numbers and similar data. lb 37 • 38 4. Conformance with Specifications. 39 II 40 C. Shop drawings shall indicate any deviations in the submittal from the • 41 requirements of the Contract Documents. • 42 43 D. At a time decided upon at the pre -construction meeting the Contractor shall 4111 44 furnish the Engineer a Shop Drawing schedule fixing the respective dates for • 45 the initial submission of shop and working drawings, the beginning of ilip 46 manufacture, testing and installation of materials, supplies and equipment. This SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-4 09/06/17 • • • 1 a 1 schedule shall be provided as a separate entity and indicate those submittals • 2 that are critical to the progress schedule. The Contractor shall prepare and II 3 transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the related work or lb 4 other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the individual work 5 sections of the Specifications, so that the installation will not be delayed by i 6 processing times including disapproval and resubmittal (if required), • 7 coordination with other submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and 8 similar sequenced activities. No extension of time will be authorized because ID 9 of the Contractor's failure to transmit complete and acceptable submittals i 10 sufficiently in advance of the Work. • 11 12 E. The Contractor shall not begin any work affected by a submittal returned, i 13 "Rejected. Revise as indicated and resubmit". Before starting this work, all i 14 revisions must be corrected by the Contractor. After resubmittal they will be 411 15 reviewed and returned to him by the Engineer. If returned marked, "No 16 exceptions noted" or "Exceptions as noted", then the Contractor may begin this • 17 work. Any corrections made to the shop drawings are to be followed without • 18 exception. ID 20 20 F. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer all shop drawings and data 3111 21 sufficiently in advance of construction requirements to provide no less than 22 twenty-one (21) calendar days for Engineer's review from the time the Engineer 23 receives them. • 24 • 25 G. The Contractor shall be responsible for and bear all cost of damages that may 411 26 result from the ordering of any material or from proceeding with any part of work 27 prior to review by the Engineer of the necessary shop drawings. • 28 4 29 H. All shop drawings, product data, working drawings and samples submitted by 30 subcontractors for review shall be sent directly to the Contractor for checking. 411 31 The Contractor shall be responsible for their submission according to the • 32 approved shop drawing schedule so as to prevent delays in delivery of materials • 33 and project completion. 41134 35 1. The Contractor shall check all subcontractor's shop drawings, product data, • 36 working drawings and samples regarding measurements, size of members, • 37 materials, and details to satisfy himself that they are in conformance to the 38 Contract Documents. Shop drawings found to be inaccurate or otherwise in ON 39 error shall be returned to the subcontractors for correction before submission to • 40 the Engineer. 4111 41 42 1.08 ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING i 43 DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES • 44 NEP45 A. The Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design concept and 46 Contract Documents. Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES i 01340-5 09/06/17 1 the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications 2 or departures thereof. The Contractor remains responsible for details and 3 accuracy, for coordinating the work with all other associated work and trades, 4 for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly, and for 5 performing work in a safe manner. 6 7 B. The review of shop drawings, data, and samples will be general. The review 8 shall not be construed as: 9 10 1. Permitting any departure from the Contract Documents; 11 12 2. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, 13 dimensions, and materials; or, 14 15 3. Approving departures from details furnished by the Engineer, except as 16 otherwise provided herein. 17 18 C. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations per 19 subparagraph 1.06D show a departure from the Contract Documents that 20 Engineer finds to be in the interest of the Owner and to be so minor as not to 21 involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the Engineer may 22 return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 23 24 D. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under one of the following: 25 26 "NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED" is assigned when there are no notations or 27 comments on the submittal. When returned under this code the Contractor may 28 release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. 29 30 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED" is assigned when notations or comments have 31 been made on the submittal pointing out minor discrepancies as compared with 32 the Contract Documents. Resubmittal or confirmation is not necessary prior to 33 release for manufacturing. 34 35 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED - CONFIRM." This combination of codes is 36 assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments is required by the 37 Contractor. The Contractor may release the equipment or material for 38 manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into 39 the final product. This confirmation is to address the omissions and/or 40 nonconforming items that were noted. Only the items to be "confirmed" need to 41 be resubmitted. 42 43 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED - RESUBMIT." This combination of codes is 44 assigned when a resubmittal is required by the Contractor. The Contractor may 45 release that portion of the equipment or material for manufacture for which there 46 were no corrections noted; however, all notations and comments must be SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-6 09/06/17 • • • • • • • • • • • • a • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • r • • • • • 1 • 1 incorporated into the final submittal. This resubmittal is to address the • 2 omissions and/or nonconforming items that were noted. • 3 4 "REJECTED - REVISE AS INDICATED AND RESUBMIT." This combination of ID 5 codes is assigned when the submittal is in noncompliance with the Contract ID 6 Documents and must be corrected and the entire package resubmitted. This • 7 code generally means that the equipment or material cannot be released for 8 manufacture unless the Contractor takes full responsibility for providing the ID 9 submitted items in accordance with Contract Documents. • 10 11 "FOR YOUR INFORMATION" is assigned when the package provides ID 12 information of a general nature that may or may not require a response. ID 13 • 14 E. Resubmittals will be handled in the same manner as first submittals. On 15 resubmittals the Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing, on the letter • 16 of transmittal and on resubmitted shop drawings by use of revision triangles or ID 17 other similar methods, to revisions other than the corrections requested by the • 18 Engineer on previous submissions. Any such revisions that are not clearly 19 identified shall be made at the risk of the Contractor. The Contractor shall make ED 20 corrections to any work done because of this type revision that is not in 310 21 accordance to the Contract Documents as may be required by the Engineer. 22 23 F. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to • 24 constitute a change to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give written 25 notice thereof to the Engineer at least seven (7) working days prior to release ID 26 for manufacture. • 27 • 28 G. The Engineer will review a submittal/resubmittal a maximum of two (2) times 29 after which cost of review will be borne by the Contractor. The cost of • 30 engineering shall be as specified in Section 01300 or, if not specified therein, .• 31 shall be equal to the Engineer's charges to the Owner under the terms of the 32 Engineer's agreement with the Owner. 33 • 34 H. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the • 35 Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out the construction in accordance 36 therewith and shall make no further changes therein except upon written • 37 instruction from the Engineer. • 38 39 I. Partial submittals may not be reviewed. The Engineer will be the only judge as ED 40 to the completeness of a submittal. Submittals not complete will be returned to • 41 the Contractor. The Engineer may at his option provide a list or mark the • 42 submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 43 • 44 PART 2 - PRODUCTS • 45 AO46 2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS 47 ID SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-7 09/06/17 1 Final approved shop drawings shall be submitted in electronic format. 2 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 4 5 6 END OF SECTION 7 8 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-8 09/06/17 • • • 4 • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • 4IC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ir faii • • • • • • • • • 1 SECTION 01410 • 2 • 3 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES • 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 • 9 A. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an Independent Testing • 10 Laboratory to perform that geotechnical testing (concrete, compaction) • 11 specifically indicated on the Contract Documents or specified in the 12 Specifications and may at any other time elect to have materials and equipment • 13 tested for conformity with the Contract Documents. • 14 • 15 1. Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution 16 of its required services. • 17 • 18 2. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's 19 obligations to perform the Work of the Contract. • 20 3110 21 B. Contractor shall perform and pay for all other sampling and testing required in 22 the specifications, including: 23 ID 24 1. Various digester cover materials; • 25 2. Digester liquids; ID 27 3. Digester solids; 27 4. Dewatered digester solids; and, • 28 5. Others, as specified or required. • 29 • 30 1.02 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY 31 • 32 A. Laboratory is not authorized to: • 33 34 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract ID 35 Documents. • 36 • 37 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 38 • 39 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. • 40 • 41 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 42 • 43 A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to Work, and to • 44 Manufacturer's operations. eV 45 ID TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES ID 01410-1 09/06/17 • • • 1 B. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational 2 samples of materials proposed to be used and/or that require testing. 3 4 C. Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for 5 concrete, and other materials mixes, which require control by the testing 6 laboratory. 7 8 D. Materials and equipment used in the performance of work under this Contract 9 are subject to inspection and testing at the point of manufacture or fabrication. 10 Standard specifications for quality and workmanship are indicated in the 11 Contract Documents. The Engineer may require the Contractor to provide 12 statements or certificates from the manufacturers and fabricators that the 13 materials and equipment provided by them are manufactured or fabricated in 14 full accordance with the standard specifications for quality and workmanship 15 indicated in the Contract Documents. All costs of this testing and providing 16 statements and certificates shall be a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, 17 and no extra charge to the Owner shall be allowed on account of such testing 18 and certification. 19 20 E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 21 22 1. To provide access to work to be tested. 23 24 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the 25 product to be tested. 26 27 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 28 29 4. Proper storage and curing of test samples. 30 31 F. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the laboratory sufficiently in 32 advance (minimum 48 hours) of operations to allow for laboratory assignment 33 of personnel and scheduling of tests. 34 35 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, 36 reimburse Owner for laboratory personnel and travel expenses incurred 37 due to Contractor's negligence. 38 39 G. Employ and pay for the services of the same or a separate, equally qualified 40 independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and 41 testing required for the Contractor's convenience and as approved by the 42 Engineer. 43 44 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 45 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 46 END OF SECTION TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410-2 09/06/17 • • • lit t • t • • • • • • • • • • • • IIC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Eh • • • • • 0 • • 1 0 1 SECTION 01500 • 2 • 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES • 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 SANITARY FACILITIES • 8 9 A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary facilities at the site, as provided herein, • 10 for the needs of all construction workers and others performing work or • 11 furnishing services on the Project. 12 • 13 B. Temporary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained • 14 throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the • 15 greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at 16 least one toilet will be furnished for each 20 persons. The Contractor shall • 17 enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. • 18 • 19 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 20 31, 21 A. Contractor shall conduct his work to interfere as little as possible with public 22 travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, 23 obstruct, or close roads, driveways and walks, whether public or private, • 24 Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or • 25 other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private travel, • 26 and shall give reasonable notice to owners of private drives before interfering 27 with them. Driveway access to commercial properties shall be maintained at all • 28 times. Such maintenance of traffic shall not be required when Contractor has • 29 obtained permission from the owner and tenant of private property, or from the • 30 authority having jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at 31 the designated point. At all times, the Contractor shall perform the Work in • 32 accordance with the permits and easement agreements. • 33 34 B. Traffic control shall be in accordance with DOT Roadway and Traffic Design • 35 Standards for Traffic Control Through Work Zones. All local Traffic Regulations • 36 shall be followed. • 37 38 C. In making open -cut street crossings, the Contractor shall not block more than • 39 one-half of the street at a time. Whenever possible, Contractor shall widen the • 40 shoulder on the opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Temporary surfacing shall 4111141 be provided as necessary on shoulders. 42 • 43 1.03 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS • 44 MP 45 A. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares that are closed to 46 traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed fli TEMPORARY FACILITES 01500-1 09/06/17 111 • 1 acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest 2 intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. 3 4 B. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, signs, 5 and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions such as 6 material piles and equipment shall be provided with similar warning signs and 7 lights. Contractor shall be responsible for public safety within the construction 8 area. 9 10 C. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from 11 sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside 12 public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and 13 inconvenience to the traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other 14 protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with 15 applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway rights - 16 of -way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereof. 17 18 D. Open trenches and other excavations shall not be left open over weekends and 19 holidays, or greater than one calendar day, except during extreme weather 20 conditions. 21 22 1.04 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY 23 24 A. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground 25 pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or 26 otherwise affected by his construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, 27 driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other 28 surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and 29 shrubs in yards and parking areas, shall be restored to their original condition, 30 whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be made with 31 new materials. 32 33 1.05 PARKING 34 35 A. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all 36 construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in 37 connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking personal 38 vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Owner's operations, or 39 construction activities, where indicated on the drawings or directed by the 40 Engineer. 41 42 1.06 DUST CONTROL 43 44 A. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth 45 surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water or by application of a 46 chemical dust suppressant. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be TEMPORARY FACILITES 01500-2 09/06/17 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 e 1 covered when practicable to prevent blowing. • 2 • 3 B. Buildings or operating facilities that may be adversely affected by dust shall be . 4 adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument 5 panels or similar equipment, shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper • 6 ventilation shall be included with dust screens. • 7 ill 8 1.07 SWEEPING 9 • 10 A. The Contractor shall sweep loose material from all pavement at the end of each • 11 workday. 12 • 13 1.08 POLLUTION CONTROL • 14 . 15 A. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary 16 wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction II 17 activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any drain or watercourse • 18 other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other substance will be • 19 permitted to enter sanitary sewers and reasonable measures will be taken to 20 prevent such materials from entering any drain or watercourse. 3, 21 22 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) 23 • 24 PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) • 25 • 26 27 • 28 END OF SECTION • 29 • • • • • TEMPORARY FACILITES • 01500-3 09/06/17 • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 2 TEMPORARY FACILITES 01500-4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 09/06/17 • • • • • 1 SECTION 01505 • 2 0 3 MOBILIZATION . 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL f 6 - 7 1.01 DEFINITION AND SCOPE • 8 9 A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all permits, insurance, and bonds; ID 10 moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, • 11 temporary facilities, and other construction facilities; all as required for the 12 proper performance and completion of the Work. Mobilization shall include, but • 13 not be limited to, the following principal items: • 14 • 15 1. Move onto the site all plant and equipment required for first month's 16 operations. 0 17 • 18 2. Install temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 4111 19 20 3. Establish fire protection plan and safety program. 31, 21 22 4. Secure construction water supply. 23 • 24 5. Provide on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities. • 25 • 26 6. Arrange for and erect Contractor's work and storage yard and 27 employees' parking facilities. 0 28 ED 29 7. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds. . 30 31 8. Obtain all required permits. II 32 • 33 9. Post all OSHA, Environmental Protection Agency, Department of Labor, • 34 and all other required notices. 35 • 36 10. Have superintendent at the job site full time. • 37 38 11. Submit a detailed construction schedule acceptable to the Engineer. ID 39 0 40 12. If required, erect project construction sign(s). . 41 42 13. Submit a finalized schedule of values of the Work acceptable to the II 43 Owner. 311 44 45 14. Submit a finalized schedule of submittals. 46 i MOBILIZATION ID 01505-1 09/06/17 • • • • • • i 1 15. Construct, maintain, and restore temporary access and haul roads. 2 3 16. Provide a continuous color audio -videotape recording of existing 4 conditions. 5 6 PART 2 — PRODUCT (Not Used) 7 8 PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) . 9 10 11 • 12 END OF SECTION 13 • • • d flb • • el MOBILIZATION 01505-2 09/06/17 • • • • • i fib 1 SECTION 01510 2 i 3 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 4 II 5 PART 1 - GENERAL I 6 • 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED II8 9 A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction, • 10 remove on completion of Work. SI 11 12 1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES II 13 II 14 A. Comply with National Electric Code, NEMA, and UL standards. ill 15 16 B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and regulations and with utility • 17 company requirements. a 18 • 19 C. Comply with Pinellas County Health Department Regulations. 20 3, 21 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 22 23 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL 24 i 25 A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required i 26 usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of 27 applicable codes and standards. i 28 ID 29 2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING II 31 31 A. Arrange with utility company and Owner to provide service required for power II 32 and lighting, and pay all costs for service and for power used in the construction, III 33 testing and trial operation prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner. 34 All cost associated with obtaining temporary and permanent power shall be at 4111 35 Contractor expense. • 36 II 37 B. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not 38 adequate for work, and for areas accessible to the public. i 39 40 C. Provide additional power service and distribution service for exclusive use of # 41 the industrial hygiene components. Dedicated 15 amp, 120 volt circuits with 42 ground fault interrupt equipped receptacles will be required. ft 43 i 44 2.03 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE 45 • TEMPORARY UTILITES 01510-1 09/06/17 S • S 1 A. Arrange with local telephone service -company to provide direct line telephone 2 service at the construction site for the use by personnel and employees. 0 3 i 4 B. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges. 5 fib 6 C. In lieu of direct telephone service, provide cellular phone service for site is 7 superintendent(s). 0 8 ED 2.04 TEMPORARY WATER 10 Ill 11 A. The Contractor shall install at each connection to the local water supply system - 12 a backflow preventer and meter meeting local utility requirements. i 13 14 B. The Contractor shall pay for all temporary water facilities, including the backflow ID 15 preventers and meters, and the actual amount of water used during i 16 construction. 17 • 18 C. The Contractor shall supply hot and cold water to the decontamination unit in 0 19 accordance with Section 01563. Hot water shall be available at a minimum of III 100 degrees F. 21 22 2.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 411C 23 24 A. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. lb 25 i 26 B. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures. - 27 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION • 29 610 30 3.01 GENERAL 31 Ili 32 A. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. al as • III 33 III 34 B. Modify and extend systems as work progress requires. i 35 36 C. Allow the Owner and Engineer reasonable use of all temporary utilities. lb 37 II 38 3.02 REMOVAL 5 39 40 A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no 5 41 longer required as determined by the Engineer. 42 II 43 B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary • 44 facilities. AD 45 WI 46 END OF SECTION TEMPORARY UTILITES II 01510-2 09/06/17 S 41, S lb r r 1 SECTION 01640 r 2 r 3 QUALITY CONTROL . 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 7 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES � 8 9 A. Quality assurance and control of installation. r 10 . 11 B. References. 12 ✓ 13 C. Field samples. r 14 ID 15 D. Mock-up. 16 ID 17 E. Inspection and testing laboratory services. r 18 • 19 F. Manufacturers' field services and reports. 20 3) 21 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 22 23 A. Section 01090 - Reference Standards. r 24 III 25 B. Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. Eli 26 27 1.03 REFERENCES r 28 • 29 A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner Bids. 30 . 31 B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request r 32 clarification for Engineer before proceeding. III 33 34 C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered r 35 from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any r 36 reference document. • 37 38 1.04 FIELD SAMPLES r 39 i 40 A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections ID 42 for review. 42 • 43 B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. fri_Amk 44 MP45 C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area 46 after field sample has been accepted by Engineer. lb 01640-1 CONTROL 01640-1 09/06/17 r • • • • 1 2 1.05 MOCK-UP • 3 • 4 A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. - 5 6 B. Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage • 7 devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. 5 8 9 C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area II 10 after mock-up has been accepted by Engineer. 11111 11 5 12 1.06 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES • 13 14 A. Contractor shall employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform III 15 inspection and testing. II 16 17 B. The independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services IA 18 specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Engineer. 1111 19 20 C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, in duplicate, fib 21 indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or 22 non-compliance with Contract Documents. 23 II D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, 25 equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 0 26 II 27 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 48 hours prior to expected time for . 28 operations requiring services. 29 • 30 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional fli 31 samples and tests required for Contractor's use. 32 III 33 E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall 5 34 be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. 35 Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by deducting inspection II 36 or testing charges from the Contract Price. 5 37 5 38 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 5 39 40 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 5 41 GO 42 43 END OF SECTION • 44 45 4 QUALITY CONTROL 01640-2 i 09/06/17 S S S II 111 • II I lb 1 SECTION 01700 • 2 • 3 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED lb8 9 A. Comply with requirements stated in General Conditions and in Specifications • 10 for administrative procedures in closing out the Work. . 11 12 B. Electronic Shop Drawings and O&M Manuals • 13 • 14 1. The Contractor shall furnish final approved Shop Drawings and ill 15 Operations and Maintenance Data in electronic ".pdf" format for all 16 equipment furnished under all Specification Sections in Divisions 11, 12, • 17 13, 14, 15 and 16. • 18 19 2. The Contractor shall organize all electronic Shop Drawings and • 20 Operations and Maintenance Data by specification division and section ao21 number, and submit two (2) copies on compact disk media (CDROM). 22 23 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION • 24 • 25 A. When Contractor considers the Work is substantially complete, he shall submit GI 27 to the Engineer: 27 • 28 1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is • 29 substantially complete. 30 • 31 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected. • 32 • 33 B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Engineer will make an 34 inspection to determine the status of completion. • 35 • 36 C. Should the Engineer determine that the Work is not substantially complete: 111 37 38 1. The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing, giving the • 39 reasons therefore. • 40 41 2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second ill 42 written notice of substantial completion to the Engineer. II 43 • 44 3. The Engineer will re -inspect the Work. NV45 46 D. When the Engineer finds that the Work is substantially complete, he will: II CONTRACT CLOSEOUT ID 01700-1 09/06/17 • 1 2 1. Prepare and deliver to Owner a tentative Certificate of Substantial fib 3 Completion with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected IIII 4 before final payment. • 5 6 2. After consideration of any objections made by the Owner as provided in lb 7 General Conditions, and when the Engineer considers the Work • 8 substantially complete, he will execute and deliver to the Owner and the w 9 Contractor a definite Certificate of Substantial Completion with a revised 10 tentative list of items to be completed or corrected. II 11 i 12 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION 13 • 14 A. When Contractor considers all the Work to be complete, he shall submit written • 15 certification that: • 16 17 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. • 18 fri 19 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. IIle 21 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 22 23 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's • 24 representative and are operational. 25 • 26 5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. . 27 28 B. The Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with 0 29 reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. 0 30 IP C. Should the Engineer consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: 32 • 33 1. The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the i 34 incomplete or defective work. • 35 36 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, • 37 and send a second written certification to the Engineer that the Work is • 38 complete. 39 5 40 3. The Engineer will re -inspect the Work. 5 41 - 42 D. When the Engineer finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract 43 Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals. S 44 45 1.03 PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ACCEPTANCE4 46 • • • • CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2 09/06/17 • • S S • • • I • 1 A. For the purpose of construction phasing and for the commencement of the • 2 warranty period for equipment, the Owner shall accept Partial Substantial • 3 Completion of process systems. Partial Substantial Completion shall be 41111 4 allowed for a complete process system only, or combination of process systems 5 working together, and the Owner shall only consider for partial substantial • 6 completion those systems as specified herein. • 7 • 8 B. The following general requirements must be completed prior to the Owner 9 accepting partial substantial completion of a system. Owner shall accept stand- • 10 alone ancillary systems for consideration of partial substantial acceptance. • 11 12 1. An equipment manufacturer representative shall be present for all initial • 13 start-up and testing and all other start-up and testing as required in the • 14 equipment specifications in Division 11. • 15 16 2. The Contractor shall provide training of Owner personnel in the operation • 17 of new equipment, according to the equipment specifications outlined in • 18 Divisions 1 and 11. 11111 19 20 3. Contractor shall provide Operating and Maintenance Data to the Owner lo21 as specified elsewhere. 22 23 4. All electrical equipment including controls, conduit, wiring and safety • 24 interlocks for each piece of equipment as shown on the Drawings must • 25 be completed as outlined in Divisions 13 and 16. • 26 27 5. All Control System equipment must be installed and operational for the • 28 system that is being tested for partial substantial completion as outlined • 29 in Divisions 13 and 16. • 30 31 6. All inlet and discharge piping must be connected and tested for each • 32 system that is being tested for partial substantial completion in • 33 compliance with Division 01. 34 • 35 7. Certifications of Proper Installation shall be furnished, along with spare • 36 parts, calibration certificates, and the results of all tests. • 37 38 1.05 RE -INSPECTION FEES • 39 • 40 A. Should the Engineer perform re -inspections, due to failure of the Work, to III41 comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor: 42 • 43 1. Owner will compensate the Engineer for such additional services. ao 44 45 2. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final 46 payment to the Contractor. • CONTRACT CLOSEOUT • 01700-3 09/06/17 • • • • • • s 1 • 2 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ENGINEER 11. 3 • 4 A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities. • 5 6 B. Project Record Documents. • 7 lb 8 C. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens. II9 10 D. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations. 0 11 5 12 E. Contractor's Final Affidavit. • 13 14 F. Lien Waivers from Subcontractors and Suppliers. • 15 • 16 G. Consent of Surety from the bonding company. 17 • 18 H. Contractor's Guarantee. 5 19 ID 1.07 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS 2122 22 A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Engineer. 23 41.24 B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: 25 III 26 1. The original Contract Sum. . 27 28 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: 0 29 ill 30 a. Previous Change Orders. 31 ID 32 b. Unit Prices. • 33 fit 34 c. Deductions for uncorrected Work. 35 36 d. Penalties and Bonuses. • 37 5 38 e. Deductions for liquidated damages. 39 0 40 f. Deductions for re -inspection payments. • 41 . 42 g. Other adjustments. 43 0 44 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 454 46 4. Payments. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-4 0 09/06/17 0 0 0 0 • • •1 • 2 5. Sum remaining due. • 3 • 4 C. Engineer will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to 5 the Contract Sum, which were not previously made by Change Orders. • 6 • 7 1.08 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT • 8 9 A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with • 10 procedures and requirements stated in the General Conditions. - 11 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) • 13 • 14 PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) II 15 16 END OF SECTION • 17 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t 311 • • • • • CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-5 09/06/17 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 2 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-6 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 • 09/06/17 • • • • • • • 1 di 1 SECTION 01720 • 2 0 3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS fib4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL ID 6 f 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED III 8 9 A. Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of: O 10 - 11 1. Drawings 12 • 13 2. Specifications III 14 • 15 3. Addenda 16 ID 17 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract - 18 19 5. Engineer's Field Orders or written instructions • 20 3, 21 22 6. Approved Shop Drawings, Working Drawings and Samples 23 7. Field Test Records 0 24 II 25 8. Construction Photographs, if provided ID 27 27 9. Detailed progress schedule i 28 • 29 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES • 30 31 A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents • 32 used for construction. • 33 GI 35 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 35 • 36 2. Provide locked cabinet of secure storage space for storage of samples. . 37 38 B. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI format. ID 39 IA 40 C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not II 42 use record documents for construction purposes. 42 • 43 D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the 44 45 Engineer. • PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 411101720-1 09/06/17 1 E. As a pre -requisite for monthly progress payments, the Contractor is to exhibit 2 the currently updated "record documents" for review by the Engineer and 3 Owner. 4 5 1.03 MARKING DEVICES 6 7 A. Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the color code 8 designated by the Engineer. 9 10 1.04 RECORDING 11 12 A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. 13 14 B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 15 16 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. 17 18 C. Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction: 19 20 1. Depths of various elements of finished grade. 21 22 2. Denote all demolished underground piping elevations and dimensions; 23 all changes to piping location; horizontal and vertical locations of 24 underground utilities and appurtenances, all referenced to permanent 25 surface improvements. 26 27 3. Locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the 28 construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the 29 structure. 30 31 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 32 33 5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 34 35 6. Details not on original Contract Documents. 36 37 7. Equipment and piping relocations. 38 39 8. Major architectural and structural changes including relocation of doors, 40 windows, etc. 41 42 9. Architectural schedule changes according to Contractor's records and 43 shop drawings. 44 45 D. Specifications and Addenda; legibly mark each Section to record: PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-2 09/06/17 • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • 1111 r • • • i r 1 • 2 1. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. • 3 ID 4 5 E. Shop Drawings (after final review and approval): • 6 1. One (1) electronic copy in ".pdf format of shop drawings. . • 7 • 8 1.05 SUBMITTAL 9 • 10 A. At contract close-out, deliver Record Documents to the Engineer for the Owner. • 11 12 B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: • 13 • 14 1. Date, 0 15 16 2. Project title and number, • 17 • 18 3. Contractor's name and address, 1111 19 20 4. Title and number of each Record Document, and lho 21 22 5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. • 23 24 • 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) • 26 27 II 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) • 29 4111 30 31 END SECTION ID 32 • lb • • • • • r • • • PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-3 09/06/17 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-4 09/06/17 • • • 4 . • • r • • • Is • • r so • a • 4 . • i • • • t • • • • • • • • 4 t • t •• 0 0 0 I • 1 SECTION 02050 2 • 3 DEMOLITION • 4 4111 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK III 8 II 10 A. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of or salvage existing structures, 10 piping, conduits, electrical equipment, mechanical equipment, and II 11 appurtenances or portions thereof, as shown on the Drawings and specified • 12 herein or required to complete the project. 13 II 14 B. All materials designated for disposal shall, when released by the Engineer, • 15 become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site and . 16 17 lawfully disposed of by the Contractor. • 18 C. All materials designated to be salvaged shall be carefully removed and stored • 19 in a designated location on site. • 20 21 D. The following surveys and reports were performed for this project and are a) 22 attached in the Appendix to these specifications. 23 • A Report on the NESHAP Demolition Survey, Sampling and Evaluation of • 24 Asbestos -Containing Materials, prepared by Greenfield Environmental, Inc., • 25 May 30, 2013. 111 26 27 • Asbestos Renovation, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey report, • 28 prepared by Terracon Consultants, Inc., January 16, 2014. • 29 • 30 • A follow up survey was conducted by Terracon on September 5, 2014. An 31 addendum to the original report was issued on September 22, 2014 and is • 32 attached in the Appendix to these specifications. • 33 III 35 E. The reports listed in Paragraph 1.01D indicate that, at a minimum, some of the 35 asbestos containing materials at this site are regulated. As such, the site is • 36 considered a Regulated Asbestos Containing Materials Site (RACM). RACM • 37 sites require that the asbestos material be abated prior to all other work on the 38 project. Further requirements regarding asbestos testing and abatement are • 39 discussed in Section 02080. • 40 . 41 F. It is not known whether any materials comprising the digester floating cover 42 contain asbestos or other toxic/regulated materials. Sampling and testing shall III 43 be performed on the digester cover components as described in Section 01014 21) DEMOLITION • 02050-1 09/06/17 1111 • • • 1 prior to demolition, and demolition shall proceed based on the results of the 2 testing. 3 G. It is not known whether the existing structures to be demolished are supported 4 on foundation piles. The foundation piles, if found to be existing, are to remain 5 and no additional payment will be made for demolishing the structures 6 supported by or connected to these piles. The foundation piles are to be located 7 and surveyed in accordance with Section 01014. 8 9 H. Existing conditions are as shown on the drawings and described in Section 10 01014 based on best available information. All bidders shall visit the site and 11 become familiar with existing conditions not shown on the drawings or described 12 in Section 01014. 13 14 1.02 SUBMITTALS 15 16 A. The Contractor shall submit for review, in accordance with Section 01300, a 17 proposed Demolition Plan describing the proposed methods, equipment and 18 operational sequence for demolition. Include coordination for shut-off, 19 temporary services, continuation of service and other applicable items to ensure 20 no interruption of operations except as herein before specified. 21 22 B. The Demolition Plan shall be fully coordinated as described in Sections 01040 23 and 01043, and with the Construction Phasing Plan restrictions specified in 24 Section 01016. 25 26 1. The Contractor shall identify the proposed disposal site(s) for all 27 asbestos containing materials and other regulated materials in the 28 Demolition Plan submittal. 29 30 2. The Contractor shall identify the proposed disposal site(s) for all for 31 treated and untreated wood materials in the Demolition Plan submittal. 32 33 3. Submit shipping receipts or bills of lading for all containers that are 34 hauled away and have Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) or other 35 regulated materials. 36 37 4. Contractor's statement of proposed removal and recycling of steel 38 demolition materials. Statement to include name of proposed recycling 39 subcontractor and financial benefits. 40 41 5. The sequence of work shall be detailed in Demolition Plan and submitted 42 as a shop drawing in accordance with Sections 01016, 01300, and 43 01310. 44 DEMOLITION 02050-2 09/06/17 • • • • 1111S S • • • sr so • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • 310 • 1 6. The Demolition Plan should address the Contractor's response in the 2 event the tank fails before the liquids have been removed. 111 • 3 C. The Contractor shall submit copies of the asbestos surveys listed in Paragraph • 4 1.01D to Pinellas County Solid Waste Management and Pinellas County Air 5 Quality to obtain authorizations and permits and shall perform the Work in ID 6 accordance with said authorizations and permits. • 7 • 8 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS • 10 A. The Contractor shall execute the demolition and removal work to prevent Si 1 damage or injury to structures, occupants thereof and adjacent features which 12 might result from falling debris or other causes, and so as not to interfere with • 13 the use, and free and safe passage to and from adjacent structures. • 14 II 16 B. Closing or obstructing of roadways adjacent to the work by the placement or 16 storage of materials will not be permitted. All operations shall be conducted with • 17 a minimum interference to traffic on these ways. • 18 19 C. The Contractor shall repair damage done to facilities to remain, or any property • 20 belonging to the Owner. 3110 21 22 D. The Contractor shall carry out his operations so as to avoid interference with 23 operations and work in the existing facilities. • 24 • 25 E. At least seven (7) calendar days prior to commencement of a demolition or . 26 removal, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of his proposed removal 27 schedule. No removals shall be started until the schedule is acceptable to the • 28 Owner. • 29 30 1.04 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 5 31 • 32 A. Demolition Work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with 29 CFR 1926- 0 33 34 Subpart T and all other applicable local, state, and federal requirements. • 35 B. Comply with federal, state, and local hauling and disposal regulations. In • 36 addition to the requirements of the General Conditions, Contractor's safety 37 requirements shall conform to all applicable local, state, and federal Ill 38 requirements. • 39 • 40 C. Furnish timely notification of this demolition/alteration project to applicable • 41 federal, state, regional, and local authorities in accordance with 40 CFR 61- 42 Subpart M. • 43 311/ 44 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING DEMOLITION • 02050-3 09/06/17 • • Ill 0 1 2 A. The Work of this Specification shall not commence until Contractor's Demolition 3 Plan has been reviewed by Engineer. 4 5 B. Include the Work of this Specification in the progress schedule, as specified in 6 Section 01310, Construction Schedules. 7 8 C. Work areas are shown on the Contract Drawings. 9 10 1.06 USE OF EXPLOSIVES 11 12 A. Use of explosives for demolition is prohibited. 13 14 1.07 DUST CONTROL 15 16 A. The Contractor shall use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to 17 limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest 18 practical level. Existing electrical and mechanical equipment to remain shall be 19 protected from damage, dust, and debris. 20 21 1.08 REFERENCES 22 23 A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this Section: 24 25 1. Air -Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) Guideline K, 26 Containers for Recovered Non-flammable Fluorocarbon Refrigerants. 27 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A10.6, Safety 28 Requirements for Demolition Operations. 29 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Code of 30 Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 29 Part 1926—Occupational Safety and 31 Health Regulations for Construction. 32 4. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), U.S. Code of Federal 33 Regulations (CFR), Title 40: 34 a. Part 61—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 35 Pollutants. 36 b. Part 82—Protection of Stratospheric Ozone. 37 c. Part 273—Standards for Universal Waste Management. 38 39 1.09 DEFINITIONS 40 41 A. ACM: Asbestos -containing material. 42 43 B. Demolition: Dismantling, razing, destroying, or wrecking of any fixed building or 44 structure or any part thereof. 45 DEMOLITION 02050-4 09/06/17 S • r • al S S • • • • • • • • IIC • • • • • • • • . 1 C. Modify: Provide all necessary material and labor to modify an existing item to 2 the condition indicated or specified. IIIr 4 D. Relocate: Remove, protect, clean and reinstall equipment, including electrical, • 5 instrumentation, and all ancillary components required to make the equipment 6 fully functional, to the new location identified on the Drawings. • 7 ID 8 E. Renovation/Alteration: Modifying/changing an existing building by changing . 9 systems, layout, or appurtenances. 10 S 11 F. Salvage/Salvageable: Remove and deliver, to the specified location(s), the - 12 equipment, building materials, or other items so identified to be saved from 13 destruction, damage, or waste; such property to remain that of Owner. Unless • 14 otherwise specified, title to items identified for demolition shall revert to 0 15 Contractor. • 16 17 G. Steel Building: Steel building envelope consisting of rigid frame primary steel, • 18 steel girts, purlins, corrugated steel panels, and steel columns. . 19 . 20 H. Recycle: Remove, protect, and handle demolished items for recycling by a third 21 party entity, as approved by Owner. 31)22 23 I. Universal Waste Lamp: In accordance with 40 CFR 273, the bulb or tube portion • 24 of an electric lighting device, examples of which include, but are not limited to, 25 fluorescent, high-intensity discharge, neon, mercury vapor, high pressure • 26 sodium, and metal halide lamps. II 27 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) • 29 • 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 32 3.01 GENERAL II 33 • 34 A. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall check all underground and • 35 exposed existing utility and process piping and all equipment in any way 36 associated or in the proximity to the items to be removed and shall verify that IP 37 the piping is inactive (abandoned) and that electric power to equipment, lighting, • 38 controls, etc., has been permanently disconnected. Active services shall be 39 brought to the attention of the Owner for proper action. 0 40 III 41 B. The Contractor shall collect and analyze samples of the digester cover and the IS 42 digester liquid contents in accordance with Sections 01014 and 01016. 43 • 44 C. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of the foliage growing in the tank and 3. 45 on the digester tank cover. DEMOLITION II 02050-5 09/06/17 • • . . 0 41: 1 . 2 D. Asbestos must be surveyed and abated by an Abatement Contractor that is 3 licensed through the Florida Department of Business and Professional r 4 Regulation. The Contractor shall obtain the services of a licensed Abatement ! 5 Contractor for all asbestos testing and abatement for the project as required. . 6 7 3.06 UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL IP 8 • 9 A. Any equipment, piping, and appurtenances removed without proper . 10 authorization, shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to 11 the Owner. r 12 . 13 3.07 SALVAGED ITEMS 14 ID 15 A. Items to be salvaged shall be tagged and shall remain the property of the 111 16 Owner. The Contractor shall carefully move salvaged equipment to an Owner • 17 designated location. 18 ID 19 3.08 DEMOLITION . 20 21 A. All materials and equipment shown on the Drawings to be removed or gi 22 demolished shall become the property of the Contractor, with the exception of 23 items tagged by the Owner to be salvaged. Prior to removal of any existing 24 equipment or piping from the site of work, the Contractor shall ascertain from 25 the Engineer whether or not the particular item or items are to be salvaged. The • 26 Contractor shall dispose of all demolition materials, equipment, debris and all 411 27 other items off the project site and in conformance with all existing applicable • 28 laws and regulations. 29 ill 30 3.09 STRUCTURAL REMOVALS • 31 32 A. The Contractor shall remove structures to the lines and grades shown, unless 1111 33 otherwise indicated by the Engineer. ill 34 • 35 B. All wood, concrete, brick, tile, concrete block, roofing materials, reinforcement, 36 structural or miscellaneous metals, plaster, wire mesh and other items IIII 37 contained in or upon the structure shall be removed and taken from the project4111 38 site. These items shall not be used in backfill. 39 40 3.10 MECHANICAL REMOVALS III 41 . 42 A. Mechanical removals shall consist of dismantling and removing of existing 43 piping, equipment and other appurtenances as shown or required for the 110 44 completion of the work. It shall include cutting, capping and plugging as ID 45 required. DEMOLITION 02050-6 09/06/17 • . • • • • • 31 • 2 • 3 • 4 • 6 • 7 • 8 • 10 • 11 • 12 13 • 14 • 15 16 • 17 • 18 • 19 20 • 21 311 22 23 24 • 25 • 26 27 • 28 • 29 . 30 31 • 32 • 33 • 34 • • • • • • it B. Wherever piping is to be removed, adjacent pipe headers that are to remain in service shall be blanked off or plugged and then anchored in an acceptable manner. 3.11 ELECTRICAL REMOVALS A. Electrical removals shall consist of the removal of conduits and wires, and miscellaneous electrical equipment all as shown, specified or required to perform the work. 3.12 REPAIR WORK A. Certain areas of existing structures, piping, conduits, and the like will be affected by work necessary to complete modifications under this Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible to rehabilitate those areas affected by its construction activities. B. All debris, materials, piping, and miscellaneous waste products from the work described in this section shall be removed from the project as soon as possible. They shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations. The Contractor is responsible for determining these regulations and shall bear all costs or retain any profit associated with disposal of these items. 3.13 CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall remove from the project site all debris resulting from the demolition and removal operations as it accumulates. Upon completion of the demolition work, all materials, equipment, waste and debris of every sort shall be removed and the premises shall be left clean, neat and orderly. END OF SECTION DEMOLITION • 02050-7 • • • • 09/06/17 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DEMOLITION 02050-8 09/06/17 • • • 4c • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 10 • 1 SECTION 02080 2 • 3 ASBESTOS REMOVAL ill 4 III5 6 PART 1 - GENERAL II 7 • 8 1.01 GENERAL 9 e 10 A. Prior to starting asbestos removal, the Contractor's equipment, work area and • 11 decontamination units shall be inspected by the Engineer. . 12 13 B. All loose asbestos material removed in the work area shall be adequately • 14 wetted, bagged, sealed and labeled properly before personnel breaks or end II 15 of shift. . 16 17 C. All plastic sheeting, tape, cleaning material, clothing and all other disposable ! 18 material or items used in the work area shall be packed into sealable plastic 0 19 bags (6 mil minimum) and treated as contaminated material. III 21 21 D. All material shall be double -bagged. 30 22 23 E. All excess water shall be combined with removed material or other absorptive 24 material and properly disposed of per EPA regulations. Contractor shall not III 25 place water in storm drains, onto lawns, or into surface waters of any kind. 0 26 . 27 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 28 • 29 A. The scope of work for this project shall consist of the removal and disposal of II 30 asbestos -containing materials (ACM) including, but not limited, to gaskets, roof 31 flashing, caulking, and heater insulation materials at the City of Clearwater's III 32 Marshall St. WRF in Clearwater, Florida. Additional ACM may be identified by ID 33 further testing by the Contractor of the materials comprising the digester cover. w 34 • 35 B. The work as defined herein shall be performed using means and methods to 36 minimize fiber release during ACM removal. • 37 . 38 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 39 II 40 PART 3 — EXECUTION • 41 II 43 3.01 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIAL 43 O 44 A. Removal of asbestos containing materials: all 45 46 1. Spray asbestos -containing materials with a fine mist of amended water S ASBESTOS REMOVAL 02080-1 09/06/17 11 flb 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 prior to removal procedures. Do not over saturate to cause excess dripping. Mist asbestos containing materials continuously during the removal process. 2. Carefully remove manageable sections of asbestos -containing materials and place it directly into bags for disposal. Do not allow asbestos debris to accumulate on floor. 3. Contractor shall continue misting asbestos -containing materials with amended water throughout the removal process. 4. Contractor shall take all precautions necessary not to allow asbestos - containing material to free fall to the floor. Asbestos -containing materials may not free fall more than ten feet. B. Disposal of Asbestos Containing Materials 1. Properly transport and dispose of asbestos containing materials in accordance with Section 02084 and all laws and regulations. END OF SECTION ASBESTOS REMOVAL 02080-2 09/06/17 • • • 11 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • r • • • it • • • • 1110 • 1 SECTION 02084 2 • 3 DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS • 4 • 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 GENERAL • 8 • 9 A. Asbestos is considered a Class III waste according to 62-701 F.A.C. It is 10 subject to NESHAP 40 CFR Part 61 Subpart M. It may be disposed of at a • 11 Class I or Class III Landfill. It may not be disposed of at a Construction and • 12 Demolition Debris (C&D) Landfill. 13 • 14 B. All asbestos materials and miscellaneous contaminated debris shall be • 15 properly sealed and protected, and the loadout vehicle/dumpster shall be • 16 locked while located on the facility site and then transported to a pre - 17 designated disposal site in accordance with 40 CFR 61.150 and DOT 49 CFR • 18 Parts 100-399. • 19 • 20 C. An enclosed vehicle shall be used to haul waste material to the disposal site. 21 No rental vehicles or trailers shall be used. Vehicle selection, vehicle covers I22 and work practices shall assure that no asbestos becomes airborne during the 23 loading, transport and unloading activity, and that material is placed in the • 24 waste site without breaking any seals. 25 • 26 D. Waste disposal polyethylene bags (6 mil) and containers, non -porous • 27 (steel/plastic) drums or equivalent, with labels, appropriate for storing asbestos 28 waste during transportation to the disposal site shall be used. In addition to the • 29 OSHA labeling requirements, all containers shall be labeled with the name of • 30 the waste generator and the location at which the waste was generated. • 31 32 E. The Contractor shall transport the containers and bags of waste material to the • 33 approved waste disposal site. The sealed plastic bags shall be placed into the • 34 burial site unless the bags have been broken or damaged. Upon the landfill's • 35 approval damaged bags shall be left in the non -porous containers and the 36 entire contaminated package shall be buried. Uncontaminated containers may • 37 be reused. • 38 39 F. Workers loading and unloading the asbestos shall wear respirators and • 40 disposable clothing when handling material. Asbestos warning signs shall be • 41 posted during loading and unloading of asbestos waste. 42 ID 43 G. The Contractor shall use Waste Shipment Record for disposal records as per • 44 40 CFR 61.150 and distribute a copy of all waste shipment records to the 16 45 Owner and the Engineer after the completion of the project. • DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS -CONTAINING WASTE MATERIAL 02084-1 09/06/17 IIII GI • • 1 2 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 4 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 6 7 END OF SECTION 8 DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS -CONTAINING WASTE MATERIAL 02084-2 09/06/17 • • • s • 4111 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • tt • • • • • • • 3° • 1 SECTION 02085 2 • 3 OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL • 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL • 6 • 7 1.01 FLUORESCENT LIGHT BULBS • 8 9 A. The Contractor shall remove fluorescent lighting fixtures and fluorescent light • 10 bulb debris and segregate them from other waste generated during the • 11 asbestos abatement phase of the project. Once segregated, the Contractor • 12 shall remove the fluorescent bulbs (intact) from the light fixture and move them 13 to a designated bulb disposal area. Bulbs and bulb debris shall be disposed • 14 of utilizing a device specifically designed for the crushing and disposal of • 15 fluorescent light bulbs. This device shall allow for the bulbs to be crushed and • 16 deposited into a container (drum) with minimal exposure to workers performing 17 the task. Workers shall be properly protected to minimize exposure to • 18 mercury. Workers shall be monitored to verify that the PEL for mercury • 19 exposure is not exceeded. Drums of crushed light bulbs shall be disposed of • 20 as hazardous waste. Contractor shall submit landfill receipts for all hazardous 21 waste generated on this project to the Engineer at the completion of the 310 22 project. This work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable 23 federal, state, and local regulations. 24 • 25 1.02 PCB BALLASTS AND SPIN TOP ENCLOSURE PUMPS • 26 • 27 A. Once the fluorescent light bulbs have been removed from the light fixtures, the 28 Contractor shall remove ballasts suspected of containing Polychlorinated • 29 Biphenyls (PCBs). These ballasts shall be removed intact and packaged for • 30 disposal. Workers shall be properly protected to minimize exposure to PCBs. III 31 Suspect PCB containing ballast shall be disposed of as hazardous waste. 32 Contractor shall submit landfill receipts for all hazardous waste generated on • 33 this project to the Engineer at the completion of the project. This work shall be • 34 performed in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local 35 regulations. Once light bulbs and ballast have been removed, the light fixtures • 36 shall be disposed of as asbestos -contaminated waste. • 37 - 38 1.03 LEAD -CONTAINING PAINT 39 • 40 A. Paint identified to be at or above the detection limit is considered to be lead • 41 paint. Workers shall be properly protected to minimize exposure to lead. 1111 42 Contractor shall comply with 29 CFR 1926.62 and all other applicable federal, 43 state and local laws and regulations pertaining to lead. • 44 a) 45 OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL 02085-1 09/06/17 • • • • • 1 1.04 MERCURY THERMOSTATS AND SWITCHES 2 3 A. Mercury thermostats shall be placed in sealed, vapor -tight drums (55 -gallons 4 or Tess) for disposal as mercury -containing hazardous waste and shall be 5 classified as RCRA characteristic hazardous waste (Note: thermostats can be 6 co -mingled with broken fluorescent lamps as appropriate). Suspect mercury 7 containing devices shall be disposed of as hazardous waste. Contractor shall 8 submit landfill receipts for all hazardous waste generated on this project to the 9 Engineer at the completion of the project. 10 11 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) 12 13 PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used) 14 15 16 17 END OF SECTION OTHER HAZARbOUS MATERIALS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL 02085-2 09/06/17 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 41C • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • it - - • • - • • 111 311 • 1 SECTION 02125 2 al 3 SILT BARRIERS • 4 5 PART 1 — GENERAL • 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK • 8 9 A. The work included under this section consists of furnishing all necessary labor, • 10 equipment, tools and materials, and in performing all operations in connection 11 with the installation of a staked silt barrier, of cloth or straw bales, or a floating silt • 12 barrier for the protection of open water, wetland systems or areas intended to 13 remain undisturbed by adjoining work. • 14 • 15 B. This work shall be performed in strict accordance with the requirements of all • 16 applicable sections of these specifications and in conformity with lines, grades, 17 notes and typical sections as shown on the drawings, as directed by the Engineer 18 or as directed by representatives of governmental agencies having permitting • 19 jurisdiction over areas to be protected. 20 • 21 PART 2 — PRODUCTS I22 23 2.01 STAKED FABRIC SILT BARRIER 24 • 25 A. The sediment control fabric is to be woven polypropylene meeting the following • 26 standards: . 27 28 Mullen Burst Test (ASTM D-3786) 200 psi (min.) • 29 Grab Elongation (ASTM D-1682) 30% (max.) • 30 Slurry Flow Rate (VTM-51) 0.3 gpm/sf (min.) • 31 Retention Efficiency (VTM-51) 75% (min.) 32 33 B. The fabric shall be provided in widths adequate to provide a barrier of a minimum • 34 of 24 inches in height and allow for 8 inches of fabric to be buried for restraint. 35 • 36 PART 3 — EXECUTION • 37 • 38 3.01 STAKED CLOTH SILT BARRIER 39 • 40 A. The sediment control fabric shall be attached per the manufacturer's 41 recommendations to the uphill or sediment producing side of the stakes. The . 42 stakes shall be spaced at 6 to 10 foot intervals. A 4" to 6" trench shall be dug 43 along the fence line and backfilled with the bottom 10 inches of control fabric in • 44 place. 45 46 B. The ends of each unit of fence shall be connected to adjoining fence sections 47 with a connector provided by the manufacturer or by intertwining the two end • SILT BARRIERS • 02125-1 09/06/17 • • 1 posts to overlap the fabric sufficiently to prevent sediment from escaping, as 2 shown in the Drawings. 3 4 3.02 STAKED STRAW/SYNTHETIC BALES 5 6 A. Securely bound straw/synthetic bales may be used as a sediment barrier. 7 The bales shall be securely bound with two strands of rope or wire. The 8 bales shall be positioned in a 4 inch trench along the plan alignment and 9 each bale is to be secured by driving two 1 "x 2" stakes or #5 rebar through 10 the bale and 6" min. into the ground. The tops of the stakes shall then be 11 secured by a continuous wire tie. 12 13 B. Deteriorated bales shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer. 14 15 3.03 REMOVAL 16 17 A. Upon obtaining Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall be responsible 18 for the complete removal of all silt barriers unless so directed by the 19 Engineer. Following removal, all materials shall become the property of the 20 Contractor. 21 22 23 END OF SECTION • • • • • • • • • SILT BARRIERS • 02125-2 09/06/17 • • • i 1 2 SECTION 02220 i 3 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES i 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 is 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK II 8 III 10 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals 10 necessary to perform all excavation, backfill, fill, and grading for structures i 11 required to complete the work as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. i 12 The work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, excavation for 13 structures, footings, all backfilling and fill; embankment and grading for Ill 14 structures; disposal of waste and surplus materials; and all related work such as II 15 sheeting, bracing and dewatering. Ili 16 17 B. Excess topsoil and fill generated during construction of the project shall be ID 18 stockpiled on site for the Contractors use. All unused excess fill shall be i 19 salvaged/disposed of by the Contractor. i 20 21 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 110 22 23 A. Soil Testing 24 ID 25 1. Prior to the general placement of fill, and during such placement, the i 26 Engineer may select areas within the limits of the fill for testing the degree i 27 of compaction obtained. The Contractor shall cooperate fully in obtaining 28 the information desired. i 29 i 30 2. Payment for testing shall be made by the Owner. If test results are II 31 unsatisfactory, all costs involved in correcting deficiencies in compacted 32 materials to the satisfaction of the Engineer, shall be borne by the II 33 Contractor. Repeated testing cost due to construction deficiencies shall ID 34 be paid by the Contractor. 35 • 36 B. Reference Standards: 4111 37 ! 38 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM, latest edition): 39 li 40 a. ASTM C 136, Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse i 41 Aggregates. IP 42 43 b. ASTM D 1556 (1974), Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone • 44 Method. 45 46 c. ASTM D 1557, Moisture -Density Relations of Soils using 10 -Ib. 47 (4.5 -kg) Rammer and 18 -in. (457 -mm) Drop. i EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES i 02220-1 09/06/17 1 d. ASTM D 2167, Density of Soil in Place by The Rubber Balloon 2 Method. 3 4 e. ASTM D 2487, Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. 5 6 f. ASTM D 2937, Density of Soil in Place by the Drive -Cylinder 7 Method. 8 9 g. ASTM D 2972, Density of Soil in Place by the Nuclear Method. 10 11 1.03 SUBMITTALS 12 13 A. Testing laboratory reports that material for controlled fill meets requirements of 14 this Section. 15 16 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS 17 18 A. Lateral Support of Excavation for Structures 19 20 Furnish, put in place, and maintain sheeting and bracing required to support the 21 sides of the excavations, to prevent any movement which could in any way 22 diminish the width of the excavation below that necessary for proper construction, 23 and to protect structures, pipe and utilities from damage due to lateral movement 24 or settlement of ground. If the Engineer is of the opinion that at any point 25 sufficient or proper supports have not been provided, he may order additional 26 supports put in at the expense of the Contractor, and compliance with such order 27 shall not relieve or release the Contractor from his responsibility for the 28 sufficiency of such supports. 29 30 B. Dewatering for Structures 31 32 Furnish, install, maintain, operate, and remove a temporary dewatering system, 33 as required to lower and control the groundwater level, so that the structures may 34 be constructed in the dry. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, correct all 35 damage resulting from inadequacy of the dewatering system or from flooding or 36 the construction site from other causes. 37 38 C. Dewatering System 39 40 1. The dewatering system shall be adequate to drain any excavated area, to 41 maintain the water at such a level as to permit construction in the dry, and 42 to maintain the lowered water table until the structure has been completed 43 to the required stages. 44 45 2. Continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition so as to prevent 46 damage to the subsoil or fill during interruptions due to weather, labor 47 strikes, power failures or other delays. Provide and have ready for EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES 02220-2 09/06/17 • or • • • •• • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • w • i • • lb 0 • • • 1 immediate use at all times diesel or gasoline powered standby pumping 2 units to serve the system in case of failure of the normal pumping units. II 3 S 4 3. Piping and boiling, or any form of uncontrolled seepage, in the bottom or 1111 5 sides of the excavation shall be prevented at all times. If for any reason 6 the dewatering system is found to be inadequate to meet the • 7 requirements set forth herein, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, II 8 make such additions, changes and/or replacements as necessary to 9 provide a satisfactory dewatering system. • 10 0 11 D. Control of Groundwater Level * 12 13 1. Maintain the groundwater level at or below subgrade of the structure until • 14 the concrete structures are up high enough to: (1) prevent flooding the • 15 structure, (2) support both bottom and top levels of walls, and (3) prevent 411 16 flotation. 17 II 18 2. After the structure has been completed in its entirety, backfill as described i 19 hereinafter. 20 • 21 3. Flotation shall be prevented by maintaining a positive and continuous 110 22 operation of the dewatering system. The Contractor shall be fully 23 responsible and liable for all damages, which may result from failure of 24 this system. • 25 O 26 4. Disposal of drainage water shall be in an area approved by the Engineer. 1110 27 Precautions shall be taken to prevent the flow or seepage of drainage 28 back into the drainage area. Particular care shall be taken to prevent the II 29 discharge of unsuitable drainage to a water supply or surface water body. fib 30 31 5. Removal of the dewatering system shall be accomplished after the Ill 32 dewatering system is no longer required. • 33 ID 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS • 35 36 2.01 MATERIAL FOR CONTROLLED FILL • 37 I 38 A. General 39 lb 40 1. Materials shall be furnished, as required from off-site sources, hauled to • 41 the site and placed at the locations indicated on the Drawings. • 42 43 2. For each on-site or off-site material proposed, the Contractor shall notify Al 44 the Testing Lab of the source of the material at least ten (10) calendar 310 45 days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. 46 47 4111 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES • 02220-3 09/06/17 III flb II 1 B. Structural Fill 2 3 1. Compacted granular fill, which will provide support for building or structure 4 foundations, will be referred to as "structural fill." Backfill, which is placed 5 against the exterior side of the building walls or structures, or as fill over 6 pipe lines, will be referred to as "common fill." 7 8 2. Materials for compacted structural granular fill shall be gravel, sandy 9 gravel, or gravely sand free of organic material, loam, wood, trash, and 10 other objectionable material and shall be well -graded within the following 11 limits: 12 13 Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 14 15 6 -in. 100 16 No. 4 20 - 95 17 No. 40 0 - 60 18 No. 200 0 - 8 19 20 C. Common Fill 21 22 1. Common fill shall consist of mineral soil, free of organic material, loam, 23 wood, trash and other objectionable material which may be compressible 24 or which cannot be compacted properly. Common fill shall not contain 25 stones larger than 10 -in. in any dimension, broken concrete, masonry, 26 rubble or other such materials. It shall have physical properties such that it 27 can be readily spread and compacted during filling. 28 29 2. Material falling within the above Specification, encountered during the 30 excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpiles for reuse. All material 31 which, in the opinion of the Engineer is not suitable for reuse, shall be 32 spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable materials. 33 34 D. Crushed Stone 35 36 1. Crushed stone shall be used for manhole bases, as a drainage layer 37 below structures with underdrains and at other locations indicated on the 38 Drawings. 39 40 2. Crushed stone shall be size No. 57 with gradation as noted in Table 1 of 41 Section 901 of Department of Transportation, Construction of Roads and 42 Bridges. 43 44 2.02 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL 45 46 A. Unsuitable material will be designated as highly organic soil ASTM D 2487 Group 47 PT, topsoil, roots, vegetable matter, trash and debris. All unsuitable material shall • • • ilt • ID 0 ID IIII ID • ID ID ID ID ID Ili III III a IlD ID ID lb ID IP ID II ID III ID fib • ID II 1 ID EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES 02220-4 09/06/17 4111 GI ID • • • • 1 be removed in it entirety as to provide adequate bearing capacity for proposed 2 structures, buildings, manholes, pipelines, etc. • 3 • 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION III 5 6 3.01 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND COMPACTION PROCEDURES - GENERAL • 7 • 8 A. Excavation shall be made to such widths as will give suitable room for III 9 construction of the structures, for bracing and supporting, pumping and drainage; 10 and the bottom of the excavations shall be rendered firm and dry and in all • 11 respects acceptable to the Engineer. • 12 13 B. Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods, which preserve • 14 the undisturbed state of subgrade soils. Subgrade soil, which becomes soft, • 15 loose, "quick," or otherwise unsatisfactory for support of structures as a result of III 16 inadequate excavation, dewatering or other construction methods shall be 17 removed and replaced by structural fill as required by the Engineer at the 18 Contractor's expense. • 19 20 C. Dewatering shall be such as to prevent boiling or detrimental underseepage at ID 21 the base of the excavation as specified herein. The Contractor shall install such 30 22 23 means as required to preserve the stability of the base of the operation. 24 D. Excavating equipment shall be satisfactory for carrying out the work in • 25 accordance with the Specifications. In no case shall the earth be ploughed, • 26 scraped or dug with machinery so near to the finished subgrade as to result in • 27 excavation of, or disturbance of material below grade, the last of the excavated 28 material being removed with pick and shovel just before placing of concrete or • 29 working mat thereon. • 30 • 31 E. During final excavation to subgrade level, take whatever precautions are required 32 to prevent disturbance and remolding of the subgrade. Material which has • 33 become softened and mixed with water shall be removed. Hand excavation of • 34 the final 3 to 6 -in. will be required as necessary to obtain a satisfactory 35 undisturbed bottom. The Engineer will be the sole judge as to whether the work • 36 has been accomplished satisfactorily. al 37 • 38 F All structure areas shall be stripped, cleared and grubbed of all surface 39 vegetation and root laden top soils. • 40 • 41 G. After stripping, the structure areas should be leveled sufficiently to permit 41111 42 equipment traffic and then proof -rolled. Careful observations should be made 43 during proofrolling of the stripped subgrade area to identify any areas of soft II 44 yielding soils that may require over excavation and replacement. 16 45 w EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES • 02220-5 09/06/17 • II • 1 H. Compaction should continue until a minimum density of 98% of the maximum 2 modified Proctor dry density, as established in accordance with ASTM D-1557, is 3 achieved for a minimum depth of 2 feet below the subgrade surface. 4 5 3.02 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION 6 7 A. Following satisfactory proofrolling of the stripped subgrade, the structure areas 8 may be brought up to finished subgrade level. Structural fill shall be placed in 9 loose lifts not exceeding 12-inches and should be compacted to a minimum of 10 98% of the maximum modified Proctor dry density, as established in accordance 11 with ASTM D-1557. Density tests should be performed in each fill lift to confirm 12 compaction before the next lift is placed. 13 14 B. Common fill may be used as backfill against the exterior walls of the structures, 15 including manholes and storm structures, or in other areas as designated by the 16 Engineer. Common fill shall be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 12-inches and 17 should be compacted to a minimum of 98% of the maximum modified Proctor dry 18 density, as established in accordance with ASTM D-1557. Density tests should 19 be performed in each fill lift to confirm compaction before the next lift is placed. 20 Common fill material in place shall be compacted with such mechanical 21 compaction equipment as approved by the Engineer. 22 23 C. Materials placed in fill areas shall be deposited to the lines and grades shown on 24 the Drawings making due allowance for settlement of the material and for the 25 placing of topsoil thereon. 26 27 D. The surfaces of filled areas shall be grades to smooth true lines, strictly 28 conforming to grades indicated on the paving and grading Drawings, and no soft 29 spots or uncompacted areas will be allowed in the work. 30 31 E. No compacting shall be done when the material is too wet either from rain or 32 from excess application of water. At such times, work shall be suspended until 33 the previously placed and new materials have dried sufficiently to permit proper 34 compaction. 35 36 3.03 DISPOSAL OF UNSUITABLE AND SURPLUS MATERIAL 37 38 A. Unsuitable excavated materials and pavement shall become the property of the 39 Contractor. These materials shall be removed and/or disposed of off site by the 40 Contractor at his own expense. 41 42 B. Suitable excavated material may be used for fill or backfill if it meets the 43 Specifications for common fill and is approved by the Engineer. Excavated 44 materials so approved may be neatly stockpiled at the site, where there is an 45 area available that will not interfere with the operation of the plant or 46 inconvenience traffic or adjoining property owners. If space limitations do not 47 permit stockpiling on the project site, then the Contractor will be required to make EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES i 02220-6 09/06/17 w flb • • so i II • w • M • • • • so • • III • • • • • • • so 0 r • so r 0 0 0 i 0 II • • • ) 0 1 arrangements for off-site stockpiling. Transport of such material to and from the . 2 project site, including any stockpiling agreements, shall be entirely at the 3 Contractor's expense and shall not constitute grounds for additional payment. • 4 . 5 C. Surplus excavated material shall be used to fill depressions or other purposes as 6 the Engineer may direct. Otherwise, it shall become the property of the • 7 Contractor and shall be removed and disposed of by him off the project site. ID 8 Ill 10 3.04 GRADING 10 lb 11 A. Grading in preparation for placing of topsoil, planting areas, paved walks and • 12 drives, and appurtenances shall be performed at all places that are indicated on • 13 the Drawings, to the lines, grades, and elevations shown and otherwise as 14 directed by the Engineer. Such work shall be performed in a manner that the • 15 requirements for formation of slopes, lines, and grades can be followed. All • 16 material encountered, of whatever nature, within the limits indicated, shall be 17 removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of grading, the • 18 subgrade shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all ID 19 times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed • 20 to intercept or divert surface water, which may affect the progress or condition of 21 the work. Illo 22 23 B. If, at the time of grading, it is not possible to place any material in its proper • 24 section of the permanent structure, it shall be stockpiled for later use. No extra 25 payment will be made for the stockpiling or double handling of excavated ID 26 material. • 27 28 C. The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if • 29 found necessary as the work progresses, due to discrepancies on the Drawings 0 30 or in order to obtain satisfactory construction. • 31 32 D. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 -in. in their greatest dimensions will not be • 33 permitted in the top 6 -in. of the finished subgrade of all fills or embankments. IR 34 E. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or • 35 otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut and fill slopes shall 36 be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the • 37 Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. • 38 • 39 F. No grading is to be done in areas where there are existing pipe lines that may be 40 uncovered or damaged until such lines have been located and it has been f 41 determined if such lines must be maintained are relocated, or where lines are to • 42 be abandoned, all required valves are closed and remaining pipes are plugged. 43 • 44 ao 45 46 END OF SECTION IA EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES • 02220-7 09/06/17 lb fib • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES 02220-8 09/06/17 • • • • • 1 • 1 SECTION 02276 2 • 3 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL • 4 41111 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK • 8 9 A. The work specified in this Section consists of designing, providing, maintaining 10 and removing temporary erosion and sedimentation controls as necessary. • 11 • 12 B. Temporary erosion controls include, but are not limited to, straw, hay, filter fabric, 13 permanent vegetation, grassing, mulching, netting, watering and reseeding on- e 14 site surfaces, spoil and borrow areas and providing interceptor ditches at those • 15 locations that will ensure that erosion during construction will be either eliminated ili 16 or maintained within acceptable limits as established by the Engineer, Owner and 17 the permitting agencies. ali 18 • 19 C. Temporary sedimentation controls include, but are not limited to, silt dams, traps, 41111 20 barriers and appurtenances, which ensure that sedimentation, will be either 21 eliminated or maintained within acceptable limits as established by the Owner 31022 and the permitting agencies. 23 • 24 D. The Contractor shall provide routine re-establishment, daily maintenance of 25 permanent and temporary erosion and sediment control measures features until • 26 the project is complete and all soil stabilized. • 27 28 E. Contractor shall be required to comply with all permit conditions included as • 29 attachments to these Contract Documents and as required by these • 30 Specifications. II 32 32 F. The Contractor shall use all methods and products that meet or exceed those • 33 set forth in the FDOT Standard Specifications. • 34 II 36 36 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS • 37 • 38 A. Standard Building Code. 39 • 40 B. Environmental Resource Permit is 41 II 43 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 43 • 44 2.01 EROSION CONTROL 310 45 46 A. Loaming, seeding, sodding, and mulching is specified in Section 02485. 47 ID TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL • 02276-1 09/06/17 • • • 1 B. Netting - fabricated of material acceptable to the Engineer. 2 3 2.02 SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 4 5 A. Bales — synthetic or clean, seed -free cereal hay type. 6 7 B. Netting - fabricated of material acceptable to the Engineer. 8 9 C. Filter stone - crushed stone conforming to Florida Department of Transportation 10 specifications. 11 12 D. Concrete block - hollow, non -load-bearing type. 13 14 E. Concrete - exterior grade not Tess than one inch thick. 15 16 F. Drain pipe with sock (sedimentation control) shall be used to prevent and control 17 soil erosion runoff and intrusion into stormwater drainage systems. 18 19 1. Drain sock products such as "ADSSock" or approved equal. 20 21 2. Sock material shall be on ultra -porous filter (synthetic wrap material) fitted 22 snuggly over pipe. Material shall be 100 percent knitted polyester (or 23 approved equal), equivalent opening size of 30 to 40, burst strength of 24 100-135 (ASTM D 3786), fiber size of 100-40 200 denier filament, 2.5 to 25 3.5 ounces per square yard (ASTM D 3776). 26 27 3. Approval of material is required by Owner prior to use. 28 29 4. Drain pipe with sock shall span the entire opening of the inlet. 30 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 33 3.01 EROSION CONTROL 34 35 A. Type of erosion control barriers used shall be governed by the nature of the 36 construction operation, Contract Documents and all applicable permits. 37 38 B. Diversion ditches or swales may be required to prevent turbid storm water runoff 39 from being discharged to wetlands or other water bodies. It may be necessary to 40 employ a combination of barriers, ditches and other erosion/turbidity control 41 measures as conditions warrant. 42 43 C. Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls 44 which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such 45 stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected 46 length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized 47 stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02276-2 09/06/17 1111 411 • • w • • • i • • 41/ 411 • 411 411 ID t • 0 • • 3111 • 1 2 D. No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days • 3 unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. Within sixty (60) calendar • 4 days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion III5 of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization 6 measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or • 7 landscaping. • 8 9 E. Minimum procedures for grassing are: fa 10 ID 11 1. Scarify slopes to a depth of not less than 6 inches and remove large • 12 clods, rock, stumps and roots all larger than 1/2 -inch in diameter and 13 debris. • 14 • 15 2. Sow seed within twenty-four (24) hours after the ground is scarified with 111116 either mechanical seed drills or rotary hand seeders. 17 • 18 3. Apply mulch loosely and to a thickness between 3/4 -inch and 1-1/2 • 19 inches. ID 21 21 4. Apply netting over mulched areas on all sloped surfaces. I22 23 5. Roll and water seeded areas in a manner which will encourage sprouting 24 of seeds and growing of grass. Reseed areas that exhibit unsatisfactory ID 25 growth. Backfill and seed eroded areas. • 26 • 27 3.02 SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 28 • 29 A. Install and maintain silt dams, traps, barriers and appurtenances, as shown on • 30 the Drawings and as described herein. Hay bales that deteriorate and filter • 31 stone that is dislodged shall be replaced. 32 • 33 B. Existing storm water systems shall be protected at all times to prevent • 34 sedimentation of the storm water system. Sedimentation prevention shall 35 comply with or exceed "Best Management Practices" in accordance with the 36 Southwest Florida Water Management District. • 37 • 38 C. Siltation accumulations greater than the lesser of 12 inches or one-half the depth 39 of the siltation control barrier shall be immediately removed and placed in upland III 40 areas. • 41 . 42 D. Where pumps are to be used to remove turbid waters from the construction 43 area, the water shall be treated to reduce turbidity to state water quality • 44 standards prior to discharge to the wetlands. Treatment methods include, for ao45 example, turbid water being pumped into grassed swales or appropriate 46 vegetated areas (other than upland preservation areas and wetland buffers), 47 sediment basins, or confined by an appropriate enclosure such as turbidity all TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ID 02276-3 09/06/17 fib • • • so illt 1 barriers and kept confined until its turbidity level meets state water quality • 2 standards. 3 II 4 E. Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment r 5 barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or . 6 prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water 7 bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, • 8 protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such 4111 9 systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other 10 disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to 4111 11 berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from 0 12 drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation.II 13 14 F. Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation 0 15 basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and • 16 detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas II 17 may be used in place of silt basins provided they are maintained to the 18 satisfaction of the City. r 19 Eli 20 G. The Contractor shall be prohibited from discharging silt through any stormwater • 21 outfall structure during construction. When temporary sedimentation basins are 22 used, they shall be capable at all times of containing at least one (1) cubic foot 23 of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the411: 24 basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular • 25 removal of sediment from the basin. 26 1111 27 H. Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and • 28 intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of 29 bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall II 30 be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, 10 31 precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, 32 development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer fib 33 area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) r 34 calendar days after the in channel work is completed. ill 35 • 36 I. Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the 37 downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to II 38 increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized • 39 temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when II construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a 41 condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any Ill 42 construction activity. . 43 44 3.03 PERFORMANCE IR 45 46 A. Should any temporary erosion and sediment control measures employed by the 47 Contractor fail to produce results, which comply with the requirements of the TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLII 02276-4 09/06/17 Ili • • • • 1 State of Florida, the Contractor shall immediately take the necessary steps to 2 correct the deficiency at his or her own expense. • 3 • 4 3.04 MAINTENANCE • 5 6 A. All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially • 7 after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. • 8 9 3.05 COMPLIANCE 10 • 11 A. Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine • 12 and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) 13 issuance of a "Stop Work Order". • 14 • 15 • 16 END OF SECTION 17 • • • 3, • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • s • TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL • 02276-5 09/06/17 • • • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • • • i • • • • • • • is • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL • 02276-6 09/06/17 • • • 0 0 • 0 1 • 1 SECTION 02335 2 3 FLOWABLE FILL • 4 • 5 6 PART 1 - GENERAL • 7 • 8 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 9 SI 10 A. This Section specifies the requirements for flowable fill used in backfill and to fill fib 11 all abandoned pipelines. All existing mains shown on the Drawings to be cut and • 12 capped shall be filled with flowable fill meeting the requirements specified herein. 13 • 14 1.02 REFERENCES • 15 • 16 The materials used shall conform to the requirements specified in Division III of 17 the Standard Specifications, and herein. Specific references are as follows: • 18 • 19 (1) Portland Cement (Types I, II, or III) Section 921 III 20 21 (2) Fly Ash, Slag and other Pozzolanic 11) 22 Materials for Portland Cement Concrete Section 929 23 24 (3) Fine Aggregate (Sand)* Section 902 al 25 Ill 26 (4) Water Section 923 • 27 28 * Any clean sand with 100% passing 3/8" sieve and not more than 10% passing • 29 the 200 mesh may be used. ID 30 • 31 1.03 SUBMITTALS 32 • 33 A. Technical information for equipment and operational procedures including • 34 projected slurry injection rate, flowable fill pressure, method of controlling • 35 flowable fill pressure. 36 • 37 B. At least 60 days prior to commencing abandonment activities, submit plan for • 38 abandonment, describing proposed sequence and any other information 39 pertinent to completion of work. • 40 • 41 PART 2 — PRODUCTS • 42 43 2.01 MATERIALS • 44 ao45 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for producing a flowable mixture using these 46 guidelines and adjusting his mixture design as called for by circumstances or as FLOWABLE FILL II 02335-1 09/06/17 • I/ • • • • 4 1 may be directed by the Engineer. II 2 • 3 B. The Flowable fill material shall be proportioned to produce a 28 -day compressive 4 strength of approximately 150-450 psi. 0 5 • 6 C. General mix requirements are as follows: 7 11, 8 Components Pounds per Cubic Yard 0 9 Cement 50-100* II Fly Ash or Granulated Blast 11 Furnace Slag 0-600 r 12 Fine Sand 2750 II 13 (adjust to yield one cubic yard 14 of flowable fill) 111 15 ID 16 Water 500 (maximum) i 17 18 *The percentage of cement may be increased above these limits only 111 19 when early strength is required and future removal is very unlikely. 1111 20 1/21 D. Weights for fine aggregate and water shall be adjusted according to cementitious 22 content. The mix proportions shall be adjusted for removability, pumpability and 23 flowability. If required, strength test data shall be provided prior to batching. 24 25 E. If required by the Engineer, the flowability can be measured by afflux time • 26 determined in accordance with ASTM C 939 and shall be 30 seconds +/- 5 III 27 seconds as measured on mortar passing the No. 4 sieve. The equipment • 28 required to perform this test shall be provided by the Contractor. 29 al 30 PART 3 — EXECUTION ID 31 32 3.01 PREPARATION ED 33 SO 34 A. The Contractor shall remove all raw sewage, sludge, debris, and water from the 35 force mains/water mains prior to filling pipeline with flowable fill. El 36 1111 37 B. Locate previously unidentified connections, which have not been redirected andIS 38 reconnected as part of this project, and report them to the Engineer. During 39 placement of fill, compensate for irregularities in sewer pipe, such as ED 40 obstructions, open joints, or broken pipe to ensure no voids remain unfilled. III 41 • 42 C. Clean placement areas of sewer and water lines of debris that may hinder fill 43 placement. Remove excessive amounts of sludge and other substances that may II 44 degrade performance of fill. ID 45 46 D. Remove free water prior to starting fill placement. 47 FLOWABLE FILL 02335-2 09/06/17 1111 el • • • . 1 E. All raw sewage, sludge, debris, and water removed from the mains shall become 2 the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed in location approved II 3 by the Owner. • 4 • 5 3.02 PRODUCTION AND PLACING 6 • 7 A. Flowable fill shall be produced and delivered using concrete construction • 8 equipment. Placing flowable fill shall be by chute, pumping or other methods 9 approved by the Engineer. • 10 • 11 B. The flowable fill shall be placed to the designated fill line without vibration or 12 other means of compaction. Placement shall be avoided during inclement IIII 13 weather, e.g. rain or ambient temperatures below 40 degrees F. The Contractor • 14 shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any damages caused by the • 15 hydraulic pressure of the fill during placement prior to hardening. Also, 16 necessary means to confine the materials within the designated space shall be • 17 provided by the Contractor. • 18 ID 20 C. All pipes shall be abandoned in the manner which results in the abandoned 20 pipeline not being pressurized. • 21 all22 D. During placement of the fill the Contractor is to avoid construction stoppage that 23 would exceed the working time of the fill. If for any case that the fill would harden 24 the Contractor is responsible for properly installing fill into the abandoned pipeline • 25 from another location and shall meet the requirements specified herein. 26 II 27 3.03 ACCEPTANCE • 28 • 29 A. An Owner Representative shall be present to witness the placement of flowable 30 fill in abandoned pipelines. A 48-hour notice shall be given by the Contractor • 31 before the placement of fill. • 32 II 33 B. The flowable fill shall be proportioned and placed as specified herein. In general, 34 the strength desired is the maximum hardness that can be excavated at a later • 35 date using conventional excavating equipment. No curing protection is required. • 36 1111 37 C. The fill shall be left undisturbed until material obtains sufficient strength. 38 Sufficient strength is 250 psi penetration resistance as measured using a hand • 39 held penetrometer. The penetrometer shall be provided by the Contractor. ED END OF SECTION • 40 • ao • FLOWABLE FILL • 02335-3 09/06/17 • • II 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FLOWABLE FILL 02335-4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • 41, 09/06/17 • • • 1 • 1 SECTION 02485 - 2 3 SURFACE RESTORATION AND SIDEWALKS • 4 • 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 • 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK • 8 ID 10 A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily return all 10 construction areas to their original conditions or better. • 11 • 12 B. Work includes furnishing and placing seed, sod, fertilizer, gravel, concrete, 13 asphalt, planting, watering and maintenance until acceptance by the Owner. • 14 • 15 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 • 17 A. Requirements • 18 • 19 It is the intent of this Specification that the Contractor is obligated to deliver a 20 satisfactory stand of grass as specified. If necessary, the Contractor shall repeat • 21 any or all of the work, including grading, fertilizing, watering, and seeding or 3, 22 sodding at no additional cost to the Owner until a satisfactory stand is obtained. 23 24 B. Satisfactory Stand • 25 • 26 For purposes of grassing, a satisfactory stand of grass is herein defined as a full 27 lawn cover over areas to be seeded or sodded, with grass free of weeds, alive • 28 and growing, leaving no bare spots larger than 3/4 sq. yd. within a radius of 10 ft. • 29 . 30 1.03 SUBMITTALS 31 • 32 A. Provide technical data as required for shop drawings on all materials or • 33 installation procedures required under this Section and in accordance with 34 Section 01300 and 01340. • 35 • 36 B. Submit representative topsoil samples for analysis by a private laboratory to - 37 determine nutrient deficiencies and outline a proper fertilization program. 38 • 39 w 40 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 41 • 42 2.01 MATERIALS • 43 • 44 A. Fertilizer 45 16 46 1. Fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer, the elements of which are derived 47 from organic sources. Fertilizer shall be a standard product complying - 48 with State and Federal fertilizer laws. • SURFACE RESTORATION AND SIDEWALKS 02485-1 09/06/17 • • • 1 2 2. Percentages of nitrogen, phosphorus and potash shall be based on 3 laboratory tests on soils outlined in Paragraph 1.03B and approved by the 4 Engineer. For purpose of bidding, assume 6% nitrogen, 6% phosphorus 5 and 6% potash by weight. At least 50% of the total nitrogen shall contain 6 no less than 3% water -insoluble nitrogen. 7 8 3. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site, mixed as specified, in the original 9 unopened standard size bags showing weight, analysis and name of 10 manufacturer. Containers shall bear the manufacturer's guaranteed 11 statement of analysis, or a manufacturer's certificate of compliance 12 covering analysis shall be furnished to the Engineer. Store fertilizer in a 13 weatherproof place and in such a manner that it will be kept dry and its 14 effectiveness will not be impaired. 15 16 4. Superphosphate shall be composed of finely ground phosphate rock as 17 commonly used for agricultural purposes containing not less than 20% 18 available phosphoric acid. 19 20 B. Grass seed shall be the same as existed prior to construction or as approved by 21 the Engineer and shall be 99 percent minimum purity, 80 percent minimum 22 germination and 1 percent maximum weed seed, labeled in accordance with U.S. 23 Department of Agriculture Rules and Regulations under Federal Seed Act in 24 effect. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or 25 storage shall not be acceptable. 26 27 C. All disturbed areas with the limits of construction shall received vegetative 28 treatment after final grading in accordance with these plans or landscaping plans. 29 Disturbed areas not specifically designated with a vegetative cover shall be 30 vegetated as follows: 31 32 1. Side slopes constructed at 4:1 (H to V) shall be sodded with argentine 33 Bahia or seeded and then covered with an erosion control blanket. The 34 blanket shall be the S75BN blanket as manufactured by North America 35 Gree or approved equal. 36 37 2. Side slopes less than 4:1 (H to V) shall be seeded and mulched. 38 39 D. Sodding 40 41 1. Sod shall be Argentine Bahia of firm texture having a compacted growth 42 and good root development as approved. 43 44 2. Sod shall be certified to meet Florida State Plant Board Specifications, 45 absolutely true to varietal type, and free from weeds or other objectionable 46 vegetation, fungus, insects and disease of any kind. 47 SURFACE RESTORATION AND SIDEWALKS 02485-2 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • i 09/06/17 0 III 41, 0 • • • 1 • 1 3. Before being cut and lifted the sod shall have been mowed 3 times with 2 the final mowing not more than a week before cutting into uniform • 3 dimensions. III 4 5 E. Mulch shall be fresh hay. Rate of application specified herein shall correspond to 6 depth not Tess than 1 inch or more than 3 inches according to texture and II 7 moisture content of mulch material. i 8 * 9 F. It is the Contractor's responsibility to water the site, as required during seeding 10 and sodding operations and through the maintenance period and until the work • 11 is accepted. The Contractor shall make whatever arrangements may be I 12 necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs for his 13 work. The Contractor shall also furnish all necessary hose, equipment, II 14 attachments and accessories for the adequate irrigation of lawns and planted • 15 areas as may be required. 16 11) 17 G. Asphaltic concrete surface shall consist of either Type S-1 or Type S-3 asphaltic 'D 18 concrete meeting the specified criteria outlined by the Florida Department of ft 19 Transportation Specifications, and Placement & Compaction Procedures. 20 SI 21 H. Base material shall consist of either limerock or shell material complying with lir 22 23 FDOT specifications and meeting a minimum LBR of 100. • 24 25 PART 3 — EXECUTION • 26 li 27 3.01 INSTALLATION 28 w 29 A. Following the subgrade preparation, the Contractor shall commence work on • 30 lawns and grassed areas. Areas to be seeded or sodded shall be free from soft 31 spots and uneven grades. Apply 20 lbs. of 12-3-6 fertilizer per 1,000 sq. ft. 32 ! 33 B. Seeded and sodded areas shall be protected against the traffic or other use by SI 34 placing warning signs or erecting barricades as necessary. Any areas damaged 411 35 prior to actual acceptance by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor as 36 directed by the Engineer. • 37 M 38 3.02 LAWN BED PREPARATION 39 • 40 A. Areas to be sodded shall be cleared of all rough grass, weeds, and debris and 0 41 the ground brought to an even grade as approved. 42 ill 43 B. The soil shall then be thoroughly tilled to a minimum 8 -inch depth. 0 44 lb45 C. Superphosphate at a rate for bidding purposes of 5 pounds per 1,000 square foot 46 and complete fertilizer at a rate for bidding purposes of 16 pounds per 1000 SURFACE RESTORATION AND SIDEWALKS • 02485-3 09/06/17 • r 1 square foot shall be evenly distributed over entire area and cross -disked into a 2 depth of 4-6 inches. 3 4 D. The areas shall then be brought to proper grade, free of sticks, stones, or other 5 foreign matter over 1 -inch in diameter of dimension. The surface shall conform 6 to finish grade, less the thickness of sod, free of water -retaining depressions, the 7 soil friable and of uniformly fill texture. 8 9 3.03 SOD HANDLING AND INSTALLATION 10 11 A. A one -foot wide strip of sod shall be provided around all structures, except 12 fencing, along the edges of slabs and along the edge of pavement. 13 14 B. During delivery, prior to planting, and during the planting of the lawn areas, the 15 sod panels at all times be protected from excessive drying and unnecessary 16 exposure of the roots to the sun. All sod shall be stacked during construction 17 and planting so as not to be damaged by sweating or excessive heat and 18 moisture. 19 20 C. After completion of soil conditioning as specified above, sod panels shall be laid 21 tightly together so as to make a solid sodded lawn area. On mounds and other 22 slopes, the long dimension of the sod shall be laid perpendicular to the slope. 23 Immediately following sod laying the lawn areas shall be rolled with a lawn roller 24 customarily used for such purposes, and then thoroughly watered. 25 26 D. Bring the sod edge in a neat, clean manner to the edge of all paving and shrub 27 areas. Top dressing with approved, clean, weed free, sand may be required at 28 no additional cost to the Owner if deemed necessary by the Engineer. 29 30 3.07 CLEANUP 31 32 A. Soil, mulch, seed, or similar materials spilled onto paved areas shall be removed 33 promptly, keeping those areas as clean as possible at all times. Upon 34 completion of seeding and sodding operations, all excess soil, stones, and debris 35 remaining shall be removed from the construction areas. 36 37 3.08 MAINTENANCE 38 39 A. Any existing landscape items damaged or altered during construction by the 40 Contractor shall be restored or replaced as directed by the Engineer. 41 42 B. Maintain landscape work until Owner accepts project. Watering, weeding, 43 cultivating, restoration of grade, mowing and trimming grass, protection from 44 insects and diseases, fertilizing and similar operations as needed to ensure 45 normal growth and good health for live plant material shall be the responsibility of 46 the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner. Sodded areas shall 47 receive no less than 1.5 inches of water per week. • • • • • • • • • IP • • • • • • ID • • • GO • • 410 all M • i SURFACE RESTORATION AND SIDEWALKS 41) 02485-4 09/06/17 411, • • • 0 1 2 3.09 REPAIRS TO LAWN AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS • 3 II 4 A. Lawn areas planted under this Contract and all lawn areas damaged by the 5 Contractor's operation shall be repaired by proper soil preparation, fertilizing, and 6 reseeding, in accordance with these Specifications. • 7 41 9 • 10 END SECTION • 11 • • 411 40 • f • • so • • • • • • • • • • i SURFACE RESTORATION AND SIDEWALKS 02485-5 09/06/17 r • • 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SURFACE RESTORATION AND SIDEWALKS 02485-6 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 09/06/17 • • • • • • 30 APPENDIX • OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS • AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION • • Table of Contents • • • ASBESTOS REPORT • • Report of the NESHAP Demolition Survey, Sampling and Evaluation of Asbestos -Containing • Materials by Greenfield Environmental, Inc. dated 05/30/13 • • • Asbestos Renovation, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Report by Terracon Consultants, Inc. _ dated 02/03/14 • Asbestos Survey Report Addendum by Terracon Consultants dated 09/22/14 • • • DIGESTER CONTENTS ANALYTICAL REPORT i • Analytical Report by Test America, Inc. dated 2/17/14 • INFORMATION FOR BIDDER • • Reference Drawings REF -01 thru RFE-08 are attached as Information for Bidders. These drawings • are not part of the Contract Documents and are being provided as information only to the Bidder. • The Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion the Bidder draws from the drawings and the technical data or any other data, interpretations, or opinions, or information contained on • the drawings • • • • • • • • • • Z • • APPENDIX i Updated 2/11/2016 • • • ASBESTOS REPORT APPENDIX 2 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 • • • • • • • • f • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • cEGreenfield Environmental REPORT OF THE NESHAP DEMOLITION SURVEY, SAMPLING AND EVALUATION OF ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS at the SLUDGE DIGESTION FACILITY - SECONDARY SLUDGE DIGESTER 1605 HARBOR DRIVE CLEARWATER, FLORIDA May 30, 2013 GE Project Number 1051-1068 Submitted to: • City Of Clearwater • Mr. Kelly O'Brien Engineering 100 S. Myrtle Avenue • Suite 220 Clearwater, Florida 33756-5620 • Prepared by: • • Greenfield Environmental, Inc. GO 432 3'd Street North • St. Petersburg, Florida 33701 • • • • • 432 34 Street North, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 • Phone: 727.896.1266 • Fax: 727.896.1566 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The survey and laboratory analysis conducted at the Sludge Digestion Facility - Secondary Sludge Digester located at 1605 Harbor Drive in Clearwater, Florida indicated that three (3) of the materials sampled were found to contain asbestos in amounts greater than one (1) percent. These materials include Category I non -friable materials in the form of caulking and two (2) types of roofing mastic. The materials must be removed by a State of Florida Licensed Asbestos Abatement Contractor prior to demolition activities which may disturb these materials. Proper notification must be provided to Pinellas County prior to asbestos removal and demolition activities. Please note, the roof of the sludge digester tank was collapsed during the survey. Therefore, the tank roof was not inspected. Once the digester tank has been drained of liquid and cleared of vegetation, the former tank roof will need to be evaluated prior to demolition. • • • • ID • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4ic • • • • • • • • ail • • Section Page • • 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 • 2.0 FACILITY DESCRIPTION 2 0 • 3.0 SURVEY METHODS AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS 3 • 4.0 SUSPECTED ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS 4 II • 5.0 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS 5 • 6.0 CONCLUSIONS 6 • • • LIST OF APPENDICES • I APPENDIX A - LABORATORY ANALYTICAL RESULTS APPENDIX B - SITE MAP III APPENDIX C - CERTIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS • • • • • • • • • • lb di • • 1 • • • • a GE Project No. 1051-1068 1.0 INTRODUCTION A survey for asbestos -containing materials (AGMs) was conducted by Greenfield Environmental, Inc. (GE) at the Sludge Digestion Facility - Secondary Sludge Digester located at 1605 Harbor Drive in Clearwater, Florida. The survey was performed on May 16, 2013 by Nicholas Barron, Accredited EPA Asbestos Inspector. Greenfield Environmental, Inc. is a Florida Licensed Asbestos Consulting Firm with a corresponding license number of ZA-0000268. The survey was conducted in order to identify any asbestos -containing materials which may exist prior to demolition activities in accordance with the National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) Regulation. More specifically, our scope of services for this project consisted of the five following steps: Site Walk -Through and Observations, Bulk Sampling of Suspect AGMs, Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Analysis of Bulk Samples, Hazard Assessment and Evaluation, and Final Report Development. The findings of this report represent Greenfield Environmental, Inc.'s (GE) best professional judgement and no other warranty is expressed or implied. This report is intended only for the use of the CITY OF CLEARWATER and its agents. The contents should not be relied upon by any other parties without the expressed written consent of GE. • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • 311 GE Project No. 1051-1086 2.0 FACILITY DESCRIPTION i • The secondary sludge digester consists of a large tank and an equipment room. The • digester is constructed of concrete and concrete block on a concrete slab foundation. The • floors and walls are finished with concrete. Exterior finishes consist of stucco. The • • equipment room roof area consists of a built-up roofing system and roofing mastic. The roof finishes of the large tank were not observed, because the roof had collapsed into the • tank. The doors were either metal with styrofoam insulation or metal with cardboard • insulation. • • • • • GE Project No. 1051-1068 3.0 SURVEY METHODS AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS The sampling conducted in this asbestos survey was performed in accordance with Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 763 for suspect ACMs. The EPA regulations require that sample locations be randomly selected. All suspect asbestos -containing materials and PACM (materials presumed to contain asbestos under the OSHA Asbestos Rule, 29 CFR 1910) were identified and samples of each different material were obtained. The bulk sampling procedure utilized for collection of suspect samples required the establishment of homogeneous sampling areas. A homogeneous sampling area is defined as an area of friable or non -friable material of similar type that appeared to be applied or installed during the same general period of time. All sample locations were identified with numbers corresponding to those listed in Section 5.0 ° Description of Materials" of this report. Samples which were collected from these pre -determined homogeneous sampling areas were labeled and transported to Air Quality Environmental, Inc. (NVLAP No. 200957-0) for analysis. All samples were analyzed using EPA approved Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) coupled with dispersion staining. Properties such as refractive indices, birefringence, sign of elongation and extinction angle are unique to crystalline asbestos forms and are used to identify the type of asbestos mineral as chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite, tremolite or actinolite_ Percentages of the identified types of asbestos are determined by visual estimation. Attempts are made to mix the sample thoroughly to provide a more accurate percentage. Any material containing greater than one percent (1%) by weight of any type of asbestos is considered by the EPA to be an ACM and if disturbed must be handled according to specific regulations. 3 • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • S GE Project No. 1051-1068 4.0 SUSPECTED ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS fit • The following is a summary of the materials sampled and tested during the survey and evaluation of the Secondary Sludge Digester: lb • Tar and Gravel Built-up Roofing ID • Roofing Mastic • Stucco • Rolled Roofing • • Caulking • i • Gasket • ID • 31 • • • • IP • • • • • • • • 411 4 GE Project No. 1051-1068 5.0 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS The following is a description of the materials sampled at the Secondary Sludge Digester: omo. Area. Sample wNumber Description? Location Asbestos ContentQuantity Friability btlitX' Condition P�r�ox. 1 01 02 03 Tar and Gravel Built-up Roofing Located at the Equipment Room Roof Area Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non- Friable Fair ------ 2 04 05 06 Black Roofing Mastic Located at the Flashing and Penetrations on the Equipment Room Roof Area 3% Chrysotile Asbestos Non Friable Fair 100 Square Feet 3 07 08 09 Black Roofing Mastic Located Under the Metal Framing on the Equipment Room Roof Area 4% Chrysolite Asbestos Non_ Friable Fair 60 Square Feet 4 10 1 1 Z Tan Stucco Located at Exterior Walls Throughout No Asbestos Detected Friable Good ------ 5 13 L 15 Black Rolled Roofing ocated at the Walkway Areas on the Equipment Room Roof No Asbestos Detected Non- Friable Poor 6 16 17 18 Gray Caulking Located at Select Electrical Lines on the Equipment Room Roof Area No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Fair ----- 19 20 21 Black Gasket Material Located at Select Equipment and Pipe Fittings Throughout No Asbestos Detected Friable Fair Fair ------ 8 22 23 24 Red Gasket Material Located at Select Equipment and Pipe Fittings Throughout No Asbestos p ected Non- Friable Fair ----- 9 25 26 27 White Caulking Located at Select Patches and Window Seams No Asbestos Detected Non_ Friable Good ---- 5 1110 • ao 4 • • • S • • • S • i i • • • t • • • • S ID • • al i • • • • • r • • • al • • • • 411 ID • • • • • GE Project No. 1051-1068 Homo. Area Sample Number Description/ Location Asbestos Content Friability Condition Approx. Quantity 10 28 29 30 White/Black Caulking Located at the Concrete Wall and Concrete Deck Seams in the Equipment Room 2% Chrysotile Asbestos Non - Friable Fair Fair Square Feet Note -Quantities are Provided for convenience only and shall not be used for any hidrlinn ni irnnsa • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6 GE Project No. 1051-1068 6.0 CONCLUSIONS The results of our observations and laboratory testing at the Sludge Digestion Facility - Secondary Sludge Digester located at 1605 Harbor Drive in Clearwater, Florida indicated that of the thirty (30) samples collected, three (3) of the materials sampled were found to contain asbestos in amounts greater than one (1) percent. Category I non -friable asbestos -containing materials were discovered during our survey in the form of caulking and two (2) types of roofing mastic. Category I non -friable asbestos - containing materials are those in which the asbestos fibers are bound with other materials in such a way that the release of those fibers into the air from casual contact or normal wear Is unlikely. If these materials are left undisturbed, they present a low threat to release harmful asbestos fibers. Category I non -friable ACMs should not be removed, cut or abraded in any way as these actions may result in a significant fiber release episode. All asbestos containing materials must be removed by a State of Florida Licensed Asbestos Abatement Contractor prior to demolition activities. Proper notification must be provided to Pinellas County prior to asbestos removal and demolition activities Please note, the roof of the sludge digester tank was collapsed during the survey. Therefore, the tank roof was not inspected. Once the digester tank has been drained of • liquid and cleared of vegetation, the former tank roof will need to be evaluated prior to • demolition S fib S S S lb S lb • • S i 4 i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • S • • 7 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS The discussions and conclusions contained in this asbestos survey have been prepared and reviewed by the following certified professionals. Nicholas E. Barron Michael W. Rothenburg, PE Project Manager Florida Licensed Asbestos nsultant AHERA Inspector #510131 #EA0000041 APPENDIX A • • Client Name: a • a a ID a • s a f • a a a a S a • • A\iir C Qu auty ]Envi'troinirneraai, Inc. Laboratory Services 9325 Seminole Boulevard, Seminole, Florida 33772 (727) 398-0900 FAX (727) 398-0996 Greenfield Environmental 432 3rd Street North St Petersburg, Florida 33701 Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analysis Project Name: City of Clearwater 1051-1068 1605 Harbor Drive, Clearwater, FL Date Analyzed. May 21, 2013 Test Method: PLM / DS - EPA Method 6001R - Lab # Client # Sample Type Description % Asbestos % Other Fibers % Binders ' 194509 1 Roofing Material black NAD 15% Cellulose 85% Bitumen and Binders 194510 2 Roofing Material black NAD 15% Cellulose 85% Bitumen and Binders 194511 3 Roofing Material black NAD 15% Cellulose 85% Bitumen and Binders 194512 4 Roofing Material black 3% Chrysotile 30% Cellulose 67% Bitumen and Binders 194513 5 Not Analyzed, First Positive Stop Protocol 194514 6 Not Analyzed, First Positive Stop Protocol 194515 7 Roofing Material black 4% Chrysotile 30% Cellulose 66% Bitumen and Binders 194516 8 Not Analyzed, First Positive Stop Protocol 194517 9 Not Analyzed, First Positive Stop Protocol 194518 10 Stucco gray NAD 100% Quartz and Binders 194519 11 Stucco gray NAD 100% Quartz and Binders 194520 12 Stucco gray NAD 100% Carbonates and Binders 194521 13 Roofing Material black NAD 20% Cellulose 80% Bitumen and Binders 194522 14 Roofing Material black NAD 20% Cellulose 80% Bitumen and Binders 194523 15 Roofing Material black NAD 20% Cellulose 80% Bitumen and Binders 194524 16 Caulk gray NAD 15% Cellulose 85% Carbonates and Binders 194525 17 Caulk gray NAD 15% Cellulose 85% Carbonates and Binders 194526 18 Caulk gray NAD 15% Cellulose 85% Carbonates and Binders 194527 19 Caulk black / tan NAD 100% Binders tThese samples were analyzed by layers. Specific layer or component asbestos content is indicated when relevant. The EPA considers a material to be as beaos containing only 411 contains more than 1% asbestos by Calibrated Visual Area Estimation (CVAE). EPA regulations also indicate that Reoulated Asbestos Containt° Matertalswhich era Mable or may become friable. be further analyzed by point counting when the results indicate less than 10% asbestos by CVAE Air Quality Environmental utilizes CVAE on a routine basis and does not include point counting unless apectficatly requested. Additionally. these results •may not be reproduced except In full. This report data is to be interpreted only by the person (s) whom have collected the smmples. Furthermore, this report may not be used as a claim to product certifrcatton, approval or endorsement by NVLAP. • NIST orerr/ otheragencyofMeFederal Government 'MoorTile end other resinousty bound materials. when analyzed by EPA method. may yield false negative resins because of limitations in separating closely bound fibers and In detecting fibers of smell length and diameter. When a definitive result la 4111 required. AGE recommends...albino alternative methods of IdenbRcabon. Incuding Transmission Electron Microscopy. Lab File Number 25979 Analysis Pages 1 of 3 IIII a a a 111 CAnalyzed by. one Giles Microscopist NVLAP Lab Code 200759.0 Client Name: Greenfield Environmental 432 3rd Street North St. Petersburg, Florida 33701 Asbestos, Bulk Sample Analysis ILab # Client # Project Name: Date Analyzed: City of Clearwater 1051-1068 1605 Harbor Drive, Clearwater, FL May21,2013 Test Method: PLM / DS - EPA Method 600/R-93/116 Sample Type Description % Asbestos % Other Fibers % Binders 194528 20 194529 21 194530 22 194531 23 194532 24 194533 25 194534 26 194535 27 194536 28 194537 29 194538 30 Caulk black / tan Caulk black / tan Building Material red Building Material red Building Material red Caulk Caulk Caulk Caulk tan tan tan tan ! black NAD NAD NAD NAD NAD WAD NAD NAD 2% Chrysotile Not Analyzed, First Positive Stop Protocol Not Analyzed, First Positive Stop Protocol 5% Synth. Fibers 5% Synth. Fibers 5% Synth. Fibers tihesasamples were analyzed bylayers. •. layer orrvmponentasbestos content isIndicated when re. evert The EPA considers a material to be asbestos containing only If it cantata more than 1% asbestos by Calibrated Visual Area Esornabon (CVAE). EPA regulations also Indicate that RegulatedAsbestos Containing Materials which are friable or may become friable. be further analyzed by point counting when the results indicate less than 10% asbestos by CVAE Air Quality Environmental uultzes CVAE on a routine baste and does riot include paint courting unless specifically requested. Aoditioneily. these results may not be reproduced except in full. TMs report date 1s to be interpreted only by the person tel whom have collected the samples. Furthermore, th s report may not be used as a claire to product certification, approval or endorsement by NVLAP. NIST or any other agency of the F ederal Government 1 -Flea -Tile and ether reainously bound materials. when analyzed by EPA method, may yield false negative results because of limitations in seperwirg closely bound fibers and in *erecting fibers of small Length and diameter When a definitive result is required. AOE recommends utilizing alternative mebtoes of ldanbncelion, including Trsnsmcsaion Electron Mlorrricopy. Lab File Number: 25979 100% Binders 100% Binders 100% Carbonates and Binders 100% Carbonates and Binders 100% Carbonates and Binders 95% Binders 95% Binders 95% Binders 98% Carbonates and Binders Analysis Pages 2 of 3 NVLAP Lab Code 200759-0 s i S • • i - a s • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • S S APPENDIX B a a 2 W !- U) essollssessessessessolisosesesesossmsessosei ` I STAGING AREA 1Det DIAMETER DIGESTER TO BE DEMOLISHED Dgetle� Skuctwe Looking Norex 100' OlawNc Naar Corer Wag« Ills. rue CITY OF CLEARWATER. rU)RIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 10O S Myrtle A'., Cl..nnt.r. FI 93756 ®CAIi Bit h.B..l f1�R .t•om t• Reclrcutakon Pump Bldg Looking Soulh Dopester Slo.clure Look.rg West ReurcuWhon Pump Bldg. Looking South Reclrculatgn Pump Bldg Looking North Recirculation Puna Bldg Looking SoullmAest MARSHALL STREET ADVANCED POLLUTION CONTROL FACILITY DIGESTER DEMOLITION PIAN . CS_ al00zl� 9 r/. torAlclonma tosesstossesessesossoostomomemmediese• APPENDIX C CERTIFICATIONS asosikossoososesemosissaissa••••••••sesess•I • • • • 0 Vero, Roberts &A,v1,rotA,wi.evttai,Trui-olvt,g, Itko. is._927-_94-th Avevu,te N SeviA.LvLol.e, .i__ 33770 liv' :• 0 727-5:93-3007 !-• e. '', 0 'f6r* 0 Asbestos siArveu tvieoliclikizeit, (rK,speotor) Refresher TN Lv1.1.frtg fb to aerti,fu tncit NLclioLas 6 B•arrovi, 1-tCTS covv+Leted the rectvi_site trctiA,A,Ltn,e for asbestos eice.reciitatLovt, ,vu/k,dey. TSCA TTLE I gate of Ex.21/1A,LIASft1.01A, 5/10/1 Dote of covrse: 5/10/13 Exp..rcitLon N2te 04/03/20145/10/14 aertLfLc,2te # 510131 Cou.rse #- FL -49-0000326.322 Pr' i,der• # F *003210 .401,417* It&strt/ttor A. A"Nik. N, %kit tt,i4r • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • STATE OF FLORiLIA DEPARTMENT 7FB NA ETJL.A-rtaN • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ASBESTOS 1940 NORTH MONROE 3TREET TALLAHASSEE (IREENFIELD ENVIRONMEN7-AT_i MICHAEL ROTHENBURG 432 3Rt STREET NPTh ST. PETEPSPUP7, : - - - :r7;feSS',Int; boxt,! s .-S;S:3,1,07,tS '7. =, E (1,r orrnp,-oven w.A 3 LT' For information about ouo Ser./tees orc-,,d,,.! WWW.mytioridaticanse.com There, y, -,u can find more Inferfr3tno anot,7 .•,;r -Pv:n or'S 7!",7, th'.7". rp VOU, SUbscrice to dere,iil,fienT le.rfs..--ou-s 377ar tit,oartments rvt;aii'ies Ow misSion at the. Cief.-;',,-2,-Irrient constanity strive to serve you so that vnt, nan, Th -'k yno for dotrd4 !-,Usiness or,da cry- dre1 57589 DETACH HERE That ISASA 611AC(10101.1.10i. STATE OF FLORIDA 3; E. r,LCF-I.i,4 26 'I EFARTMEN7 suLIPTEE;J: AN'L' PR.7;FESSIONAL PEGULATON Z.A00V;126S 05/12/1.1 IlfflL272? ASBESTOS BUSINESS ORGANIZATION GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL INC MICHAEL ROTHENBURG Iz .t.,ICENSED th C. 469 FS NOV DEPARTMENT BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL ASSESTOS LITENSINO UNIT DATE BATCH NUMBER 09/22/2011 .110112727 ICENSE NBR .7..A1C0C265 RESULATIr)N The ASBESTOS BUSINESS r,R.GANIZATION Named below IS LICENSEL Under the provisions ,.:Lap1..r 469 FS Expiration da.te: NOV 37! 2'513 GREENFIELD ENVIRONMFN77,7 MICHAEL ROTHEN37R,7, 3RD TFEET - • • • i • Asbestos Renovation, Lead Paint and • Hazardous Materials Survey Report • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • Clearwater Wastewater Treatment Plant 1601 Harbor Drive Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida February 3, 2014 Terracon Project No.: H4147006 Offices Nationwide Established in 1965 Employee -Owned terracon.com Geotechnical Environmental Prepared for: King Engineering Associates, Inc. 4921 Memorial Highway Tampa, Florida 33634 Prepared by: Terracon Consultants, Inc. Tampa, Florida 1 lrerracon Construction Materials Facilities February 3, 2014 King Engineering Associates, Inc. 4921 Memorial Highway Tampa, Florida 33634 Attention: Mr. Thomas Traina Telephone: (813) 880-8881 Email: ttraina@kinaenaineering.com lferracon Re: Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Report Clearwater Wastewater Treatment Plant Secondary Digester Building 1601 Harbor Drive, Clearwater, Florida Terracon Project No.: H4147006 Dear Mr. Traina: The purpose of this report is to present the results of an asbestos demolition, lead paint and hazardous materials survey performed on January 16, 2014, at the above referenced property in Clearwater, Florida. This survey was conducted in general accordance with Terracon Proposal Number PH4130014 Rev 1 dated January 14, 2013 and our contract issued to Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon), dated January 10, 2014. We understand that this survey was requested due to the planned demolition of the building and tank. During the course of our survey the following were identified: • Samples of non -friable and friable asbestos -containing materials • Lead paint concentrations above laboratory method detection levels • Hazardous materials including appurtenances containing mercury, lead and potential PCBs. Terracon appreciates the opportunity to provide this service to King Engineering Associates, Inc. If you have any questions regarding this report, please contact Nacole Bowersox at (813) 220-3927. Sincerely, Terracon Consultants, Inc. Florida Asbestos Business License Number ZA-337 Nac le Bowersox, A, CIE Project Manager Briane, P.E. FL Licensed Asbestos Consultant License No. EA0000075 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 504 E. Tyler Street Tampa, Florida 33602 P [813] 221 0050 F [813] 221 0051 terracon.com Geotechnical ■ Environmental • Construction Materials • Facilities • al • • • • • • • • or S S • • r op • t • t • • • r • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Project Objective 2 2.0 BUILDING DESCRIPTION 2 3.0 FIELD ACTIVITIES 2 3.1 Visual Assessment 3 3.2 Physical Assessment 3 3.3 Sample Collection 3 3.4 Sample Analysis 4 4.0 REGULATORY OVERVIEW 4 5.0 FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5 5.1 Asbestos Analysis 5 5.2 Lead Paint Analysis 6 5.3 Hazardous Materials Analysis 6 6.0 GENERAL COMMENTS 7 LIST OF APPENDICES Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G Asbestos Survey Sample Summary Identified Asbestos -Containing Materials Asbestos PLM Analytical Laboratory Data Identified Lead Paint Lead Paint Analytical Laboratory Data Photographs Inspector Certifications • • • 4111 • ASBESTOS, LEAD PAINT AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SURVEY REPORT 111 CLEARWATER WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT ID 1601 HARBOR DRIVE IA CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA all ID Project No. H4147006 Report Date: February 3, 2014 r ID 1.0 Introduction 1110 III Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) conducted an asbestos, lead paint and hazardous materials survey at the Clearwater Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) located at 1601 III Harbor Drive in Clearwater, Florida. The purpose of this survey was to identify and sample • suspect asbestos -containing materials (ACM), paint for lead content, investigate and inventoryIII select hazardous materials. This survey will provide information regarding the identity, location, • condition, and approximate quantities of ACM, lead paint, and select hazardous materials in the interior building components and associated appurtenances scheduled for demolition. The survey was conducted on January 16, 2014, by an Asbestos Hazard Emergency Responselig Act (AHERA)-accredited building inspector and certified lead paint risk assessor in general fib accordance with Terracon Proposal Number PH4130014 Rev 1 dated January 14, 2013 and ourIIII contract issued to Terracon, dated January 10, 2014. - Interior and exterior building components were surveyed and homogeneous areas of suspect II ACM were visually identified and documented. Although reasonable effort was made to survey ID accessible suspect materials, additional suspect but un -sampled materials could be located in . walls, in voids or in other concealed areas. Suspect ACM samples were collected in general accordance with the sampling protocols outlined in EPA AHERA regulation 40 CFR 763.86. Ill Samples were delivered to an accredited laboratory for analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy IP (PLM). 1111 • Paint chip samples were collected for lead paint analysis based on the visual assessment. Paint chip samples were collected from building components and equipment with unique paint III combinations. IP Fluorescent light bulbs and thermostats containing mercury, potential polychloridated biphenols • containing (PCB) ballasts, potential PCB containing pumps, and lead containing motors were 0 inventoried during this survey. ID II llli • Reliable a Responsive ■ Resourceful 1ID II ID lo • • • Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP • Clearwater, Florida February 3, 2014 u Terracon Project No. H4147006 • 1.1 Project Objective lierracon We understand this asbestos survey was requested due to the planned demolition of the building and tank. The EPA National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) regulation 40 CFR 61, Subpart M, prohibits the release of asbestos fibers to the atmosphere • during renovation or demolition activities. The asbestos NESHAP requires that potentially • regulated asbestos -containing building materials be identified, classified and quantified prior to planned disturbances or demolition activities. Lead paint samples were collected from substrates scheduled for demolition including building • components and equipment. Contractors that will disturb potentially lead containing paints must comply with the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard, 29 CFR 1926.62. • Fluorescent light bulbs and thermostats containing mercury, potential polychloridated biphenols • containing (PCB) ballasts, potential PCB containing pumps, and lead containing motors were inventoried during this survey. 2.0 Building Description . The survey includes the assessment of interior and exterior components of the Secondary Digester Building including appurtenances. The building was reportedly constructed in the 1950's and was approximately 300 square feet. The building consisted of a restroom and • equipment rooms housing piping, motors and a heater. This one-story concrete block building • consisted of a built-up tar and gravel roofing and was attached to a large tank. The large tank reportedly was equipped with a floating cover also covered with built-up tar and gravel; however, Terracon was not able to observe the cover due to overgrown foliage that was pushing the cover down into the liquid in the tank. 3.0 Field Activities • The asbestos survey was conducted by Ms. Tolu Adesanya, an AHERA-accredited building • inspector and the lead paint and hazardous materials survey was conducted by Ms. Nacole • Bowersox, an EPA certified lead paint risk assessor. Copies of the inspectors' certificates are provided in Appendix G. The survey was conducted in general accordance with the sample • collection protocols established in EPA AHERA regulation 40 CFR 763.86 and generally accepted practices for sampling paint containing lead. A summary of survey activities is provided below. • • • Reliable ■ Responsive • Resourceful 2 • • • Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP ■ Clearwater, Florida February 3, 2014 ■ Terracon Project No. H4147006 3.1 Visual Assessment lierracon Survey activities began with a visual inspection of the interior of the building to identify homogeneous areas of suspect ACM. A homogeneous area consists of building materials that appear similar throughout in terms of color, texture and date of application. Interior assessment was conducted throughout visually accessible areas of the building. Building materials identified as concrete, glass, wood, masonry, metal or rubber were not considered suspect ACM. Building components that are currently scheduled for demolition were visually assessed for unique paint testing combinations suspected to contain lead. A unique testing combination of paint is based on paint type, color history, component, and substrate. Terracon conducted a visual survey for the presence of suspect mercury -containing equipment such as thermostats and fluorescent light bulbs. Terracon also documented potential PCB containing equipment. 3.2 Physical Assessment A physical assessment of each homogeneous area of suspect ACM was conducted to assess the friability and condition of the materials. A friable material is defined by the EPA as a material which can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure when dry. Friability was assessed by physically touching suspect materials. A condition assessment of each unique testing combination of paint suspected of containing lead was conducted to assess the presence of peeling, chipping, chalking or cracking, or any paint or coating located on an interior or exterior surface or fixture that is otherwise damaged or separated from the substrate. Hazardous materials were assessed by visual observation only. 3.3 Sample Collection Based on results of the visual observation, bulk samples of suspect ACM were collected in general accordance with AHERA sampling protocols. Random samples of suspect materials were collected in each homogeneous area. The surveyor followed good Industrial Hygiene practices during sample collection in order to minimize fiber release. Samples were placed in sealable containers and labeled with unique sample numbers using an indelible marker. Twenty-seven (27) bulk samples were collected from nine (9) homogeneous areas of suspect ACM. A summary of suspect ACM samples collected during the survey is included as Appendix A. Reliable ■ Responsive r Resourceful 3 • ao• 4 •• • • • • • • 411• • • 411 • • • et • • • sr ID • • • • • • • • • • • • • Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP ■ Clearwater, Florida lierracon • February 3, 2014 ■ Terracon Project No. H4147006 Eleven (11) samples of painted building components and equipment were collected to determine • the amount of lead content. Samples were collected by carefully scraping a small section of the • paint and immediately placing it in a sealable plastic bulk container. • 3.4 Sample Analysis Bulk samples were submitted under proper chain of custody procedures to EMSL Analytical, Inc. (EMSL) for analysis by Polarized Light Microscopy with dispersion staining techniques per EPA • methodology (40 CFR 763, Subpart F). The percentage of asbestos, where applicable, was determined by microscopic visual estimation. EMSL is accredited under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP Accreditation No. 101151-0). • Paint chip samples were submitted under chain of custody to EMSL for analysis by the Flame • Atomic Absorption method, according to Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Method SW 846 3050B/700B. EMSL is accredited under the Environmental Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELLAP) (Accreditation No. 163563). • 4.0 Regulatory Overview 1110 The regulatory agency responsible for the oversight of the rules pertaining to asbestos -containing building materials (ACBM) is the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Prior to demolition or renovation of a facility a survey must be conducted in accordance with section 40 CFR 61-M • National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; Asbestos NESHAP Revisions, Final Rule. The asbestos NESHAP regulates asbestos fiber emissions and asbestos waste disposal practices. It also requires the identification and classification of existing building materials prior to demolition or renovation activity. In the State of Florida, the Department of Environmental ID Protection (DEP) enforces the rules pertaining to ACM. Some counties have developed an enforcement division to carry out the responsibilities of the DEP and have developed environmental and asbestos ordinances in which additional compliance is required. I• Under NESHAP, asbestos -containing building materials are classified as either friable, Category I non -friable or Category II non -friable ACM. Friable materials are those that, when dry, may be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure. Category I non -friable ACM includes packings, gaskets, resilient floor coverings and asphalt roofing products containing more • than 1% asbestos. Category II non -friable ACM are any materials other than Category I materials • that contain more than 1% asbestos. ID Friable ACM, Category I and Category II non -friable ACM which is in poor condition and has become friable or which will be subjected to drilling, sanding, grinding, cutting or abrading and which could be crushed or pulverized during anticipated renovation or demolition activities are considered regulated ACM (RACM). In the state of Florida, asbestos activities are regulated by 411 the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP). RACM must be removed prior to Reliable ■ Responsive ■ Resourceful 4 • Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP • Clearwater, Florida February 3, 2014 a Terracon Project No. H4147006 lierracon demolition activities which will disturb the materials. The owner or operator must provide the FDEP with written notification of planned removal activities at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of asbestos abatement activities. Removal of RACM must be conducted by a State of Florida -licensed asbestos abatement contractor. In addition, third party air monitoring should be performed during and following the abatement. The OSHA Asbestos standard for construction (29 CFR 1926.1101) regulates workplace exposure to asbestos. The OSHA standard requires that employee exposure to airbome asbestos fibers be maintained below 0.1 asbestos fibers per cubic centimeter of air (0.1 f/cc). The OSHA standard classifies construction and maintenance activities which could disturb ACM, and specifies work practices and precautions which employers must follow when engaging in each class of regulated work. Construction work where an employee may be occupationally exposed to lead including painting and decorating by alteration and/or repair, that would disturb lead paint should be performed within compliance with OSHA lead in construction standard 29 CFR 1926.62. 5.0 FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5.1 Asbestos Analysis Laboratory analysis identified the presence of asbestos in samples of the following materials: • Grey gasket on heater pipes • Roof flashing • Black over white caulk Approximately four square feet of asbestos -containing gaskets were observed on the heater pipes. This material was observed to be friable and must be removed prior to demolition of the structure. Approximately 120 square feet of asbestos -containing roof flashing was identified along the roof perimeter. This material was in poor condition and is considered to be a Category I nonfriable material. Approximately 20 square feet of black over white caulking was observed on the ceiling near the wall penetration to the restroom. This material is considered to be a Category II nonfriable material in good condition. Reliable ■ Responsive • Resourceful 5 do! • • • • r • • r • to • op r • • • • • • or • • • • • • • 3, Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP • Clearwater, Florida • February 3, 2014 ■ Terracon Project No. H4147006 lierracon • The heater was not able to be dismantled during our assessment, but is assumed to contain • asbestos insulation and potentially other gaskets. In addition, the tank cover was not able to be ,• assessed due to the condition of the tank. The tank cover must be assumed ACM until it can be sampled and laboratory analysis determines the asbestos content. The cover is considered to be • a Category I nonfriable material in poor condition. • • Terracon recommends the identified and assumed ACM be removed prior to demolition of the • building. • A summary of the approximate quantity of identified ACM is presented in Appendix B - II Identified Asbestos -Containing Materials. Photographs of identified ACM are located in • Appendix F. The laboratory analytical report and chain -of -custody are provided in Appendix C — . Asbestos Analytical Laboratory Data. • It should be noted that suspect materials, other than those identified during the January 16, • 2014, survey may exist within the building. Should suspect materials other than those which lb were identified during this survey be uncovered prior to or during the abatement or demolition process, those materials should be assumed asbestos -containing until sampling and analysis a, can confirm or deny their asbestos content. 5.2 Lead Paint Analysis • III Laboratory analysis identified the presence of lead above detectable limits in nine of the eleven II samples of paint chip samples collected. A summary of the color and location of identified lead paint are presented in Appendix D. Photographs of identified lead paint are located in Appendix F. IIII Laboratory analytical reports are included in Appendix E. II • During construction activities which involve the disturbance of lead paints, the contractor should ID use lead safe work practices. Personnel sampling to monitor workers during the removal of materials with lead paint should be performed to document compliance with the OSHA lead in • construction standard, 29 CFR 1926.62. • 5.3 Hazardous Materials Analysis • • Terracon identified ten fluorescent light bulbs and five potential PCB ballasts during the course of Ili our assessment. III Two mercury thermostats (water bath thermostats) were observed on the heater. • • The motor starter on the heater is suspected of containing lead. • ile The three Spin Top Enclosure pumps from the Square D Company are suspected of containing PCBs. • IIII Reliable ■ Responsive ■ Resourceful 6 • Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP s Clearwater, Florida February 3, 2014 a Terracon Project No. H4147006 lierracon If this equipment will not be reused, Terracon recommends that the potential PCB containing equipment and identified suspect mercury -containing fluorescent light bulbs and thermostats be removed and properly disposed or recycled prior to demolition activities in accordance with Federal, state, and local regulations. Photographs of hazardous materials are located in Appendix F. 6.0 General Comments This asbestos renovation, lead paint, and hazardous materials survey was conducted in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the profession currently practicing under similar conditions in the same locale. The results, findings, conclusions and recommendations expressed in this report are based on conditions observed during our survey of the buildings. The information contained in this report is relevant to the date on which this survey was performed, and should not be relied upon to represent conditions at a later date. This report is not a bidding document. Contractors or consultants reviewing this report must draw their own conclusions regarding further investigation or remediation deemed necessary. Terracon does not warrant the work of regulatory agencies, laboratories or other third parties supplying information which may have been used in the preparation of this report. No warranty, express or implied is made. Reliance on this Asbestos Renovation, Lead Paint, and Hazardous Materials Survey Report dated February 3, 2014, and prepared by Terracon for the client will be subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations stated in Proposal Number PH4130014 REV 1 dated January 14, 2013 and our contract dated January 14, 2013. Reliable ■ Responsive Resourceful 7 4 ID•• • • • • • • • • r • • • • • 111 • • • 11)• • • • • t • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • al • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • • • • • APPENDIX A ASBESTOS SURVEY SAMPLE SUMMARY CLEARWATER WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT 1601 HARBOR DRIVE CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA Project No. H4147006 Report Date: February 3, 2014 HA Sample No.s Description Homogeneous Areas 1 01 —03 Red Gasket 2 04 — 06 Grey Gasket 3 07 — 09 Black Rubbery Gasket 4 10 — 12 Fibrous Insulating Material White Pipes Heater Pipes White Pipes White Pipes 5 13-15 Black Gasket 6 16 —18 Red Gasket 7 19-21 Built-up Roof Orange Pipes on Roof Orange Pipes on Roof Building Roof 8 22-24 Roof Flashing Building Roof Perimeter 9 25 — 27 Black over White Caulk 10 n/a Built-up Cover 11 n/a Insulating Material Ceiling/Wall Seam at Restroom Tank Cover Heater Contents NAD = No asbestos detected Analytical Result NAD 65% Chrysotile NAD NAD NAD NAD NAD 5% Chrysotile 3% Chrysotile Assumed Assumed APPENDIX B IDENTIFIED ASBESTOS -CONTAINING MATERIALS CLEARWATER WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT 1601 HARBOR DRIVE CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA Project No. H4147006 Report Date: February 3, 2014 HA No. Description Material Location Asbestos Type NESHAP Classification Condition Estimated Quantity 2 Grey Gasket Heater 65% Chrysotile Friable RACM Fair 4 SF 8 Roof Flashing Building Roof Perimeter 5% Chrysotile Category I Nonfriable Poor 120 SF 9 Black over White Caulk Ceiling/Wall Seam at Restroom 3% Chrysotile Category II Nonfriable Good 20 SF 10 Built-up Cover Tank Cover Assumed Category 1 Non -friable Poor 500 SF 11 Insulating Material Heater Contents Assumed Friable - RACM Fair Unknown* SF = square feet CF = cubic feet RACM = Regulated Asbestos Containing Material * = Heater could not be disassembled to identify and quantify ACM • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • - • • • • • • • - • • • • • • - - • - • • • 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • APPENDIX C PLM ASBESTOS ANALYTICAL LABORATORY DATA EMSL Analytical, Inc. 5125 Manson Street, Suite 900, Orlando, FL 32804 Phone/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063 htto://www.EMSL.com orlandolab( 1emsl.com EMSL Order: 341400386 CustomerlD: TERA72 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: Attn: Terracon Consultants, Inc. 504 E. Tyler St. Tampa, FL 33602 Project: H4147006 Phone: (813) 626-1730 Fax: (813) 626-1452 Received: 01/17/14 9:43 AM Analysis Date: 1/21/2014 Collected: 1/16/2014 Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Sample 01 Non -Asbestos Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous Asbestos % Type 341400386-0001 On White Pipes - White/Red Red Gasket Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis 02 341400386-0002 On White Pipes - White/Red Red Gasket Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis 03 On White Pipes - White/Red/Black 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Red Gasket Non -Fibrous 341400386-0003 Heterogeneous Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis 04 341400386-0004 On Heater Pipes - Gray/White Grey Gasket Fibrous Heterogeneous 35% Non-fibrous (other) 65% Chrysotile 05 On Heater Pipes - Grey Gasket 341400386-0005 Stop Positive (Not Analyzed) 06 On Heater Pipes - Grey Gasket 341400386-0006 Stop Positive (Not Analyzed) 07 341400386-0007 - Black Rubbery Black/Silver/Green Gasket Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis • • • • • •. . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Analyst(s) Jonathan Teda (4) Katelyn Wright (7) Manolo Hernandez (12) Jonathan Teda, Asbestos Lab Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal govemment. Non -friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Orlando, FL NVLAP Lab Code 101151-0 Initial report from 01/22/2014 08:16:20 Test Report PLM -7.28.9 Printed: 1/22/2014 8:16:20 AM 1 • • • • • . 4 • . • . • • • t- o • • • • • • Sample EMSL Analytical, Inc. 5125 Adanson Street, Suite 900, Orlando, FL 32804 Phone/Fax (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063 htto://www.EMSL.com orlandolab©emsl.com EMSL Order: 341400386 CustomerlD: TERA72 CustomerPO: Projectl0: Attn: Terracon Consultants, Inc. 504 E. Tyler St. Tampa, FL 33602 Project: I-14147006 Phone: (813) 626-1730 Fax: (813) 626-1452 Received: 01/17/14 9:43 AM Analysis Date: 1/21/2014 Collected: 1/16/2014 Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non -Asbestos Asbestos Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous % Type 411 08 - Black Rubbery Black/Silver/Green 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Gasket Non -Fibrous 341400386-0008 •Heterogeneous • • Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis 09 - Black Rubbery Black/Silver/Green 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Gasket Non -Fibrous 341400386-0009 Heterogeneous Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis 10 - Fibrous Brown 10% Synthetic 35% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Insulating Material Fibrous 50% Cellulose 341400386-0010 Heterogeneous 5% Hair I• 11 - Fibrous Brown Insulating Material Fibrous 411 341400386-0011 Heterogeneous • 12 - Fibrous Various 411 341400386-0012 Insulating Material Fibrous • Heterogeneous 25% Cellulose 20% Synthetic 5% Hair 50% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 35% Cellulose 15% Synthetic 5% Hair 5% Quartz None Detected 40% Non-fibrous (other) • 13 Roof - Black Black Gasket - Orange Fibrous . 341400386-0013 Pipe Heterogeneous • 14 Roof - Black Black • 341400386-0014 Gasket - Orange Fibrous Pipe Heterogeneous • • • Jonathan Teda (4) Manolo Hernandez (12) 40% Synthetic 60% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis 40% Synthetic 60% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Analyst(s) • Katelyn Wright (7) i Jonathan Teda, Asbestos Lab Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government. Non -friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum. wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Orlando, FL NVLAP Lab Code 101151-0 • Initial report from 01/22/2014 08:16:20 • Test Report PLM -7.28.9 Printed: 1/22/2014 8:16:20 AM • J • • 2 EMSL Analytical, Inc. 5125 Adanson Street, Suite 900, Orlando, FL 32804 Phone/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063 htto://www.EMSL.com orlandolabla1emsl.com EMSL Order: 341400386 CustomerlD: TERA72 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: All" : Terracon Consultants, Inc. 504 E. Tyler St. Tampa, FL 33602 Project: H4147006 Phone: (813) 626-1730 Fax: (813) 626-1452 Received: 01/17/14 9:43 AM Analysis Date: 1/21/2014 Collected: 1/16/2014 Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 6001R-931116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non -Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous Asbestos % TYAe • • • s 15 341400386-0015 Roof - Black Gasket - Orange Pipe Tan/Black Fibrous Heterogeneous 30% Synthetic 70% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 16 341400386-0016 Roof - Red Gasket - Orange Pipe Red Non -Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 17 341400386-0017 18 341400386-0018 Roof - Red Gasket - Orange Pipe Roof - Red Gasket - Orange Pipe Red Non -Fibrous Homogeneous Red/Orange Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) 100% Non-fibrous (other) Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis None Detected None Detected • GO • • • • • • • • • • • 19 -Roofing 341400386-0019 - Built-up Roof Black Fibrous Heterogeneous 15% Cellulose 85% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 19 -Mastic 341400386-0019A - Built-up Roof Black 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Non -Fibrous Homogeneous 20 -Roofing 341400386-0020 - Built-up Roof Black Fibrous Heterogeneous 15% Cellulose 85% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 20 -Mastic 341400386-00208 - Built-up Roof Black Non -Fibrous Homogeneous 100% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected Analyst(s) Jonathan Teda (4) Katelyn Wright (7) Manolo Hernandez (12) Jonathan Teda, Asbestos Lab Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal govemment. Non -friable oranically bound materialspresent a probI m matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Orlando, FL NVLAP Lab Code 101151-0 f Initial report from 01/22/2014 08:16:20 Test Report PLM -7.28.9 Printed: 1/22/2014 8:16:20 AM 3 • • • • • • •• i • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • Sample EMSL Analytical, Inc. 5125 Adanson Street, Suite 900, Orlando, FL 32804 Phone/Fax (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063 htto://www.EMSL.com orlandolabt Iemsl.com EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectlD: 341400386 TERA72 Attn: Terracon Consultants, Inc. 504 E. Tyler St. Tampa, FL 33602 Project: H4147006 Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (813) 626-1730 (813) 626-1452 01/17/14 9:43 AM 1/21/2014 1/16/2014 Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 6001R-931116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy i . • 411 341400386-0023 Description Non -Asbestos Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous Asbestos % Type 21 341400386-0021 - Built-up Roof Brown/Black Fibrous Heterogeneous 30% Cellulose 70% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 22 341400386-0022 - Roof Flashing Gray/Black Fibrous Heterogeneous 95% Non-fibrous (other) 5% Chrysotile 23 311) 24 . 411 3414003860025 411 Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis • 26 Seam - Black over White Caulk - Roof Flashing Stop Positive (Not Analyzed) 341400386-0024 - Roof Flashing Stop Positive (Not Analyzed) 25 Seam - Black over Tan/Black White Caulk Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 97% Non-fibrous (other) 3% Chrysotile 411 27 Seam - Black over White Caulk 341400386-0026 Stop Positive (Not Analyzed) 341400386-0027 Stop Positive (Not Analyzed) . . • • • • • i Analyst(s) Jonathan Teda (4) Katelyn Wright (7) Manolo Hernandez (12) Jonathan Teda, Asbestos Lab Manager or other approved signatory 411 EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government. Non -friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL irsf recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Orlando, FL NVLAP Lab Code 101151-0 . Initial report from 01/22/2014 08:16:20 411 Test Report PLM -7.28.9 Printed: 1/22/2014 8:16:20 AM THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT. 111 4 341400386 SAM ANALYTICAL, INC. LIMIONAMIVirsIMOUCTSOIRAINIARI Asbestos Chain of Custody EMSL Order Number (Lab Use Only): W1 c J EMSL ANALYTICAL, INC. 5125 ADANSON ST SUITE 900 ORLANDO, FL 32804 PHONE: (407) 599-5887 FAX: (407) 599-9063 Company : Terracon EMSL-Bill to: ® Same ■ Different If Bill to is Different note instructions in Comments" Street: 504 East Tyler Street Third Party Billing requires written authorization from third party City: Tampa State/Province: FL Zip/Postai Code: 33602 Country: USA Report To (Name): Nacoie Bowersox Fax #: (813) 221-0051 Telephone #: (813) 321-0319 Email Address: nibowersox@terracon.com Project Name/Number: f}(4r7cblo Please Provide Results: 0 Fax 1251 Email 1 Purchase Order: U.S. State Samples Taken: Florida Turnaround Time (TAT) O ions• — Please Check 1:13 Hour 0 6 Hour 1 0 24 Hour 1 0 48 Hour 1 72 Hour 1 0 96 Hour 1 0 1 Week 1 0 2 Week For TEM Air 3 hoursi6 hours, please call ahead to schedule. *There is a premium charge for 3 Hour TEM AHERA or EPA Level 11 TAT. You will be asked to sign an authorization form for this service. Anaysis completed in accordance with EMSL's Terms end Conditions located in the Analytical Price Guide. PCM - Air TEM — Air ■ 4-4.5hr TAT (AHERA only) TEM- Dust • ❑ NIOSH 7400 w/ OSHA 8hr. TWA • AHERA 40 CFR, Part 763 0 NIOSH 7402 0 Microvac - ASTM D 5755 0 Wipe - ASTM D6480 PLM - Bulk (reoortino limit) ■ EPA Level 11 0 Carpet Sonication (EPA 600/J-93/167) {El PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 (<1%) ■ ISO 10312 Soil/RockNermlculite ❑ PLM EPA NOB (<1%) TEM - Bulk 0 PLM CARB 435 - A (0.25% sensitivity) Point Count ❑ 400 (<0.25%) Point Count w/Gravimetric ❑ 400 (<0.25%) ■ 1000 (<0.1%) 0 1000 (<0.1%) 0 TEM EPA NOB ■ NYS NOB 198.4 (non -friable -NY) 0 Chatfield SOP 0 TEM Mass Analysis -EPA 600 sec. 2.5 0 PLM CARB 435 - B (0.1% sensitivity) 0 TEM CARB 435 -13 (0.1% sensitivity) 0 TEM CARB 435 - C (0.01% sensitivity) 0 EPA Protocol (Semi -Quantitative) ❑ NYS 198.1 (friable in NY) TEM — Water: EPA 100.2 0 EPA Protocol (Quantitative) ❑ NYS 198.6 NOB (non -friable -NY) Fibers >10um 0 Waste 0 Drinking Other: ❑ NIOSH 9002 (<1%) All Fiber Sizes 0 Waste • Drinking 0 A Check For Positive Stop — Clearly identify Homogenous roup Samplers Name: Nacole Bowersox i Samplers Signature: Sample # Sample Description Air)r , me Sampled (j1 r.Pzk_ sk4 f- r5v-. Winrft- Drp-eC ( IiL//' G2. - G '2, G3 0'4t., f- (),,, t -r eir i S z vS- �a%Li 0 U Uln b 1 e1 R.4,k6 64, ,1 cy-c 71- O & , O - Total #', of Samples____ Client Sample # (s): _L___ _ Relinquished (Client): Date:/Time: Received (Lab). l ('j ,, JJ / Date: J7 / 1 Time: -'7`- e li Coments/S nstFuctio1 m Controller, Document - Asbestos COC - R2 - 1 1N2o1M Page 1 of 3 pages • •4003$6 •• Mel ANALYTICAL. INC. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Asbestos Chain of Custody EMSL Order Number (Lab Use Only): Q5111-100,35sto EMSL ANALYTICAL, INC. 5125 ADANSON ST. SUITE 90C ORLANDO, FL 32804 PHONE (407) 599-5887 FAX: (407) 599-9063 Additional Pages of the Chain of Custody are only necessary if needed for additional sample information Sample # Sample Description Volu a (Air) HA # (B) Datemme Sampled ti `l et C- %bberY C a se -c+ 1114 AvM a IG F1Mous '1/AS 11IA+)VI TA '1 i. it 1 2 i'.i1 �' I Lt. J 1 IS 1 Le g -ed ct c S e..t O,ro.►� �, i ( 04) ,► t`1 .,p } 20 i 1 Z( 22 ) a- -1 a S 4,.; rt.,-, c Z3 )7 ii7 *Comments/Special instructions: Controueo Ooc menx - Asbestos COC - R2 - U12/2010 Page 2 of 3 pages 1341400386 !MAIL ANALYTICAL. INC. L..e,*a.,V..a.01:1„e...,,...,„ Asbestos Chain of Custody EMSL Order Number (Lab Use Only) EMSL ANALYTICAL, INC. 5125 ADANSON ST, SUITE 900 ORLANDO, FL 32804 PHONE: (407) 599-5887 FAX: (407) 599-9063 Additional Pages of the Chain of Custody are only necessary if needed for additional sample information Sample # Sample Description Volume/Area (Air) HA # (Bulk) Date/Time Sampled ZS 6Ia,Lrr 0v -r 4..)kft'4( C&v&Ik (C -fav) 9 I1Ito/llf 219 2-7 w vi v *Comments/Special Instructions: 1 Controlled Document - Asbestos COC - R2 - 1/2/2010 Page 3 of 3 pages • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • APPENDIX D IDENTIFIED LEAD PAINT CLEARWATER WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT 1601 HARBOR DRIVE CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA Project No. H4147006 Report Date: February 3, 2014 SAMPLE NO. COLOR SUBSTRATE LOCATION LEAD CONCENTRATION (% WEIGHT) L-01 Blue over Green Metal Heater 0.024 L-02 Tan Concrete Wall <0.010 L-03 Red Metal Pipe 0.018 L-04 White Metal Pipe 0.028 L-05 Yellow and Metal Rail 0.043 L-06 Brown Concrete 1 Wall 0.021 L-07 Green Metal Motor — Belt Cover 0.015 L-08 Off -White I Wood Ceiling <0.010 L-09 Green ( Metal Pipe 0.240 L-10 Off -White Concrete Exterior Wall 0.029 L-11 Orange Metal Pipe 0.19 sasvossesessesesesevessessmossessodessee APPENDIX E LEAD PAINT ANALYTICAL LABORATORY DATA • • • • . • t • • EMSL Analytical, Inc. 5125 Manson Street, Suite 900, Orlando, FL 32804 Phone/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063 htto://www.EMSL.com orlandolab@emsl.com EMSL Order: 341400390 CustomerlD: TERA72 CustomerPO: ProjectlD: Ann: Nacole Bowersox Terracon Consultants, Inc. 504 E. Tyler St. Tampa, FL 33602 Project: H4147006 Phone: (813) 626-1730 Fax: (813) 626-1452 Received: 01/17/14 9:43 AM Collected: 1/16/2014 • Client Sample Description Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS (SW 846 30508*/7000B) Lab LD Collected Analyzed III L-01 0001 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 11111 Site: Heater/Green & Blue Metal L-02 0002 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 . Site: WalllTan Concrete Lead Concentration 0.024 % wt <0.010 % wt . L-03 0003 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 Site: Pipe/Red Metal . L-04 0004 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 .Site: Pipe/White Metal L-05 0005 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 . Site: Rail/Yellow & Grey Metal L-06 0006 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 1111 Site: Wall/Brown Concrete 0.018 % wt 0.028 % wt 0.043 % wt 0.021 % wt 3111L-08 0008 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 Site: Ceiling/Offwhite Wood L-09 0009 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 Site: Pipe/Green Metal L-07 0007 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 Site: Belt Cover/Green Metal tsssi.ss•..s.•I . • Test Report ChmSnglePrm/nQC-7.21.0 Printed: 1/21/2014 2:58:44 PM . 411 0.015 % wt <0.010 % wt 0.24 % wt L-10 L-11 0010 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 Site: Ext Wall/Offwhite Concrete 0011 1/16/2014 1/18/2014 Site: Pipe/Orange Metal 0.029 % wt 0.19 %wt Blanca Cortes, Ph.D., Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory Reporting limit is 0.010 %wt based on the minimum sample weight per our SOP. The QC data associated with these results included in this report meet the method QC requirements, unless specifically indicated otherwise. Unless noted, results in this report are not blank corrected. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. 'slight modifications to methods applied. "<' (less than) result signifies that the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting limit. Measurement of uncertainty is available upon request. Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Orlando, FL AIHA-LAP, LLC—ELLAP Accredited #163563 Initial report from 01/21/2014 14:58:44 Paae 1 of 1 • SOM. 1141Mit.. Lead & Metals Chain of Custody I E Number C nUse Orly/ Page 1 of 2 Orlando Ft Suite 900 5125 Adanson St Orlando. Fl 32804 PHONE (407} 599.5887 Company: Tertacon EMSL-881 to: El S.m.D Dement 0 Be to is Deters t note m ew:eons in Comments" rMnl Party Bang (squires mitten author»con from Mori party Street: 504 E. Tyler Street City/State/Zip: Tampa, FL 33602 Report To (Name): Nacole Bowersox Fax: Telephone: 813-220-3927 Email Address: ntbowersoxaterracon com Project Name/Number: r} t.{ (L{ Z 00 to Please Provide Results: Email iPurchaae Outer: IStue Samples Taken: FL Turnaround Time (TA Options - Please Check ❑ 3 Hour] ❑ 4 Hour J❑ 24 Hour 1 0 4e Hour 1 tp 72 Hour 1 ❑ 96 Hour 1 p 1 Week 1 p 2 Week Analysis completed in accordance with EMSL's Towns and Conditions located in the Prize Guide Matrix Method instrument Reporting Limit Check Chipsp trtprcm2 C�, % by wt. SW84 70008 7420 or AOAC 974.02 Flame Atomic Absorption 0.01%120 Air NIOSH 7082 NIOSH 7105 NIOSH 7300 modified Flame Atomic Absorption 4 µg/titter Ig ❑ Graphite Furnace AA 0.03 µglfifter ICP -AES 0.5 pg/filter Wipe" ❑ ASTM ❑ non ASPM 11 no boa Is aAmdtW, non-ASTii 1 Mpg Is assumed SW848-70008f7420 Flame Atomic Absorption 10W ❑ SW846-601 OB a C ICP -AES 0.5 µg/wipe ❑ TCLP SW846-1311/7420/SM31118 Flame Atomic Absorption 0.4 mg/L (ppm) SW846-60108 or C ICP -AES 0.1 mg/L (ppm) Soil SW848-70008/7420 Flame Atomic Absorption 40 mg4kg (ppm) SW848-7421 Graphite Furnace AA ICP -AES 0.3 m (ppm) 1 mg kg (ppm) _ SW84&GO1013 or C WastewaterSM3/ 11 B or SW846-700013 7420 Flan Atomic Absorption 0.4 mgiL (ppm) 0 EPA 200.9 Graphite Furnace M 0.003 mg/L (ppm) ❑ SW848-60108 or C ICP -AES 1 rnglkg (ppin) ❑ Drinking Water EPA 200.9 Graphite Furnace AA .003 mg/L (ppm) 0 Other: Preservation Method (W Name of Sampler: N au) i C- 60 we* S etc S%vature of sampler: Sample a Location Volume/Area Date/Time L -o 1jita±f_r- „fy, el4 c ��_ I(it.4i L - 0 Li- ..s,_(1. Pipe I i.,0 -iii -c. ),1-1 P -►->,6 _� _U. ,.—.. L- - 41.0 _._.R Pat _l_ _--_ I 4.ei. L�...Lti3_._.._. lr'Q.._ _. __. \IN 0,1 l e>co v.} e-) _._. . -t_..±)„,1 Cc.) n Gv ti C Client Sample f's______-- a. / - 1 1 Total aof Samples: I L Pell • wished Client : 411 AP Date: , /i (..l /q Tirne: _IL _ 8/#, _ d Time: 1 ' Cernments/SpecialIns cttons: Comet. 0...•••1- lee s mama coc - 14,1 0 - 1' 23,3004 http://www.emsl.com/000_Print.cfm Page 1 of 2 Pages 5/14/2012 • • • - f • • • • - - • • • • • • Lead & Metals Chain of Custody t EMSL rd r Numbeap use only): Page 2 of 2 Corporate O,nrar r'sor N,; 20C Route 130 tient' C r arrlso' N.i 08077 ?HONE 1-800-22220-J675 Sample # Location VolumelArea FAX {856;'86-5374 Date/Time Sampled L -O -i &.1-k c.nvey- 1t'?en y IIitoP-t f L ` OCl C 6 i, ,r)/ f y11 41 j ft vU nde-A ciki 09 Pi P1r�s c e� ei.e.t0.( Z- i o Vvatt 1 04‘,vski 4-e cc r cv-c-{-� L- (1 2,c -e._ 1 Ara e mGia 1 ►) hp /11-i fl lAk Comments/Special Instructions: - • http:; www.emsl.com COC Print.cfm Page 2- of 2 Pages 6/5/2012 11110V001191111011110111181111VOMMOOSSO•11011411111111111 APPENDIX F co 0 1- 0 a • a • i • • • a • • • • a • a • • • • • • • • a a • • • • • • • • • • • • • Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP Clearwater, Florida February 3, 2014 ■ Terracon Project No. H4147006 lierracon Photo #1 HA 1: Red Gasket Photo #2 HA 2: Grey Gasket on Heater !Photo #3 HA 3: Black Rubbery Gasket Photo #4 HA 5: Black Gasket Photo #5 HA 8: Roof Flashing . Photo #6 HA 9: Black over White Caulk Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP Clearwater, Florida February 3, 2014 Terracon Project No. H4147006 a a a lierracon le a a r • • • • • • a • • • • Photo #7 HA 11: Heater with assumed ACM in insulating material Photo #8 Green over blue paint on heater Photo #9 White paint on pipes Photo #10 Off-white paint on ceiling Photo #11 Yellow and grey paint on rail Photo #12 Mercury containing thermostats • • a • • a S • • • • • 111 tc a a • • a . • • . . . • . • • • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • • Asbestos, Lead Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey Clearwater WWTP Clearwater, Florida February 3, 2014 Terracon Project No. H4147006 lrerracon �_ A - _ ....� 1 1........_ Photo #13 Pumps potentially containing PCBs Photo #14 Motor potentially containing lead APPENDIX G INSPECTOR CERTIFICATIONS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • t • • t • • • • • • • • • • 30 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Asbestos Survey Report Addendum Clearwater Wastewater Treatment Plant 1601 Harbor Drive Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida September 22, 2014 Terracon Project No.: H4147006 Prepared for: King Engineering Associates 4921 Memorial Highway One Memorial Center, Suite 300 Tampa, Florida 33634 Prepared by: Terracon Consultants, Inc. Tampa, Florida Offices Nationwide Established in 1965 Employee -Owned terracon.com Geotechnical Environmental lierracon Construction Materials Facilities • September 22, 2014 King Engineering Associates, Inc. 4921 Memorial Highway One Memorial Center, Suite 300 Tampa, FL 33634 Attention: Thomas Traina Telephone: (813) 810-8881 Email: ttrainaAkingengineerinq.com RE: Asbestos Survey Addendum Clearwater Wastewater Treatment Plant 1601 Harbor Drive Clearwater, FL Terracon Project No.: H4147006 Dear Mr. Traina: lierracon • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The purpose of this report is to present the results of a follow-up site visit performed on September 5, 2014, at the above referenced property in Clearwater, Florida. This survey waslit conducted in general accordance with Project Task No.: PH4130014, dated January 14, 2013, provided by King Engineering Associates, Inc. to Terracon Consultants, Inc. We understand that this survey was requested due to the planned demolition of the facility. The original survey performed on January 16, 2014 did not include sampling of the concrete walls of the 2nd Digester Tank, as well as the concrete walls, roof, and slab of the attached building. - Terracon collected an additional 6 bulk samples of suspect ACMs from one homogenous 11111 sampling area. Asbestos was not identified in samples collected during this assessment by laboratory analysis.fa If the scope of the demolition changes or additional suspect materials is identified, Terracon S should be notified and sampling of the additional materials should be performed prior to ID disturbance. • This survey was conducted in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the profession currently practicing under similar conditions in the same • locale. The results, findings, conclusions and recommendations expressed in this report are based on conditions observed during our survey of the building. The information contained in this i report is relevant to the date on which this survey was performed and should not be relied upon to • represent conditions at a later date. This report is not a bidding document. Contractors or consultants reviewing this report must draw their own conclusions regarding further investigation or remediation deemed necessary. Terracon does not warrant the work of regulatory agencies, S 11111 S • • • • • • Asbestos Survey Addendum lierracon Wastewater Treatment Plant ■ 1601 Harbor Drive ■ Tampa, Florida • September 22, 2014 Terracon Project No. H4147006 • • laboratories or other third parties supplying information which may have been used in the preparation of this report. No warranty, expressed or implied is made. • • Reliance on this Report dated September 22, 2014 and prepared by Terracon for the client and • King Engineering Associates, Inc. will be subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations stated • in our Master Services Agreement as engaged by Project Task No.: H4130014, dated January 14, 2014. • • Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) appreciates the opportunity to provide this service to King • Engineering Associates, Inc.. If you have any questions regarding this report, please contact the . undersigned at (813) 221-0050. • Sincerely, • i fef racon • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Florida Asbestos Business License Number ZA-337 Christopher Abraham Staff Environmental Scientist Reliable ■ Responsive s Resourceful Michael Schrum, P.E. FL Licensed Asbestos Consultant License Number AX78 APPENDIX A ASBESTOS SURVEY SAMPLE SUMMARY CLEARWATER WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT 1601 HARBOR DRIVE CLEARWATER, PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA Project No. H4147006 Report Date: September 22, 2014 HA Sample No.s Description Homogeneous Areas Analytical Result (% Asbestos) 12 28 - 33 Concrete 2nd Digester Walls, Roof, and Slab None Detected • or • 411• • • or r • • al • • S i S • • 411 r or • • arS • S • • S • S • • • f • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • r r • • r • • • i • • • • r APPENDIX B PHOTOGRAPHS OF HOMOGENOUS AREAS Reliable s Responsive ■ Resourceful Asbestos Demolition Survey Wastewater Treatment Plant 1601 Harbor Drive Clearwater, Florida Photos taken: September 5, 2014 Terracon Project No. H4147006 • • • lrerracon • • • • • • • • • • • • Photo #1 Concrete Block Wall - Interior Photo #2 Concrete Block Wall - Exterior Photo #3 Concrete Slab Photo #4 Concrete Wall - Tank Photo #5 Concrete Wall — Building Interior/Exterior Photo #6 Concrete - Roof • • 110 • • • • . • • • • • 3) • • • • • a • • • • • a a • s r • • • a a a a a • • • a • • • a APPENDIX C PLM ASBESTOS ANALYTICAL LABORATORY DATA Reliable ■ Responsive • Resourceful EMSL Analytical, Inc. 5125 Manson Street, Suite 900, Orlando, FL 32804 Phone/Fax: (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063 htto://www.EMSL.com orlandolabBemsl.com EMSL Order: Customer' D: CustomerPO: ProjectiD: 341407857 TERA72 • . . Attn: Chris Abraham Terracon Consultants, Inc. 504 E. Tyler St. Tampa, FL 33602 Project: H4147006 Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (813) 626-1730 (813) 626-1452 09/08/14 9:09 AM 9/8/2014 9/5/2014 Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 6001R-931116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Sample Description 12-28 341407857-0001 Non -Asbestos Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous Asbestos % Type Building Walls Interior - Concrete Block Gray/Beige Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 55% Quartz 10% Ca Carbonate 35% Non-fibrous (other) Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis None Detected 12-29 341407857-0002 Building Walls Exterior - Concrete Block Gray/Beige Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 55% Quartz 10% Ca Carbonate 35% Non-fibrous (other) Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis None Detected 12-30 341407857-0003 Building Floor - Concrete Slab Gray/Tan Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 50% Quartz 10% Ca Carbonate 40% Non-fibrous (other) Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis None Detected • . • • •• • . • • i 12 -31 -Gray Concrete 341407857-0004 Tank Wall - Concrete Gray Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 55% Quartz 10% Ca Carbonate 35% Non-fibrous (other) None Detected 12 -31 -White Concrete 341407857-0004A Tank Wall - Concrete White/Beige Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 55% Quartz 10% Ca Carbonate 35% Non-fibrous (other) Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis None Detected 12-32 341407857-0005 Building Int/Ext Gray/White Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous Walls - Concrete 55% Quartz 10% Ca Carbonate 35% Non-fibrous (other) Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis None Detected Analyst(s) Katelyn Wright (3) Manolo Hernandez (4) Jonathan Teda, Asbestos Lab Manager or other approved signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government. Non -friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Orlando, FL NVLAP Lab Code 101151-0 Initial report from 09/09/2014 08:46:33 Test Report PLM -7.28.9 Printed: 9/9/2014 8:46:33 AM 1 • . • • • . i • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • EMSL Analytical, Inc. 5125 Manson Street, Suite 900, Orlando, FL 32804 Phone/Fax (407) 599-5887 / (407) 599-9063 htto://www.EMSL.com orlandolabI emsl.com EMSL Order: CustomerlD: CustomerPO: ProjectiD: 341407857 TERA72 Attn: Chris Abraham Terracon Consultants, Inc. 504 E. Tyler St. Tampa, FL 33602 Project: 144147006 Phone: Fax: Received: Analysis Date: Collected: (813) 626-1730 (813) 626-1452 09/08/14 9:09 AM 9/8/2014 9/5/2014 Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-93/116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Sample Description Appearance Non -Asbestos % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous Asbestos % Type • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 12-33 341407857-0006 Roof - Concrete Gray/Beige Non -Fibrous Heterogeneous 55% Quartz 10% Ca Carbonate 35% Non-fibrous (other) Inseparable paint / coating layer included in analysis None Detected Analyst(s) Katelyn Wright (3) Manolo Hernandez (4) Jonathan Teda, Asbestos Lab Manager or other approved signatory • • • • EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government. Non -friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncertainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Orlando, FL NVLAP Lab Code 101151-0 Initial report from 09/09/2014 08:46:33 Test Report PLM -7.28.9 Printed: 9/9/2014 8:46:33 AM THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT. 2 OrderlD: 341407857 EMR ANALYflCAL.Lorowerivouosumenuammi MIO. Asbestos Bulk Building Material Chain of Custody EMSL Order Number (Lab Use Only): • • 5125 Adanson Street, Suite. Orlando. FL 32804 1111 PHONE. (407) 599-5887 FAX (d07) 599-9063 Company : Tenacon EMSL$Il1 to: Q Same Hill to a Different nets Instructions Third part, Sling requires written authatt>raiion ■ M+ Different Commence" from third part, sit: 504 East Tyler Street City: Tampa State/Province: FL Zip/Postal Code: 33602 Country: United States Report To (Name): Chris Abraham Telephone 1: 813-221-0050 Email Address: crabraham@terracon.com Fax 111. 813-221-0051 Purchase Order: Project Name/Number. H414-1006 Please Provide Results: Flax j✓ail�lail U.S. State Samples Taken: FL CT Samples: LI Commercial/Taxable 1ResiderdleVTax ExamiM Turnaround Time (TAT) Please Check ■ 3 Hour ! Q6 Hour24 Hour 1 ■ 48 Hour Hour I ■ 96 Hour 1 II Week 1 L] Z Week *For TEM Air 3 hr through 6 M, please to schedule. •There is a p"wi*an charge for 3 Hour TEM AHER4 or EPA Level H TAT. You wile be asked to sign an authorization form for this service. Analysis completed hr accordant* with EMSL's Terms and Contactor bcatad in the Analytical Price Quids. PLM- Bulk freoortina Ihnlf P - Bulk 0 0 Point Point ❑ • PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 PLM EPA NOB (<1%) Count ❑ 400 (<0.25%) Count w/Gravimetric NIOSH 9002 (<1%) NY ELAP Method 198.1 (<1%) 01000 (<0.1%) ■ 400 (<0.25%) 0 1000 (<0.1%) (friable in NY) in ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ TEM EPA NOB - EPA 600/R-931116 Section 2.5.5.1 NY ELAP Method 198.4 (TEM) Chatfield Protocol (semi -quantitative) TEM % by Mass - EPA 600/R-93/116 Section 2.5.5.2 TEM Qualitative via Filtration Prep Technique TEM Qualitative via Drop Mount Prep Technique ❑ NY ELAP Method 198.6 NOS (non -friable -NY) faini o OSHA ID -191 Modified ■ Standard Addition Method VI ❑ Check For Positive stogy - Clearlyidentify HomogenousI Dain Sampled: o ci � 05 1 2.0 t 4 Sampias me Na: C Irv( i s A b r a h m a Samplers Ste: Sample I HA* Sample Location Material DsaG'bt on . IL- 2.g 12 BuA,ztdincl k-101.13 — ►r1+erker Illit con_cYjte 13Lntk 17--24 12- 13iA ildirl el ifeAliMg...4al1S - flet. It CencYg4-e &fa( Ic 13,-30 t2. i• Conte trilnlL vo'r #4-e ,Malin 12_ -31 1 2. . Taal wn 1 1 t o n_cre 1 2. - Y.2 I Z.. G 1,4 s_1 d i n c1 I n+. 1 e ,c +. all . c •U IL- 33 t L (oa f- (.,Ortre+e Client Sample 0 (s) Total 0 of Samples: Date: i 1 4 lime: 1 0 4• ret Relinquished (Client): O 9 0 5 . t1 V /�\$ \ Time: �� Received (Lab):1 410-;/' Date: V�- � Comments/Special nstru one: Page 1 of ( pages Page 1 Of 1 • • • • • DIGESTER CONTENTS ANALYTICAL REPORT • • • • • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • APPENDIX 3 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • rReview your project LINKS results through Total Access Visit us at: www.testamericainc.com TestAmerica THE LEADER IN ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING ANALYTICAL REPORT TestAmerica Laboratories, Inc. TestAmerica Tampa 6712 Benjamin Road Suite 100 Tampa, FL 33634 Tel: (813)885-7427 TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Client Project/Site: Biosolid Revision: 1 For: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc 170 Bartow Municpal Airport Bartow, Florida 33830 Attn: Mr. Jeffry G. Astin Authorized for release by: 2/17/2014 2:35:22 PM Nancy Robertson, Project Manager II (813)885-7427 nancy.robertson@testamericainc.com • • t r • • • t • • t • • • • 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The test results in this report meet all 2003 NELAC and 2009 TNI requirements for accredited parameters, exceptions are noted in this report. This report may not be reproduced except in full, and with written approval from the laboratory. For questions please contact the Project Manager at the e-mail address or telephone number listed on this page. This report has been electronically signed and authorized by the signatory. Electronic signature is intended to be the legally binding equivalent of a traditionally handwritten signature. Results relate only to the items tested and the sample(s) as received by the laboratory. • • • • • • • • 70 Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 roject/Site: Biosolid • Table of Contents Cover Page • Table of Contents 2 • Sample Summary 3 • Case Narrative 4 • Definitions/Glossary 5 • Detection Summary 6 • Client Sample Results 7 • QC Sample Results 8 • QC Association Summary 14 • Lab Chronicle 17 • Method Summary 18 • Certification Summary 19 • Chain of Custody 21 • Receipt Checklists 22 • f • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • f • • • TestAmerica Tampa Page 2 of 23 2/17/2014 • • Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Project/Site: Biosolid Sample Summary TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 • t Lab Sample ID Client Sample ID Matrix Collected Received • 660-58615-1 Biosolid Solid 01/16/14 11:00 01/16/14 13:40 Page 3 of 23 • • • • • • • • • t • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4 • TestAmerica Tampa • 2/17/2014 5 • • Case Narrative IIClient: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Job ID: 660-58615-1 Laboratory: TestAmerica Tampa 411, Narrative Job Narrative • 660-58615-1 Results are now reported "as is" and not on dry weight basis. Receipt The sample was received on 1/16/2014 1:40 PM; the sample arrived in good condition, properly preserved and, where required, on ice. lbThe temperature of the cooler at receipt was 15.8° C. The sample is considered acceptable since it was collected and submitted to the laboratory on the same day and there is evidence that the chilling process has begun. • • GC Semi VOA Method 8151A: The matrix spike / matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) recoveries and precision for batch 312346 were outside control limits. Sample matrix interference and/or non-homogeniety are suspected because the matrix spikes and associated parent sample required a dilution for sample matrix. No other analytical or quality issues were noted. • Metals No other analytical or quality issues were noted. 1111 General Chemistry alMethod 351.2: The sample duplicate precision for the following sample associated with batch 312370 was outside control limits: (660-58615-1 DU). Non -homogeneity of the sample matrix is suspected. Method 365.4: The sample duplicate precision for the following sample associated with batch 312370 was outside control limits: (660-58615-1 DU). Non -homogeneity of the sample matrix is suspected. No other analytical or quality issues were noted. • S • 4111S S • S i TestAmerica Tampa Page 4 of 23 2/17/2014 S Definitions/Glossary Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Qualifiers GC Semi VOA Qualifier Qualifier Description U Indicates that the compound was analyzed for but not detected. The reported value is between the laboratory method detection limit and the laboratory practical quantitation limit. D1 Surrogate or matrix spike recoveries were not obtained because the extract was diluted for analysis J3 Estimated value; value may not be accurate. Spike recovery or RPD outside of criteria. • • 411 • 411 4111 Metals 4111 Qualifier Qualifier Description 411 • • • • J3 Estimated value; value may not be accurate. Spike recovery or RPD outside of criteria. U Indicates that the compound was analyzed for but not detected. The reported value is between the laboratory method detection limit and the laboratory practical quantitation limit. General Chemistry Qualifier Qualifier Description U J3 Glossary Indicates that the compound was analyzed for but not detected. Estimated value; value may not be accurate. Spike recovery or RPD outside of criteria. Abbreviation These commonly used abbreviations may or may not be present in this report. a Listed under the "0" column to designate that the result is reported on a dry weight basis %R Percent Recovery CNF Contains no Free Liquid DER Duplicate error ratio (normalized absolute difference) Dil Fac Dilution Factor DL, RA, RE, IN Indicates a Dilution, Re -analysis, Re -extraction, or additional Initial metals/anion analysis of the sample DLC Decision level concentration MDA Minimum detectable activity EDL Estimated Detection Limit MDC Minimum detectable concentration MDL Method Detection Limit ML Minimum Level (Dioxin) NC Not Calculated ND Not detected at the reporting limit (or MDL or EDL if shown) PQL Practical Quantitation Limit QC Quality Control RER Relative error ratio RL Reporting Limit or Requested Limit (Radiochemistry) RPD Relative Percent Difference, a measure of the relative difference between two points TEF Toxicity Equivalent Factor (Dioxin) TEQ Toxicity Equivalent Quotient (Dioxin) Page 5 of 23 • • 4 • • • • • • • • i • • • • • • TestAmerica Tampa 2/17/2014 5 • • • • • Detection Summary soClient: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Client Sample ID: Biosolid Lab Sample ID: 660-58615-1 • Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit Oil Fac D Method Prep Type • 2,4-D 0.0081 0.0083 0.0050 mg/Kg 1 8151A Total/NA Silvex (2,4,5 TP) 0.0032 0.0083 0.0016 mg/Kg 1 8151A Total/NA • Copper 1.7 2.0 0.50 mg/Kg 1 6010B Total/NA Potassium 0.0019 0.0099 0.0016 Percent 1 6010B Total/NA • Molybdenum 0.17 0.99 0.16 mg/Kg 1 6010B Total/NA • Lead 0.18 0.50 0.15 mg/Kg 1 60108 Total/NA Zinc 8.2 2.0 0.50 mg/Kg 1 6010B Total/NA • Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl 0.015 0.0049 0.0030 Percent 1 351.2 Total/NA • Phosphorus, Total 0.0031 0.0020 0.0011 Percent 1 365.4 Total/NA Nitrogen, Total 0.024 0.0045 0.0045 Percent 1 Total Nitrogen Total/NA • pH 7.59 1.00 1.00 SU 1 9045C Soluble • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 111•- • • This Detection Summary does not include radiochemical test results. TestAmerica Tampa Page 6 of 23 2/17/2014 Client Sample Results Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Client Sample ID: Biosolid Date Collected: 01/16/14 11:00 Date Received: 01/16/14 13:40 Lab Sample ID: 660-58615-1 Matrix: Solid Percent Solids: 0.1 • • 111 • • Method: 8151A - Herbicides (GC) Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac 2,4-0 0.0081 I 0.0083 0.0050 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 • 2,4 -DB 0.0030 U 0.0083 0.0030 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 2,4,5-T 0.0023 U 0.0083 0.0023 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 Silvex (2,4,5 -TP) 0.0032 I 0.0083 0.0016 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 1111/ Dalapon 0.0029 U 0.10 0.0029 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 Dicamba 0.0019 U 0.0083 0.0019 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 Dichlorprop 0.0011 U 0.0083 0.0011 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 111 Dinoseb 0.0046 U 0.050 0.0046 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 111 MCPA 0.19 U 2.0 0.19 mg/Kg 01/21(14 12:06 01/23114 08:10 1 Mecoprop 0.17 U 2.0 0.17 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 • Surrogate %Recovery Qualifier Limits Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac • DCAA 100 35 - 137 0121/14 12:06 01/23/14 08:10 1 • Method: 6010B - Metals (ICP) • Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac • Arsenic 0.23 U 0.50 0.23 mglKg 01/17114 09:17 01/17/14 11:24 1 Cadmium 0.086 U 0.50 0.086 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 11:24 1 ID Copper 1.7 I 2.0 0.50 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 11:24 1 Potassium 0.0019 I 0.0099 0.0016 Percent 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 11:24 1 Molybdenum 0.17 I 0.99 0.16 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 11:24 1 ilt Nickel 0.43 U 4.0 0.43 mg/Kg 01/17(14 09:17 01/17114 11:24 1 Lead 0.18 I 0.50 0.15 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 11:24 1 • Selenium 0.37 U 0.99 0.37 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 11:24 1 • Zinc 8.2 2.0 0.50 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 11:24 1 Method: 7471A - Mercury (CVAA) • Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MOL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac • Mercury 0.012 U 0.030 0.012 mg/Kg 01/17/14 13:06 01/17/14 14:34 1 • General Chemistry • Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl 0.015 0.0049 0.0030 Percent 01/21/14 14:00 01/22/14 15:10 11110 Phosphorus, Total 0.0031 0.0020 0.0011 Percent 01/21/14 14:00 01/22/14 15:10 1 Nitrogen, Total 0.024 0.0045 0.0045 Percent 01/27/14 10:38 1 • General Chemistry - Soluble • Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac - Nitrate Nitrite as N 0.000055 U 0.00020 0.000055 Percent 01/17/14 17:22 1 pH 7.59 1.00 1.00 SU 01/17/14 06:50 1 111 • • • • Page 7 of 23 TestAmerica Tampa • 2/17/2014 • • • • • IQC Sample Results Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Method: 8151A - Herbicides (GC) • Lab Sample ID: MB 680-312346/5-A Client Sample ID: Method Blank • Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 312592 Prep Batch: 312346 III MB MB • Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac 2,4-D 0.0050 U 0.0083 0.0050 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 11111 2,4 -DB 0.0030 U 0.0083 0.0030 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 2,4,5-T 0.0023 U 0.0083 0.0023 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 • Silvex (2,4,5 -TP) 0.0016 U 0.0083 0.0016 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 • Dalapon 0.0029 U 0.10 0.0029 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 Dicamba 0.0019 U 0.0083 0.0019 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 • Dichlorprop 0.0011 U 0.0083 0.0011 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 - Dinoseb 0.0046 U 0.050 0.0046 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 MCPA 0.19 U 2.0 0.19 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 • Mecoprop 0.17 U 2.0 0.17 mg/Kg 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 • MB MB Surrogate %Recovery Qualifier Limits Prepared Analyzed Coil Fac • DCAA 83 35. 137 01/21/14 12:06 01/23/14 06:41 1 • Lab Sample ID: LCS 680-312346/6-A Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample • Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 312592 Prep Batch: 312346 1111 Spike LCS LCS %Rec. Analyte Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits 2,4-D 0.0666 0.0542 mg/Kg 81 53 - 130 411111 2,4 -DB 0.0666 0.0234 mg/Kg 35 10.130 2,4,5-T 0.0666 0.0468 mg/Kg 70 17.130 • Silvex (2,4,5 -TP) 0.0666 0.0469 mg/Kg 70 29 - 130 • Dalapon 0.333 0.241 mg/Kg 72 19.130 Dicamba 0.0666 0.0562 mg/Kg 84 58.130 • Dichlorprop 0.0666 0.0500 mg/Kg 75 23.130 • Dinoseb 0.0666 0.0258 1 mg/Kg 39 20 - 130 MCPA 6.66 4.44 mg/Kg 67 47.130 • Mecoprop 6.66 4.07 mg/Kg 61 10.130 • LCS LCS Surrogate %Recovery Qualifier Limits • DCAA 86 35.137 • Lab Sample ID: 680 -97803 -A -3-B MS Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike • Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 312592 Prep Batch: 312346 IIISample Sample Spike MS MS %Rec. • Analyte Result Qualifier Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits 2,4-D 0.025 J3 U 0.0665 0.130 J3 mg/Kg 196 53. 130 • 2,4 -DB 0.015 U 0.0665 0.0582 mg/Kg 87 10 - 130 2,4,5-T 0.011 U 0.0665 0.0221 1 mg/Kg 33 17 - 130 • Silvex (2,4,5 -TP) 0.0079 J3 U 0.0665 0.0438 mg/Kg 66 29. 130 • Dalapon 0.014 U 0.332 0.211 1 mg/Kg 63 19 - 130 Dicamba 0.0094 U 0.0665 0.0455 mg/Kg 68 58.130 allDichlorprop 0.0054 U 0.0665 0.0520 mg/Kg 78 23.130 Dinoseb 0.023 J3 U 0.0665 0.023 J3 U mg/Kg 0 20 - 130 MCPA 0.94 J3 U 6.65 1.91 1 J3 mg/Kg 29 47. 130 III • TestAmerica Tampa • Page 8 of 23 2/17/2014 QC Sample Results Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Method: 8151A - Herbicides (GC) (Continued) Lab Sample ID: 680 -97803 -A -3-B MS Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 312592 Prep Batch: 312346 Sample Sample Spike MS MS %Rec. Analyte Result Qualifier Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits al 0.84 J3 U 6.65 23.1 J3 mg/Kg 347 10. 130 MS MS • Surrogate %Recovery Qualifier Limits DCAA 0 01 35 - 137if Lab Sample ID: 680 -97803 -A -3-C MSD Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Duplicate Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA III Analysis Batch: 312592 Prep Batch: 312346 • Sample Sample Spike MSD MSD %Rec. RPD Analyte Result Qualifier Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits RPD Limit • 2,4-D 0.025 J3 U0.0659 0.0837 mg/Kg 127 53. 130 44 50 - 2,4 -DB 0.015 U 0.0659 0.0634 mg/Kg 96 10.130 9 50 2,4,5-T 0.011 U 0.0659 0.0247 I mg/Kg38 17.130 11 50 III Silvex (2,4,5 -TP) 0.0079 J3 U 0.0659 0.0437 mg/Kg66 29. 130 0 50 Dalapon 0.014 U 0.329 0.216 I mg/Kg 65 19.130 2 50 - Dicamba 0.0094 U 0.0659 0.0427 mg/Kg 65 58.130 6 50 GO Dichlorprop 0.0054 U 0.0659 0.0541 mg/Kg 82 23 - 130 4 50 ill: Dinoseb 0.023 J3 U 0.0659 0.023 J3 U mg/Kg 0 20. 130 NC 50 MCPA 0.94 J3 U 6.59 1.80 I J3 mg/Kg 27 47 - 130 6 50 Mecoprop 0.84 J3 U 6.59 34.1 J3 mg/Kg 517 10. 130 39 50 MSD MSD • Surrogate %Recovery Qualifier Limits DCAA 0 01 35- 137 al Method: 6010B - Metals (ICP) Lab Sample ID: MB 660-145302/1-A Client Sample ID: Method Blank - Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 145298 Prep Batch: 145302 111 MB MB - Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac Arsenic 0.23 U 0.50 0.23 mg/Kg 01/17114 09:17 01/17114 10:47 1 . Cadmium 0.087 U 0.50 0.087 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 10:47 1 - Copper 0.50 U 2.0 0.50 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 10:47 1 Potassium 0.0016 U 0.010 0.0016 Percent 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 10:47 1 - Molybdenum 0.16 U 1.0 0.16 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 10:47 1 Nickel 0.43 U 4.0 0.43 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 10:47 1 • Lead 0.15 U 0.50 0.15 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 10:47 1 • Selenium 0.37 U 1.0 0.37 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 10:47 1 Zinc 0.50 U 2.0 0.50 mg/Kg 01/17/14 09:17 01/17/14 10:47 1 - Lab Sample ID: LCS 660-145302/2-A Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample all Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA . Analysis Batch: 145298 Prep Batch: 145302 Spike LCS LCS %Rec. Analyte Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits Arsenic 50.0 49.6 mg/Kg 99 75.125 Cadmium 50.0 47.5 mg/Kg 95 75 - 125 . TestAmerica Tampa • Page 9 of 23 2/17/2014 IIII all 0 • • • QC Sample Results DI Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid • Method: 6010B - Metals (ICP) (Continued) • Lab Sample ID: LCS 660-145302/2-A Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample • Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 145298 Prep Batch: 145302 • Spike LCS LCS %Rec. • Analyte Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits Copper 50.0 55.2 mg/Kg 110 75.125 • Potassium 0.125 0.133 Percent 106 75 - 125 Molybdenum 50.0 52.0 mg/Kg 104 75.125 i• Nickel 50.0 52.7 mg/Kg 105 75.125 • Lead 50.0 48.6 mg/Kg 97 75.125 Selenium 50.0 47.6 mg/Kg 95 75.125 • Zinc 50.0 47.5 mg/Kg 95 75. 125 • Lab Sample ID: 660 -58605 -C -2-B MS "5 Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike • Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 145298 Prep Batch: 145302 • Sample Sample Spike MS MSIII %Rec. Analyte Result Qualifier Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits Arsenic 3.2 J3 49.5 39.8 J3 mg/Kg 74 75 - 125 • Cadmium 0.44 J3 U 49.5 36.0 J3 mg/Kg 73 75. 125 Copper 4.8 I 49.5 47.4 mg/Kg 86 75.125 Ill Potassium 0.013 I 0.124 0.120 Percent 87 75.125 Molybdenum 0.82 J3 U 49.5 35.8 J3 mg/Kg 72 75. 125 Nickel 6.0 I 49.5 49.5 mg/Kg 88 75 - 125 Lead 5.0 49.5 42.7 mg/Kg 76 75.125 Selenium 1.9 J3 U 49.5 34.4 J3 mg/Kg 69 75. 125 . Zinc 12 49.5 49.7 mg/Kg 77 75.125 • Lab Sample ID: 660 -58605 -C -2-C MSD "5 Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Duplicate • Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 145298 Prep Batch: 145302 • Sample Sample Spike MSD MSO %Rec. RPD • Analyte Result Qualifier Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits RPD Limit Arsenic 3.2 J3 49.5 42.1 mg/Kg 79 75.125 6 20 • Cadmium 0.44 J3 U 49.5 38.6 mg/Kg 78 75. 125 7 20 Copper 4.8 I 49.5 51.3 mg/Kg 94 75.125 8 20 - Potassium 0.013 1 0.124 0.127 Percent 92 75 - 125 6 20 • Molybdenum 0.82 J3 U 49.5 38.4 mg/Kg 78 75 - 125 7 20 Nickel 6.0 I 49.5 52.2 mg/Kg 93 75.125 5 20 • Lead 5.0 49.5 44.0 mg/Kg 79 75.125 3 20 • Selenium 1.9 J3 U 49.5 36.9 mg/Kg 75 75.125 7 20 Zinc 12 49.5 57.5 mg/Kg 92 75.125 15 20 • • Method: 7471A - Mercury (CVAA) • Lab Sample ID: MB 660-145332/13-A Client Sample ID: Method Blank Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 145336 Prep Batch: 145332 •MB MB Analyte Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac aiMercury 0.012 U 0.030 0.012 mg/Kg 01/17/1413:06 01/17/14 14:15 1 • • • • • TestAmerica Tampa Page 10 of 23 2/17/2014 QC Sample Results Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Method: 7471A - Mercury (CVAA) (Continued) Lab Sample ID: LCS 660-145332/14-A Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 145336 Analyte Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 145332 Spike LCS LCS %Rec. Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits Mercury 0.167 0.177 mg/Kg 106 80.120 Lab Sample ID: 660 -58627 -A -1-B MS Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 145336 Prep Batch: 145332 Sample Sample Spike MS MS %Rec. Analyte Result Qualifier Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits Mercury 0.51 J3 0.167 0.558 J3 mg/Kg 30 80.120 Lab Sample ID: 660 -58627 -A -1-C MSD Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 145336 Analyte Sample Sample Spike Result Qualifier Added MSD MSD Result Qualifier Unit Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Duplicate Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 145332 %Rec. RPD D %Rec Limits RPD Limit Mercury 0.51 J3 0.167 Method: 351.2 - Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl Lab Sample ID: MB 680-312370/2-A Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312572 Analyte - 0.493 J3 mg/Kg -9 BO.120 12 20 • Client Sample ID: Method Blank Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 312370 MB MB Result Qualifier PQL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl 0.0030 U 0.0050 0.0030 Percent 01/21114 14:00 01122114 14:42 1 Lab Sample ID: LCS 680-312370/1-A Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312572 Analyte Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 312370 Spike LCS LCS %Rec. Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits 0.0400 0.0397 Percent 99 75 - 125 Lab Sample ID: 640 -46428 -B -1-C MS Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 312572 Prep Batch: 312370 Sample Sample Spike MS M$ %Rec. Analyte Result Qualifier Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl 0.13 0.0395 0.171 Percent 98 75.125 Lab Sample ID: 640 -46428 -B -1-D MSD Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Duplicate Matrix: Solid Prep Type: Total/NA Analysis Batch: 312572 Prep Batch: 312370 Sample Sample Spike MSD MSD %Rec. RPD Analyte Result Qualifier Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits RPD Limit Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl 0.13 0.0386 0.170 Percent 97 75 _ 125 1 40 Page 11 of 23 11111 • TestAmerica Tampa • 2/17/2014 • • • 110 Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Project/Site: Biosolid QC Sample Results 111111 Method: 351.2 - Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl (Continued) Lab Sample ID: 660-58615-1 DU Matrix: Solid • Analysis Batch: 312572 Sample Sample • Analyte Result Qualifier • Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl 0.015 • Method: 353.2 - Nitrogen, Nitrate -Nitrite • Lab Sample ID: MB 680-311988/2-A • Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312027 • MB MB Analyte Result Qualifier • Nitrate Nitrite as N 0.000055 U Lab Sample ID: LCS 680-311988/1-A • Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312027 Spike Analyte Added DU DU Result Qualifier Unit PQL 0.0361 J3 MDL Unit Percent 0.00020 0.000055 Percent • • LCS LCS Result Qualifier Unit TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Client Sample ID: Biosolid Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 312370 RPD D RPD Limit 84 40 Client Sample ID: Method Blank Prep Type: Soluble D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac 01/17/14 17:15 1 Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample Prep Type: Soluble Nitrate Nitrite as N Lab Sample ID: 460 -69405 -B -1-I MS Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312027 Analyte Sample Sample Result Qualifier 0.00200 Spike Added 0.00204 Percent MS MS Result Qualifier Unit %Rec. D %Rec Limits 102 80.120 Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Prep Type: Soluble %Rec. D %Rec Limits Nitrate Nitrite as N 0.00020 - Lab Sample ID: 460 -69405 -B -1-J MSD • Matrix: Solid • Analysis Batch: 312027 - • • • Sample Sample Analyte Result Qualifier 0.00199 Spike Added 0.00208 Percent MSD MSD Result Qualifier Unit 94 80. 120 Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Duplicate Prep Type: Soluble Nitrate Nitrite as N 0.00020 Method: 365.4 - Phosphorus, Total Lab Sample ID: MB 680-312370/2-A Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312571 • Analyte Phosphorus, Total • • • • • • • • 0.00200 0.00205 MB MB Result Qualifier Percent %Rec. D %Rec Limits RPD RPD Limit PQL MDL Unit 93 80 - 120 1 20 Client Sample ID: Method Blank Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 312370 D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac Lab Sample ID: LCS 680-312370/1-A Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312571 Analyte 0.0011 U Spike Added 0.0020 0.0011 Percent LCS LCS Result Qualifier Unit 01/21/14 14:00 01/22/14 14:42 1 Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 312370 %Rec. D %Rec Limits Phosphorus, Total 0.0400 0.0393 Percent 98 60. 140 TestAmerica Tampa Page 12 of 23 2/17/2014 QC Sample Results Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Project/Site: Biosolid Method: 365.4 - Phosphorus, Total (Continued) Lab Sample ID: 640 -46428 -B -1-C MS Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312571 Analyte Sample Sample Result Qualifier Spike Added MS MS Result Qualifier Unit TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 312370 %Rec. O %Rec Limits Phosphorus, Total 0.059 Lab Sample ID: 640 -46428 -B -1-D MSD Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312571 Analyte Sample Sample Result Qualifier 0.0395 Spike Added 0.0970 Percent MSD MSD Result Qualifier Unit 96 60. 140 Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Duplicate Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 312370 %Rec. RPD D %Rec Limits RPD Limit Phosphorus, Total Lab Sample ID: 660-58615-1 DU Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 312571 Analyte 0.059 Sample Sample Result Qualifier 0.0386 0.0988 Percent DU DU Result Qualifier Unit 102 60.140 2 40 Client Sample ID: Biosolid Prep Type: Total/NA Prep Batch: 312370 RPD D RPD Limit Phosphorus, Total Method: 9045C - pH Lab Sample ID: MB 660-145292/1-A Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 145293 Analyte 0.0031 MB MB Result Qualifier PQL pH 7.780 Lab Sample ID: LCS 660-145292/2-A Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 145293 Analyte Spike Added 1.00 0.00951 J3 Percent 102 40 MDL Unit 1.00 SU LCS LCS Result Qualifier Unit . . • d . . . . Client Sample ID: Method Blank4 Prep Type: Soluble D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac 01/17/14 06:50 1 Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample Prep Type: Soluble %Rec. D %Rec Limits pH Lab Sample ID: 660-58615-1 DU Matrix: Solid Analysis Batch: 145293 Analyte Sample Sample Result Qualifier 6.00 6.040 SU DU DU Result Qualifier Unit pH 7.59 7.490 SU D 101 98. 102 Client Sample ID: Biosolid Prep Type: Soluble RPD RPD Limit 1 20 TestAmerica Tampa Page 13 of 23 2/17/2014 . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . i . . . . . • • • QC Association Summary IClient: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Project/Site: Biosolid • GC Semi VOA • Prep Batch: 312346 • Lab Sample ID Client Sample ID Prep Type Matrix TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Method Prep Batch 660-58615-1 680 -97803 -A -3-B MS • 680 -97803 -A -3-C MSD LCS 680-312346/6-A • MB 680-312346/5-A • Analysis Batch: 312592 • Lab Sample ID Biosolid Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Prep Type Solid Solid Solid Solid Solid Matrix 8151A 8151A 8151A 8151A 8151A Method Prep Batch 660-58615-1 11111 680 -97803 -A -3-B MS • 680 -97803 -A -3-C MSD LCS 680-312346/6-A • MB 680-312346/5-A Metals Biosolid Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Lab Control Sample Method Blank Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Solid Solid Solid Solid Solid Analysis Batch: 145298 Lab Sample ID Client Sample ID 8151A 8151A 8151A 8151A 8151A Prep Type Matrix Method 312346 312346 312346 312346 312346 Prep Batch 660 -58605 -C -2-B MS ^5 660 -58605 -C -2-C MSD ^5 660-58615-1 LCS 660-145302/2-A MB 660-145302/1-A Prep Batch: 145302 Lab Sample ID Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Total/NA Solid 6010B Total/NA Solid 6010B Total/NA Solid 6010B Total/NA Solid 6010B Total/NA Solid 6010B Prep Type Matrix Method 145302 145302 145302 145302 145302 Prep Batch 660 -58605 -C -2-B MS ^5 660 -58605 -C -2-C MSD "5 660-58615-1 LCS 660-145302/2-A MB 660-145302/1-A Prep Batch: 145332 Lab Sample ID Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Total/NA Solid 3050B Total/NA Solid 3050B Total/NA Solid 3050B Total/NA Solid 3050B Total/NA Solid 30500 Prep Type Matrix Method Prep Batch 660-58615-1 660 -58627 -A -1-B MS 660 -58627 -A -1-C MSD LCS 660-145332/14-A MB 660-145332/13-A Analysis Batch: 145336 Lab Sample ID Biosolid Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Total/NA Solid 7471A Total/NA Solid 7471A Total/NA Solid 7471A Total/NA Solid 7471A Total/NA Solid 7471A Prep Type Matrix Method 660-58615-1 660 -58627 -A -1-B MS 660 -58627 -A -1-C MSD LCS 660-145332/14-A MB 660-145332/13-A • • Biosolid Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Lab Control Sample Method Blank Total/NA Solid 7471A Total/NA Solid 7471A Total/NA Solid 7471A Total/NA Solid 7471A Total/NA Solid 7471A Prep Batch 145332 145332 145332 145332 145332 TestAmerica Tampa Page 14 of 23 2/17/2014 Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Project/Site: Biosolid General Chemistry Leach Batch: 145292 Lab Sample ID Client Sample ID QC Association Summary Prep Type TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Matrix Method Prep Batch 660-58615-1 660-58615-1 DU LCS 660-145292/2-A MB 660-145292/1-A Analysis Batch: 145293 Lab Sample ID Biosolid Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Soluble Soluble Soluble Soluble Prep Type Solid DI Leach Solid DI Leach Solid DI Leach Solid DI Leach Matrix Method Prep Batch 660-58615-1 660-58615-1 DU LCS 660-145292/2-A MB 660-145292/1-A Analysis Batch: 145323 Lab Sample ID Biosolid Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Soluble Soluble Soluble Soluble Prep Type Solid 9045C Solid 9045C Solid 9045C Solid 9045C Matrix Method 145292 145292 145292 145292 Prep Batch 660-58615-1 660-58617-D-1 DU Leach Batch: 311988 Lab Sample ID 460-69405-B-1-1 MS 460 -69405 -B -1-J MSD 660-58615-1 LCS 680-311988/1-A MB 680-311988/2-A Analysis Batch: 312027 Lab Sample ID Biosolid Duplicate Client Sample ID Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Total/NA Total/NA Prep Type Soluble Soluble Soluble Soluble Soluble Prep Type Solid Moisture Solid Moisture Matrix Method Solid DI Leach Solid DI Leach Solid DI Leach Solid DI Leach Solid DI Leach Matrix Method Prep Batch 460-69405-B-1-1 MS 460 -69405 -B -1-J MSD 660-58615-1 LCS 680-311988/1-A MB 680-311988/2-A Prep Batch: 312370 Lab Sample ID Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Soluble Soluble Soluble Soluble Soluble Prep Type Solid 353.2 Solid 353.2 Solid 353.2 Solid 353.2 Solid 353.2 Matrix Method 311988 311988 311988 311988 311988 Prep Batch 640 -46428 -B -1-C MS 640 -46428 -B -1-D MSD 660-58615-1 660-58615-1 DU LCS 680-312370/1-A MB 680-312370/2-A Analysis Batch: 312571 Lab Sample lD Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Biosolid Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Prep Type Solid Digestion Solid Digestion Solid Digestion Solid Digestion Solid Digestion Solid Digestion Matrix Method Prep Batch 640 -46428 -B -1-C MS 640 -46428 -B -1-D MSD 660-58615-1 660-58615-1 DU LCS 680-312370/1-A MB 680-312370/2-A Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Biosolid Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Page 15 of 23 Solid 365.4 Solid 365.4 Solid 365.4 Solid 365.4 Solid 365.4 Solid 365.4 312370 312370 312370 312370 312370 312370 TestAmerica Tampa i • 111 • • • • • • • 111 • • t • • • • s • • •• • • • • • • • 411 2/17/2014 • • • • 111 Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Project/Site: Biosolid • General Chemistry (Continued) • Analysis Batch: 312572 • Lab Sample ID 640 -46428 -B -1-C MS 411 640 -46428 -B -1-D MSD • 660-58615-1 660-58615-1 DU • LCS 680-312370/1-A • MB 680-312370/2-A • Analysis Batch: 313103 • • • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • Lab Sample ID Client Sample ID QC Association Summary Prep Type TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Matrix Method Prep Batch Matrix Spike Matrix Spike Duplicate Biosolid Biosolid Lab Control Sample Method Blank Client Sample ID Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Total/NA Prep Type Solid Solid Solid Solid Solid Solid Matrix 351.2 351.2 351.2 351.2 351.2 351.2 Method 312370 312370 312370 312370 312370 312370 Prep Batch 660-58615-1 Biosolid Total/NA Solid Total Nitrogen TestAmerica Tampa Page 16 of 23 2/17/2014 Lab Chronicle Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Client Sample ID: Biosolid Date Collected: 01/16/14 11:00 Date Received: 01/16/14 13:40 Batch Batch Prep Type Type Method Run • • 111 4 Lab Sample ID: 660-58615-1 • Matrix: Solid Percent Solids: 0.1 Dilution Batch Prepared Factor Number or Analyzed Analyst Lab Total/NA Prep 8151A Total/NA Analysis 8151A 312346 01/21/14 12:06 JMW TAL SAV 1 312592 01/23/14 08:10 JEM TAL SAV Total/NA Prep 3050B 145302 01/17/14 09:17 GAF TAL TAM Total/NA Analysis 6010B 1 145298 01/17/14 11:24 SR1 TAL TAM Total/NA Prep 7471A 145332 01/17/14 13:06 RAG TAL TAM Total/NA Analysis 7471A 1 145336 01/17/14 14:34 RAG TAL TAM Soluble Analysis 9045C 1 145293 01/17/14 06:50 AJG TAL TAM Soluble Leach DI Leach 145292 01/17/14 06:50 AJG TAL TAM Total/NA Analysis Moisture 1 145323 01/17/14 07:23 AJG TAL TAM Soluble Leach DI Leach 311988 01/17/14 10:19 GRX TAL SAV Soluble Analysis 353.2 1 312027 01/17/14 17:22 GRX TAL SAV Total/NA Analysis 365.4 1 312571 01/22/14 15:10 CMP TAL SAV Total/NA Prep Digestion 312370 01/21/14 14:00 AJO TAL SAV Total/NA Analysis 351.2 1 312572 01/22/14 15:10 CMP TAL SAV Total/NA Analysis Total Nitrogen 1 313103 01/27/14 10:38 JER TAL SAV Laboratory References: TAL SAV = TestAmerica Savannah, 5102 LaRoche Avenue, Savannah, GA 31404, TEL (912)354-7858 TAL TAM = TestAmerica Tampa, 6712 Benjamin Road, Suite 100, Tampa, FL 33634, TEL (813)885-7427 Page 17 of 23 i • . i • • • • ! • • • • • • • • TestAmerica Tampa • 2/17/2014 • • • • • Method Summary IClient: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid • Method Method Description Protocol Laboratory • 8151A Herbicides (GC) SW846 TAL SAV • 6010B Metals (ICP) SW846 TAL TAM 7471A Mercury (CVAA) SW846 TAL TAM • 351.2 Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl MCAWW TAL SAV 353.2 Nitrogen, Nitrate -Nitrite MCAWW TAL SAV • 365.4 Phosphorus, Total EPA TAL SAV • 9045C pH SW846 TAL TAM Moisture Percent Moisture EPA TAL TAM • Total Nitrogen Nitrogen, Total EPA TAL SAV • Protocol References: wEPA = US Environmental Protection Agency 11111 MCAWW = "Methods For Chemical Analysis Of Water And Wastes", EPA -600/4-79-020, March 1983 And Subsequent Revisions. SW846 ='Test Methods For Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", Third Edition, November 1986 And Its Updates. • Laboratory References: • TAL SAV = TestAmerica Savannah, 5102 LaRoche Avenue, Savannah, GA 31404, TEL (912)354-7858 • TAL TAM = TestAmerica Tampa, 6712 Benjamin Road, Suite 100, Tampa, FL 33634, TEL (813)885-7427 • • • • • • • • • w • • • • • • 311/ TestAmerica Tampa w Page 18 of 23 2/17/2014 • • Certification Summary Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Laboratory: TestAmerica Tampa All certifications held by this laboratory are listed. Not all certifications are applicable to this report. Authority Program EPA Region Certification ID Expiration Date Alabama State Program 4 40610 06-30-14 Florida NELAP 4 E84282 06-30-14 Georgia State Program 4 905 06-30-14 USDA Federal P330-11-00177 04-20-14 Laboratory: TestAmerica Savannah All certifications held by this laboratory are listed. Not all certifications are applicable to this report. Authority Program EPA Region Certification ID Expiration Date AFCEE SAVLAB A2LA DoD ELAP 399.01 02-28-15 A2LA ISO/IEC 17025 399.01 02-28-15 Alabama State Program 4 41450 06-30-14 Arkansas DEQ State Program 6 88-0692 01-31-15 California NELAP 9 3217CA 07-31-14 Colorado State Program 8 N/A 12-31-14 Connecticut State Program 1 PH -0161 03-31-15 Florida NELAP 4 E87052 06-30-14 GA Dept. of Agriculture State Program 4 N/A 06-30-14 Georgia State Program 4 N/A 06-30-14 Georgia State Program 4 803 06-30-14 Guam State Program 9 09-005r 04-17-14 Hawaii State Program 9 N/A 06-30-14 Illinois NELAP 5 200022 11-30-14 Indiana State Program 5 N/A 06-30-14 Iowa State Program 7 353 07-01-15 Kentucky (DW) State Program 4 90084 12-31-14 Kentucky (UST) State Program 4 18 06-30-14 Louisiana NELAP 6 LA100015 12-31-14 Maine State Program 1 GA00006 08-16-14 Maryland State Program 3 250 12-31-14 Massachusetts State Program 1 M-GA006 06-30-14 Michigan State Program 5 9925 06-30-14 Mississippi State Program 4 N/A 06-30-14 Montana State Program 8 CERT0081 01-01-15 Nebraska State Program 7 TestAmerica-Savannah 06-30-14 New Jersey NELAP 2 GA769 06-30-14 New Mexico State Program 6 N/A 06-30-14 New York NELAP 2 10842 03-31-14 North Carolina DENR State Program 4 269 12-31-14 North Carolina DI -11 -IS State Program 4 13701 07-31-14 Oklahoma State Program 6 9984 08-31-14 Pennsylvania NELAP 3 68-00474 06-30-14 Puerto Rico State Program 2 GA00006 01-01-14 South Carolina State Program 4 98001 06-30-14 Tennessee State Program 4 TN02961 06-30-14 Texas NELAP 6 T104704185 -08 -TX 11-30-14 USDA Federal SAV 3-04 04-07-14 Virginia NELAP 3 460161 06-14-14 Washington State Program 10 C1794 06-10-14 * Expired certification is currently pending renewal and is considered valid. Page 19 of 23 • • • • • • • • . • Ell d • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • TestAmerica Tampa • 2/17/2014 . • • • • • i • • • • • • • • • • • • • • f • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Certification Summary Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc TestAmerica Job ID: 660-58615-1 Project/Site: Biosolid Laboratory: TestAmerica Savannah (Continued) All certifications held by this laboratory are listed. Not all certifications are applicable to this report. Authority Program EPA Region Certification ID Expiration Date West Virginia DEP State Program 3 94 06-30-14 West Virginia DHHR State Program 3 9950C 12-31-13 * Wisconsin State Program 5 999819810 08-31-14 Wyoming State Program 8 8TMS-L 06-30-14 Expired certification is currently pending renewal and is considered valid. TestAmerica Tampa Page 20 of 23 2/17/2014 1111VIIA 4141111111pAISMMILIIILMILIMVIII Ail TestAmerica Tampa 6712 Benjamin Road Suite 100 Tampa, FL 33634 Phone (813) 885-7427 Fax (813) 885-7049 Chain of Custody Record bstArnerica rffi t:8 by@3ii@MtNfie elTS-L. TEST1gb Client Information Sampo: .2 1t e_ ;sYL.--4..— Phone h2 3 gls O 413 `1/ Lab PM: Robertson, Nancy E -Mail nancy.robertson@testamericainc.com Carrier Traddnp No(s): COC No: 860-53375-17328.1 Client Contact Mr. JeffryAstin p Page 1 of 1 Company. - Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Analysis Requested J� Address: 170 Bartow Municpal Airport Due Date Requested: -. 74 - r - 1' <.':-. :; ; -* $ P _ e�, e w7 E d „Instructions/Note: m 132 Q I Fs'F., Praservatlon Codes: - A -HCL M -Hexane , 5 e - NaOH N - None tiC -Zrt Acetate O- AaNa02 �,-c�,.D - Nttric Add P - Na204S 3v E - NaHSO4 0 - Na2S03 F - M.OH R - Na2S2SO3 : • G - Amcrior S - linos .. ,i. H - Ascorbic Acid T - TSP Dodeaahydrate I- Ice LI -Acetone MCRA !4 X� J - DI Water V - MCAA K- EDTA W - ph 4-5 L -EDA Z- other (specdy) _ Other TAT Requested (days):Bartow State, Zip: FL, 33830 Phone: 863-533-6111(fel) PO n."" Purchase Order Requested Ems, WO B. Project Name: Slosofld Protect re 66007316 Site: sown Sam e Identification Sample Sample Type (O. Matrix (ate. -' i # ''= i o g Yom, ' Special Sam .le Date Time G �p.q, A,� .. ..1>?: T : ..... �rrr.-,�z•. r• + --:'-;x' 5:,=* _ ,-,4,-„•7÷77,-,,..--7.r.,-' Ti,s 'c!C_� c7.„," , ..s ts• , ..-:;s .. <n. .47 , a+�; .' .::a r r ,i r t...r,;; r rr�a°S t t ^`..*'' x, :k,L1�L':1 r..40 ei'�, k :.tet t -iA :L•t• •r....L., r c ":=m+it i.` vi :'�S,.al ....,v rear Ja'i,rkaY •, `i. ; V. <• g`' . :. 1 _ _.,� r ;+ r .... 1-F^..�`rc s."..>.:,L.. L ! /—/ -H /1;00 said Z /-!o IN « :GO & `i 3 /-t4 -iy tray /; Y tj4-iq If.ell . 1.0 • 11111111111 860-58615 Chain of Custody 1111 • Possible Hazard identification Non -Hazard Flammable Skin Irritant �tf �� ison B .Inknown `-Radiological Sample Disposal (4 fee may b—e�ass4rssedlf samples are �retained longer than 1 month) ll Return To Client ' Disposal By Lab ` Vrchive For Months Deliverable Requested: I, 11, III, IV, Other (specify) ‘ //�� Special Instructions/QC Requirements: Empty Kit R - ished b ` , liii , rate.- I l'W i4. �,t to ITime: of shrpment. 1 ReAnq bY'� �/� Date/Time.lj ` / /5"/V-6 V-6 ��oms( C:1,4 e/1 o PerlY �, �D� ®!Method Racwv.d „i �Yr / �/ 7 fJ / OR ::P'ip1 Company by- Datelnme: Company by: Reingiished by. DeteTime- Company Received by Detenlme:; Company. CoS3ody.Seals Attack/CustodySeal No eYes p No Coo>er7einperatu e(a) °C and OBi� Remarks : j�i'so } ' 01 f fir r` N Page 21 of 23 w • • w w • • • • w • • • • • • • • • w • • • w • • • Login Sample Receipt Checklist Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Job Number: 660-58615-1 Login Number: 58615 List Number: 1 Creator: McNulty, Carol Question Answer Comment List Source: TestAmerica Tampa Radioactivity wasn't checked or is <1= background as measured by a survey N/A meter. The cooler's custody seal, if present, is intact. True Sample custody seals, if present, are intact. True The cooler or samples do not appear to have been compromised or True tampered with. Samples were received on ice. False Cooler Temperature is acceptable. True Cooler Temperature is recorded. True COC is present. True COC is filled out in ink and legible. True COC is filled out with all pertinent information. True Is the Field Sampler's name present on COC? True There are no discrepancies between the containers received and the COC. True Samples are received within Holding Time. True Sample containers have legible labels. True Containers are not broken or leaking. True Sample collection date/times are provided. True Appropriate sample containers are used. True Sample bottles are completely filled. True Sample Preservation Verified. True There is sufficient vol. for all requested analyses, incl. any requested True MS/MSDs Containers requiring zero headspace have no headspace or bubble is N/A <6mm (1/4"). Multiphasic samples are not present. True Samples do not require splitting or compositing. True Residual Chlorine Checked. N/A • w TestAmerica Tampa • • Page 22 of 23 2/17/2014 Login Sample Receipt Checklist Client: Clean Harbors Environmental Services Inc Job Number: 660-58615-1 Login Number: 58615 List Number: 1 Creator: Banda, Christy S Question Answer Comment List Source: TestAmerica Savannah List Creation: 01/17/14 09:39 AM Radioactivity wasn't checked or is <1= background as measured by a survey N/A meter. The cooler's custody seal, if present, is intact. True Sample custody seals, if present, are intact. True The cooler or samples do not appear to have been compromised or True tampered with. Samples were received on ice. True Cooler Temperature is acceptable. True Cooler Temperature is recorded. True COC is present. True COC is filled out in ink and legible. True COC is filled out with all pertinent information. True Is the Field Samplers name present on COC? N/A There are no discrepancies between the containers received and the COC. True Samples are received within Holding Time. True Sample containers have legible labels. True Containers are not broken or leaking. True Sample collection date/times are provided. True Appropriate sample containers are used. True Sample bottles are completely filled. True Sample Preservation Verified. N/A There is sufficient vol. for all requested analyses, incl. any requested True MS/MSDs Containers requiring zero headspace have no headspace or bubble is N/A <6mm (1/4"). Multiphasic samples are not present. True Samples do not require splitting or compositing. True Residual Chlorine Checked. N/A TestAmerica Tampa Page 23 of 23 w w • w • w • • • • • w • w • • w • • • • • 2/17/2014 • w • SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 16 SECTION V Page i Updated: 5/10/2018 4 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 800027303 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (I) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(I)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER GHD Services, Inc. [name] Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company 5904 Hampton Oaks Pkwy Suite F, Tampa, FL 33610 [principal business address] 605 Highway 169 North, Suite 800, Plymouth, MN 55441 (813)971-3882 [phone number] (952) 852-2431 City of Clearwater Engineering Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4747 PROJECT NAME: MARSHALL ST. WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION PROJECT NO.: 09 -0024 -UT PROJECT DESCRIPTION: This work in the project includes: the demolition, removal and disposal of the digester at the Marshall St. WRF. BY THIS BOND, We, GHD Services Inc. , as Contractor, and Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $ 960,575.83 for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: I . Performs the contract dated December 3, 2018 , between Contractor and Owner for construction of Marshall St. WRF Digester Demolition the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with Iabor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. SECTION V Page 1 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 16 SECTION V Page i Updated: 5/10/2018 4 • • • SECTION V Contract Documents Bond PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) o.: 800027303 This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(I)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER GHD Services, Inc. [name] Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company 5904 Hampton Oaks Pkwy [principalbusiness address] Suite F, Tampa, FL 33610 (813) 971-3882 605 Highway 169 North, Suite 800, Plymouth, MN 55441 [phone number] (952) 852-2431 City of Clearwater Engineering Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4747 PROJECT NAME: MARSHALL ST. WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION PROJECT NO, 09 -0024 -UT PROJECT DESCRIPTION: This work in the project includes: the demolition, removal and disposal of the digester at the Marshall St. WRF. BY THIS BOND, We, GHD Services Inc. as Contractor, and Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $ 960,575.83 for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated December 3, 2018 , between Contractor and Owner for construction of. Marshall St. WRF Digester Demolition the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor; materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. SECTION V Page 1 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • SECTION V - Contract Documents Bond No.: 800027303 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 4. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 5. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 6. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 7. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 8. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 12th day of November , 20 18: • (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). • WITNESS: Corpora- Secretary or Witness Print Name: 4j?ji 4�bh' (affix corporate seal) SECTION V GHD Services, I By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: ♦ SOQ • s Print Nam( AIV:igt 01 WN t Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company (Corporate Surety) By: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Print Name: Michelle Anne McMahon (affix corporate, seal) (Power r fAttorney must he altac7 ed)~ l Page 2 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • Vo One Beacon INSURANCE GROUP Power of Attorney KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation with its principal office in Plymouth, Minnesota, does hereby constitute and appoint: Michelle Anne McMahon, Donna M Planeta, Joshua Sanford, Aimee R Perondine, Aiza Anderson, Danielle D Johnson, each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; provided that no bond or undertaking executed under this authority shall exceed in amount the sum of: sixty million dollars ($60,000,000) and the execution of such bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Company as if they had been fully signed by an authorized officer of the Company and sealed with the Company seal. This Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY on the twenty-fifth day of September, 2012: Resolved: That the President, any Senior Vice President or Vice -President (each an "Authorized Officer") may execute for and in behalf of the Company any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and affix the seal of the Company thereto; and that the Authorized Officer may appoint and authorize an Attorney -in -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company any and all such instruments and to affix the Company seal thereto; and that the Authorized Officer may at any time remove any such Attorney -in -Fact and revoke all power and authority given to any such Attorney -in - Fact. Resolved: That the Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority to execute for and in the name and on behalf of the Company any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed and sealed by an Authorized Officer and, further, the Attomey-in-Fact is hereby authorized to verify any affidavit required to be attached to bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. This power of attomey is signed and sealed by facsimile under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY on the twenty-fifth day of September, 2012: Resolved: That the signature of an Authorized Officer, the signature of the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary, and the Company seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing an Attorney -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and sealing any bond, undertaking, recognizance or other written obligation in the nature thereof, and any such signature and seal where so used, being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. �IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by an Authorized Officer and the seal of the Company o be affixed this twenty-sixth day of October, 2017. �•,S"INS.., • cfilPF SEAL ' `c—' • 1986 o STATE OF MINNESOTA ,y4j�Fw rPda' HENNEPIN COUNTY `' 1 y *N' s. By Paul J. Brehm, Senior Vice President On this twenty-sixth day of October, 2017, before me personally came Paul J. Brehm, Senior Vice President of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, to ane personally known to be the individual and officer described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and he acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, that he is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the seal of said Company and that the said seal and the signature as such officer was duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and at the direction of the Company. 4 TARAJANELLE STAFFORD NOTARY PUBLIC -MINNESOTA My Commission Expires January 31, 2020 PA Notary Public I, the undersigned, Secretary of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York Corporation, do hereby certify that the foregoing power of attorney is in full force and has not been revoked, and the resolutions set forth above are now in force. Signed and sealed. Dated 1 \ - h day of /Vu ✓EMlf' f"- avt� • This Power of Attorney expires October 1, 2019 Christopher V. Jerry, Secretary • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this -41 day of6Q kin U4 , 2018 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and GHD Services, Inc. , of the City of Tampa , County of Hillsborough and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". [Or, if out of state:] This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and a/an (State) Corporation authorized to do business in the State of Florida, of the City of County of and State of , hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: MARSHALL ST. WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION PROJECT NO.: 09 -0024 -UT in the amount of $ 960,575.83 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 3 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call@myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and SECTION V Page 5 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 2. At Least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. j) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: JLOL &4Lct William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: Attest: jEta-01/LCk t 4J Rosemarie Call City Clerk eprinert4 l Approyld as tg�fo 6/7 George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contyactor must indicate whether: Corporation, Partnership, Owen Kohler Assistant City Attorney Company, or (Contractor) By:� Print -Name: �tlS u 4=lndivi ilial CAL) Title: V;te Pres , v Cry i The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 6 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents • CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: Marshall ST. WRF Digester Demolition Engineering Dept. PROJECT NO.: 09 -0024 -UT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : [ ], recorded in O.R. Book ( 1 Page [ ], of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: [ 1 Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of Surety] [address] [address] on bond of ,SURETY, GHD Services, Inc. 5904 Hampton Oaks Pkwy, Suite F • Tampa. FL 33610 ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to • City of Clearwater Engineering Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this _ day of Attest: (Seal): SECTION V ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Page 7 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL/BID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, GHD Services Inc. as Contractor, and Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company as Surety, whose address is 605 Highway 169 North. Suite 800. Plymouth, MN 55441 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars ($ 10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of GHD Services Inc. as Contractor, and Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company for work specified as: Marshall St. WRF Digester Demolition as Surety, all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual Signed this 29th day of August 2018 GHD Services Inc. Contractor (,..) (eV 1).‘13.ZitoCt Pr. ci 1 By: \I 1 Cc vf-e6 dent Title Atlantic Specialty Insurance Com Surety —r Jo• ua an t - The person signing shall, in his own handwriti srgn the Principal's n. ne, his own name, and big title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 8 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 One Beacon INSURANCE GROUP Power of Attorney KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation with its principal office in Plymouth, Minnesota, does hereby constitute and appoint: Michelle Anne McMahon, Brian Peters, Stacy Rivera, Donna M Planeta, Joshua Sanford, Aimee R Perondine, Aiza Lopez, Keri Ann Smith, Danielle D Johnson, Stephani A Trudeau, each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof; provided that no bond or undertaking executed under this authority shall exceed in amount the sum of: sixty million dollars ($60,000,000) and the execution of such bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Company as if they had been fully signed by an authorized officer of the Company and sealed with the Company seal. This Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY on the twenty-fifth day of September, 2012: Resolved: That the President, any Senior Vice President or Vice -President (each an "Authorized Officer") may execute for and in behalf of the Company any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and affix the seal of the Company thereto; and that the Authorized Officer may appoint and authorize an Attorney -in -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company any and all such instruments and to affix the Company seal thereto; and that the Authorized Officer may at any time remove any such Attorney -in -Fact and revoke all power and authority given to any such Attorney -in - Fact. Resolved: That the Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority to execute for and in the name and on behalf of the Company any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed and sealed by an Authorized Officer and, further, the Attorney -in -Fact is hereby authorized to verify any affidavit required to be attached to bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. This power of attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY on the twenty-fifth day of September, 2012: Resolved: That the signature of an Authorized Officer, the signature of the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary, and the Company seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing an Attorney -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and sealing any bond, undertaking, recognizance or other written obligation in the nature thereof, and any such signature and seal where so used, being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by an Authorized Officer and the seal of the Company ID to be affixed this eighth day of December, 2014. SV 3 saruG,'` ikPOf ile92�' SEAL 1986 ..oz = By STATE OF MINNESOTA HENNEPIN COUNTY Paul J. Brehm, Senior Vice President On this eighth day of December, 2014, before me personally came Paul J. Brehm, Senior Vice President of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, to me personally known to be the individual and officer described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and he acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, that he is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the seal of said Company and that the said seal and the signature as such officer was duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and at the direction of the Company. tt1 I, the will -el -Aged, Assist&til Se, rey;/. of ATLANTIC SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York Corporation, do hereby certify that the foregoing power of attorney is in full fortoY and_kasGsot 1Xen tevgked, and the resolutions set forth above are now in force. Sigsted artJ spalect . ated 29th.,_w day of August 201 R. TARA JANELLE STAFFORD NOTARYPUBLIC-MINNESOTA My Commission Expires 0 January 31. 2020 Notary Public This Polder of Attoin y eatpires October 1,201`9 45'. PPOgglF9y�s? ;co; SEAL 1986 'o 2y yFK, yOlk a.' James G. Jordan, Assistant Secretary • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) PROVINCE OF ONTARIO REGION OF WATERLOO Derek McBean, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is Secretary of GHD Services Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 5904 Hampton Oaks Parkway, Suite F (Street & Number) Tampa Hillsborough Florida (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of GHD Services Inc. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Brian Moore is Vice President (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for GHD Services Inc. or said corporation by virtue of a Board Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation effective July 1, 2015. (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolgive date of adoption). Sworn to before me this 31st day of August, 2018. MSL. Affiant Notary Public Danielle Patricia Faith Garber, 9otary Publjs Regional Municipality of Wayfoo limitedt©trie attestation of instruments anif,tlletaking of a; 'Nits ; for GHD Limited and its watts. Ezpir ,luty , 2019., Type/print/stamp name of Notary ' ' Title or rank, and Serial No., if any • SECTION V Page 9 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 r s • SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Hillsborough Brian Moore, PE being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is Vice President of GHD Services Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this / Y day of CAROL PITTS Notary Public - State of Florida Commission # FF 213994 ��FOF F0„ My Comm. Expires Mar 27, 2010 ia Bonded through National Notary Assn. Affiant okiLL P74 `-=Notary Public ,20 / r SECTION V Page 10 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for MARSHALL ST. WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION (PROJECT # 09 -0024 -UT) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked MARSHALL ST. WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION (PROJECT # 09 -0024 -UT) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 11 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • SECTION V—Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a on or certified check on bond from Altantic Specialty Insurance Company l Bank, for the sum of JV �+1�' SIX 'Ole(AS AZhd� CA S e4te n do / /ars Dori c( -1; .4) 6;9/1/1 C & i S ($ q � Ds- S, s ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub -contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: Brian Moore, PE 1 Vice President Stephen Quigley j President Derek McBean 1 Secretary ADDRESSES: 5904 Hampton Oaks Parkway, Suite F, Tampa, FL 33610 455 Philip Street Waterloo Ontario N2L 3x2 455 Philip Street Waterloo Ontario N2L 3x2 Signature of Bidder: The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his a thority, to bind the corporation. Principal: By: n(1,„,mCC)C[? Title: kc6 F%' / Pe '7 Company Legal Name: GHD Services Inc. Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: 5904 Hampton Oaks Parkway, Suite F City and State: Tampa, Florida Zip Code 33610 Phone: (813) 971-3882 Email Address: brian.moore@ghd.com Dated at GHD Services Inc. , this 17th day of September , A.D., 2018 . SECTION V Page 12 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SECTION V —Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: MARSHALL ST. WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION (PROJECT # 09 -0024 -UT) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Addendum No. 2 Addendum No. 3 Addendum No. 4 Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Date: 8/9/2018 Date: 8/27/2018 Date: 9/14/2018 Date: 9/18/2018 Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: GHD Services Inc. (Name of Bidd (Signature of Officer) Brian Moore, PE Vice President (Title of Officer) 9/17/2018 (Date) SECTION V Page 13 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: MARSHALL ST. WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION (PROJECT #09 -0024 -UT) CONTRACTOR: GHD Services Inc. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $960,575.83 (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: Nine hundred sixty thousand, five hundred seventy five dollars and eighty three cents. (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF A CURRENT CONTRACTOR LICENSE/REGISTRATION WITH THE STATE OF FLORIDA AND PINELLAS COUNTY. THESE DOCUMENTS MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE BID PROPOSAL PACKAGE. FAILURE TO PROVIDE THESE DOCUMENTS IN THE BID PROPOSAL WILL DEEM THE CONTRACTOR'S BID AS NON-RESPONSIVE. SECTION V Page 14 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • Section V - Contract Documents MARSHALL STREET WRF DIGESTER DEMOLITION PROJECT # 09 -0024 -UT City of Clearwater, Florida Bid Tabulation Sheet Section V Page 15 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 BID ITEMS Description UNIT QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL 1 Mobilization (Maximum of 4% of Sub -Total Items 1-13) LS 1 $ 34,930.03 $ 34,930.03 2 Remove and Return Digester Liquids to WRF Headworks LS 1 $ 26,645.00 $ 26,645.00 3 Remove and Dispose of Digester Liquids Offsite GAL 1,500,000 $ 0.30 $ 450,000.00 4 Temporary Solids Dewatering Facilities LS 1 $ 21,395.00 $ 21,395.00 5 Remove and Dispose of Digester Solids DRY TON 200 $ 102.41 $ 20,482.00 6 Demolish, Remove and Dispose of Hazardous Materials LS 1 $ 25,328.00 $ 25,328.00 7 Sample and Analyze Digester Cover LS 1 $ 5,090.25 $ 5,090.25 8 Demolish, Remove and Disposal of Additional Hazardous Materials TON 50 $ 52.80 $ 2,640.00 9 Demolish, Remove and Dispose of Nonhazardous Materials LS 1 $ 175,538.72 $ 175,538.72 10 Excavate and Survey Foundation Piles LS 1 $ 5,155.00 $ 5,155.00 11 Import and Place Structural Fill Materials CYD 3,600 $ 19.27 $ 69,372.00 12 Miscellaneous Work and Site Restoration LS 1 $ 36,574.75 $ 36,574.75 13 Indemnification LS 1 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 Subtotal $ 873,250.75 14 10% Contingency LS 1 $ 87,325.08 $ 87,325.08 GRAND TOTAL $ 960,575.83 Section V Page 15 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF COUNTY OF The forteegoi 20/X, 19y, as the 14 D C)l . mgnt w Authorized Signature Brian Moore, PE Printed Name Vice President Title GHD Services Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation wledged before me on this/,� VI - a y of II �/ i.__ (jne of perspn who signa re is being notarized) r'Ui L ./ -TA/6 _ (name of corporation/entity), p onally kno s : me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identii,, tion, and wh c id/xiid not take an oath. 4 e) of Printed Name My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE „VP4;,•„ CAROL PITTS 1Notary Public - State of Florida SECTION ViN9r=` oP Commission # FF 213994 Page 16 of 16 •FO F F' My Comm. Expires Mar 27, 2019 Bonded through National Notary Assn., Updated: 5/10/2018 • SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES THAT BOYCOTT ISRAEL LIST CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 3. "Boycott Israel" or "boycott of Israel" means refusing to deal, terminating business activities, or taking other actions to limit commercial relations with Israel, or persons or entities doing business in Israel or in Israeli -controlled territories, in a discriminatory manner. A statement by a company that it is participating in a boycott of Israel, or that it has initiated a boycott in response to a request for a boycott of Israel or in compliance with, or in furtherance of, calls for a boycott of Israel, may be considered as evidence that a company is participating in a boycott of Israel; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its • principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel. STATE OF /4)(4 CIA -/ COUNTY OF//l//5JJ(.)/, Authorized Signature Brian Moore, PE Printed Name Vice President Title GHD Services Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation foregoin_,.i tnzment was acknowledged before me on this I1 day of �. >��-L� , 20a, by /uf (title) of itA &?/V / _J./x/4_ er me as described herein , or produced a identification) as identification, and who did/did not t me of person whose si is being notarized) as the y Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE (name of corporation/entity), Printed Name 4;, CAROL PITTS Notary Public . State of Florida ,, ,' Commission # FF 213994 % to, My Comm. Expires Mar 27, � gondhrou9h National 2019 ional NotaryAssn. !' RICK SCOTT, GOVERNOR JONATHAN ZACHEM, SECRETARY STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINE.. - * FESSIONAL REGULATION CONSTRUC G BOARD THE GENER PROVI UNDER THE I UTES EXPIRATI 31, 2020 Always verify licenses online at MyFloridaLicense.com Do not alter this document in any form. This is your license. It is unlawful for anyone other than the licensee to use this document. I-CGC061530 Bishop, Guy Michael 5904 Hampton Oaks Parkway Tampa, FL 33610 4,9 PINELLAS COUNTY CONSTRUCTION LICENSING BOARD THIS CERTIFIES THAT Guy Michael Bishop DBA GHD Services, Inc STATE CERT # I CGC061530 HAS FILED HIS/HER LICENSE AND PROOF OF REQUIRED LIABILITY AND. WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE WITH THIS BOARD. IN GOOD STANDING UNTIL September 30,2019 DATE OF ISSUANCE 09/07/2018 * Please cut out license along lines State of Florida Department of State I certify from the records of this office that GHD SERVICES INC. is a Delaware corporation authorized to transact business in the State of Florida, qualified on October 16, 2003. The document number of this corporation is F03000005291. I further certify that said corporation has paid all fees due this office through December 31, 2017, that its most recent annual report/uniform business report was filed on February 24, 2017, and that its status is active. I further certify that said corporation has not filed a Certificate of Withdrawal. Given under my hand and the Great Seal of the State of Florida at Tallahassee, the Capital, this the Sixth day of April, 2017 le -r" atioA Secretary of State Tracking Number: CU2695085109 To authenticate this certificate,visit the following site,enter this number, and then follow the instructions displayed. haps: //services.sunbiz.org/Filings/CertificateOfStatus/CertificateAuthentication Page 1 of 2 A RU® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 11,01,20188 ITHIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Willis of Massachusetts, Inc. c/o 26 Century Blvd P.O. Box 305191 Nashville, TN 372305191 USA CONTACT NAME: PHONE 1-877-945 7378 FAX 1-888-467-2378 (A/C. No. Ext): (A/C. No): E-MAIL certificates@willis.com ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA: Allied World Assurance Company US Inc 19489 INSURED GHD Services Inc. 2055 Niagara Falls Blvd. , Suite 3 Niagara Falls, NY 14304 INSURERS: Zurich American Insurance Company 16535 INSURER C: Lexington Insurance Company 19437 INSURER D: Allied World National Assurance Company 10690 INSURER E : INSURER F : X COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: W8764519 • THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBERLIMITS POLICY EFF (MMIDD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MMIDD/YYYY) A II X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y Y 0310-4497 12/01/2017 12/01/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 1,000,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 25,000 PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE POLICY X OTHER: LIMIT APPLIES JECT PER: LOC GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ B AUTOMOBILE X X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED AUTOS ONLY qH1IR'7EDq �y Co110T5e�NT.�oo x X SCHEDULED AUTOSaccident) NON-OWNEDpG�r�y Com Ded:L25o Y Y BAP 3757423-03 07/01/2018 07/01/2019 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILYINJURY(Per$ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ Hired Physical Damag $ 100000 UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB — OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N No N/A WC 0380936-03 07/01/2018 07/01/2019 X STATUTE EOR E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 C Professional Liab. Y 031710989 12/01/2017 12/01/2018 Claim:$1,000,000/Agg $2,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS 1 LOCATIONS l VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) GED Project no.; 11181449, Marshall Street WRF Digester Demolition. SEE ATTACHED CANCELLATION City of Clearwater Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 4 LOLidr— ACORD 25 (2016/03) ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD SR ID: 16995159 BATCH: 938327 �CORO® AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: LOC #: ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 2 of 2 AGENCY Willis of Massachusetts, Inc. NAMED INSURED GHD Services Inc. 2055 Niagara Falls Blvd., Suite 3 Niagara Falls, NY 14304 POLICY NUMBER See Page 1 CARRIER See Page 1 NAIL CODE See Page 1 EFFECTIVE DATE: See Page 1 ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance City of Clearwater is included as an Additional Insured as respects to General Liability and Auto Liability where required by contract or agreement Waiver of Subrogation applies in favor of City of Clearwater with respects to General Liability, Auto Liability where required by contract or agreement and Professional Liability. INSURER AFFORDING COVERAGE: Allied World National Assurance Company POLICY NUMBER: 0311-1029-1N EFF DATE: 01/01/2018 EXP DATE: 12/01/2018 TYPE OF INSURANCE: LIMIT DESCRIPTION: LIMIT AMOUNT: Property See Below ADDITIONAL REMARKS: Limit of Loss: $20,000,000 Any One Limit Building: $2,801,000 •ntents: $13,691,599 Special Risk Valuation: Replacement Cost COVERED PROPERTY SUB LIMITS: $1,000,000 Extra Expense $2,057,639 Leasehold Improvements $1,000,000 Accounts Receivable $1,919,600 Valuable Papers Included Electronic Data Processing $500,000 Transit $3,000,000 Contractor's Equipment $500,000 Rented Contractor's Equipment $5,590,000 Miscellaneous Equipment $7,000,000 Windstorm - Named & Unnamed $2,500,000 Builders Risk (COC) $20,000,000 Annual Earthquake Aggregate $2,000,000 Annual California Earthquake Aggregate DEDUCTIBLES: $5,000 All losses except, $50,000 Sewer Back-up $50,000 Flood $10,000 Theft/Break & Enter 3% of TIV Earthquake applicable to U.S. Windstorm States Min$ 100,000 (Except California) 5% of TIV Earthquake applicable to California Min$ 250,000 5% of TIV Windstorm applicable to U.S. Windstorm States Min $ 100,000 e8 Hour Business Interruption NAIC#: 10690 ACORD 101 (2008/01) © 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD SR ID: 16995159 BATCH: 938327 CERT: W8764519 • • POLICY NUMBER: 0310-4497 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 10 01 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Where required by written contract (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of your ongoing operations per- formed for that insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following exclusion is added: 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to "bodily inju- ry" or "property damage" occurring after: CG 20 10 10 01 (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment fumished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the addi- tional insured(s) at the site of the cov- ered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another con- tractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 1 of 1 D • POLICY NUMBER: 0310-4497 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 10 01 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Where required by written contract Location And Description of Completed Operations: Where required by written contract Additional Premium: N/A (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" at the location designated and described in the schedule of this endorsement performed for that insured and included in the "products -completed operations haz- ard". CG 20 3710 01 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 1 of 1 ❑ • POLICY NUMBER: 0310-4497 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 • • WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Where required by written contract Where required by written contract Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products - completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 05 09 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 0 • • Coverage Extension Endorsement ZURICH Policy No. Eff. Date of Pol, Exp. Date of Pol. Eff. Date of End. Producer No. Add'I. Prem Return Prem. BAP 3757423-03 7/1/2018 7/1/2019 7/1/2018 --- --- THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the: Business Auto Coverage Form Motor Carrier Coverage Form A. Amended Who Is An Insured 1. The following is added to the Who Is An Insured Provision in Section Il — Covered Autos Liability Coverage: The following are also "insureds": a. Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while using a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow for acts performed within the scope of employment by you. Any "employee" of yours is also an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in an "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. b. Anyone volunteering services to you is an "insured" while using a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow to transport your clients or other persons in activities necessary to your business. c. Anyone else who furnishes an "auto" referenced in Paragraphs A.1.a. and A.1.b. in this endorsement. d. Where and to the extent permitted by law, any person(s) or organization(s) where required by written contract or written agreement with you executed prior to any "accident", including those person(s) or organization(s) directing your work pursuant to such written contract or written agreement with you, provided the "accident" arises out of operations governed by such contract or agreement and only up to the limits required in the written contract or written agreement, or the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations, whichever is less. 2. The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition in the Business Auto Coverage Form and the Other Insurance — Primary and Excess Insurance Provisions Condition in the Motor Carrier Coverage Form: Coverage for any person(s) or organization(s), where required by written contract or written agreement with you executed prior to any "accident", will apply on a primary and non-contributory basis and any insurance maintained by the additional "insured" will apply on an excess basis. However, in no event will this coverage extend beyond the terms and conditions of the Coverage Form. All other terms, conditions, provisions and exclusions of this policy remain the same. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. U -CA -424-F CW (04/14) Page 1 of 1 f BAP 3757423-03 agent, servant or employee of the "insured" to notify us of any "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss" shall not invalidate the insurance afforded by this policy. Include, as soon as practicable: (1) How, when and where the "accident" or "loss" occurred and if a claim is made or "suit" is brought, written notice of the claim or "suit" including, but not limited to, the date and details of such claim or "suit"; (2) The "insured's" name and address; and (3) To the extent possible, the names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. If you report an "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss" to another insurer when you should have reported to us, your failure to report to us will not be seen as a violation of these amended duties provided you give us notice as soon as practicable after the fact of the delay becomes known to you. P. Waiver of Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us The following is added to the Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us Condition: This Condition does not apply to the extent required of you by a written contract, executed prior to any "accident" or "loss", provided that the "accident" or "loss" arises out of operations contemplated by such contract. This waiver only applies to the person or organization designated in the contract. Q. Employee Hired Autos — Physical Damage Paragraph b. of the Other Insurance Condition in the Business Auto Coverage Form and Paragraph f. of the Other Insurance — Primary and Excess Insurance Provisions Condition in the Motor Carrier Coverage Form are replaced by the following: For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own: (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2) Any covered "auto" hired or rented under a written contract or written agreement entered into by an "employee" or elected or appointed official with your permission while being operated within the course and scope of that "employee's" employment by you or that elected or appointed official's duties as respect their obligations to you. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto". R. Unintentional. Failure to Disclose Hazards The following is added to the Concealment, Misrepresentation Or Fraud Condition: However, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form if you unintentionally: (1) Fail to disclose any hazards existing at the inception date of this Coverage Form; or (2) Make an error, omission, improper description of "autos" or other misstatement of information. You must notify us as soon as possible after the discovery of any hazards or any other information that was not provided to us prior to the acceptance of this policy. S. Hired Auto — World Wide Coverage Paragraph 7a.(5) of the Policy Period, Coverage Territory Condition is replaced by the following: (5) Anywhere in the world if a covered "auto" is leased, hired, rented or borrowed for a period of 60 days or less, T. Bodily Injury Redefined The definition of "bodily injury" in the Definitions Section is replaced by the following: "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease, sustained by a person including death or mental anguish, resulting from any of these at any time. Mental anguish means any type of mental or emotional illness or disease. Includes canvriahted material of Insurance Services Office. Inc.. with its nermission. U -CA -424-F CW (04/14) Page 5 of 6